Home Education
Education - Contents
  Toggle all descriptions Collapse all descriptions
# Article Title Hits
1 Education - The Victorian Prude & Prejudice
Updated: 17 May 2013

The Victorians

The Victorians could not bring themselves to use that “pregnant” word

So with discreet whispering a description from a well tried list leaving no doubt as to a girls condition

In trouble

Up the stick

Up the spout

In the pudding club

In a certain condition

Fallen- Slipped

Tripped

Unfortunate,

Lost

Broken kneed /winged

Legged

Ruined

Strayed

Sinned

That Maiden so cruelly violated

A Serving Wench

  

The father would either have to marry the girl or get what was coming to him.

The Whip or the Shotgun !

But also the sniggers and winks !

  

"The Sins of the father do descend upon the children"

  

"Why brand they us with base ?

Who in the lusty stealth of nature take

More composition and fierce quality

Than doth, within a dull, stale, tired bed

Go to creating a whole tribe of fops"

King Lear I.ii


Victorian Era

Victorian Era's Introduction

·Introduction:

   The Victorian era was a period full of changes; the most important was the reign of Queen Victoria, who

ascended the throne in 1837 and ruled the British Empire, restoring stability to the crown.

Her reign is considered one of the most prosperous in her time, which eventually became the symbol of a

period that took its name, "the Victorian Era".

  Napoleonic Wars finished in 1815, and meanwhile France and the Revolution changed Europe; Great Britain

became the main power of the World. 

In the late nineteenth and early twentieth century, Britain would remain as the leading world power, far above

any other.

Britain controlled so many areas around the world that the sun always shone in one of them.

  Victoria reigned this large and expansive kingdom during sixty-three years.

She was only eighteen years old when she was crowned.

Victoria protected the cosmopolitan interests that predominate the epoch and cultivated international

relationships between various dynastic families of Europe.

  The British pound became the currency par excellence in world markets; the British fleet was the maximum

authority in overseas; factories and the innumerable railroad tracks were the example to follow for all the other

powers that imitated the British Industrial Revolution.

  The change in the way of production (before with peasants and craftsmen and now with workmen) soon

revolutionized the society and the economy of the world.

Meanwhile the development of the railway and other industries promoted the new way of production; Queen

Victoria governed her realm courageously influencing the entire world.

  Her reign, became a symbol of the consolidation of the British Empire, was witness of the rise of the middle-

class and characterized by a morality deeply conservative.

With Queen’s Victoria reign, England carried out a process of electoral and social reforms.

·Literature:

  The writers had to adapt to the reforms of the time.

The Romanticism continued being the main theme of the Victorian’s Era novels but some writers focused on

the development of English democracy and the industrial progress, education and the situation of the work-class.

  The three more important poets based on Romanticism. However Alfred Tennyson began with Romanticism,

soon he was interested in religious issues like faith (In memoriam).

His style was like Robert Browning’s style.

The third poet, Matthew Arnold, had a very important work as a literary critic.

 The novel became the most important style in the Victorian epoch.

The realism, in other words, the observation of individual problems and social relations, was the tendency to

follow, as we can check it in Pride and Prejudice of Jane Austen. 

Dickens wrote about contemporary life, like Oliver Twist or David Copperfield that demonstrate an amazing

ability to give live to characters. His works were dedicated to the less favoured. Thackeray had a

great subtlety in the characterization, as we can see in Vanity Fair.

·Society:

  In the Victorian Era, the bourgeois belief in discipline, in savings, in such a way those good manners were

essential requirements for the development of a civilized lifestyle.

  The family was the fundamental base.

The father was the leader, the woman was wife and mother without the same rights that men had, and women

were forced to take care of the house and of the children. Was inappropriate for a woman to study at university.

In the upper-class women were considered more like angels than humans and they should be cared of any

temptation.

  Factories were considered real prisons in that time.

They usually worked fourteen hours in very bad conditions, in dark and unhealthy places.

Children under ten years were employees who since the year of five did not earn anything, only food and

accommodations.

They were beaten not to fall asleep.

In groups from fifty to a hundred they were sold to companies where they will stay at least seven years.

  ·The upper-class maintained a life of luxury and wealth while the condition of workers did not improved.

The upper-class consisted of the King and the Queen, Aristocrats, Nobles, Dukes, and other wealthy families

working in the Victorian courts.
 
   ·The middle-class was more in number.

The Victorian time was properous for the middle-class.

A very important change that influenced the improving living conditions of the middle-class was that the

women of this section started working outside their houses, accompained by their children.


   ·The working-class was very large in number.

There is no doubt that the working-class was the worst affected class in the Victorian period.

Immigration was a problem for the working-class workers.

Because of so much immigration the opportunities of work went down.

For some families, the living conditions were so bad, that they required their children to work in order to bring

home some extra money to survive.

The death of their father meant that there was no income to the family and they eventually were forced to live

on streets or some public housing.

There were some families that lived in only one room just for having a ceiling over their heads.

The conditions were so brutal that in some cases, children were forced to work away from their parents. 
  


  Apart from this, criminality and prostitution made the Victorian society lose prestige

33
2 Education- www.peopleinhistory.co.uk - The English Revolution -The Levellers
Updated: 11 May 2013

CHAPTER VIII: THE ENGLISH REVOLUTION

SECTION 4:THE LEVELLERS

(A ‘level’ playing field?)

 

FOLLOWING THE DEATH OF CHARLES, THE LEVELLERS HAD FORCED CHANGE. CROMWELL HAD BEEN COMPELLED TO GIVE THE LEFT AND THE PEOPLE CONCESSIONS THEY HAD NEVER PREVIOUSLY ENJOYED.

 

IN 1648, ‘THE AGREEMENT OF THE PEOPLE’, IN ITS FINAL FORM, IN EFFECT BECAME LAW. WHAT IS REMARKABLE IS THAT IT STOOD THE TEST OF TIME, RIGHT THROUGH TO THE CHARTISTS, TWO CENTURIES LATER, WHO MIRRORED ITS DEMANDS.

 

  1. ELECTIONS, EVERY TWO YEARS CHOSEN FREELY BY ALL MEN OVER 21, EXCEPT THOSE RECEIVING WAGES.


IMMEDIATELY, THE READER WILL UNDERSTAND THAT LILBURNE’S MOVEMENT WAS ONE FOR THE LOWER MIDDLE CLASSES AND SMALL INDEPENDENT MEN, NOT THE MASSES.

THE ‘AGREEMENT’ WAS IN FACT LESS UNDEMOCRATIC THAN IT SEEMED. THE WAGE EARNING CLASSES, HALF THE POPULATION, HAD NOT YET BEGUN TO BE A POLITICAL FORCE AND WERE STILL CONSIDERED SERVANTS BY THE RICH.

THEIR EXCLUSION WAS NECESSARY TO PREVENT EMPLOYERS FROM HAVING UNDUE INFLUENCE. (CHEATING IN ANY OTHER WORDS.)

THE LEVELLERS WERE CORRECT IN THIS ANALYSIS.

2) COMPLETE RELGIOUS TOLERATION AND DEMOCRATIC CONTROL OF THE ARMY. THE ABOLITION OF TITHES, AND ALL OTHER TAXES, EXCEPT A TAX ON PROPERTY.


THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS ‘AGREEMENT’ WAS THE HIGH POINT OF THE REVOLUTION AND BECAME THE DEMANDS OF THE CHARTISTS IN THE 19th CENTURY. THEY LOOKED BACK ON THE PEASANT COMMUNISM OF THE MIDDLE AGES FOR INSPIRATION.


HOWEVER, THE LEVELLERS WAS A MOVEMENT OF A DOOMED CLASS. THE YEOMEN FARMERS WERE ALREADY BEING CRUSHED BETWEEN LARGE SCALE CAPITALIST FARMING AND THE WAGE EARNING MASSES. IT CARRIED FORWARD SOCIAL CHANGE BRIEFLY.

 

  1. AND THE PARLIAMENTARY INDENPENDENTS INTENDED TO ALLOW THE ‘AGREEMENT’ TO REMAIN ON PAPER ONLY, AND A COUNCIL OF STATE WAS FORMED TO REPLACE THE MONARCH.

THE LEVELLERS WITHDREW IN DISGUST.

 

LILBURNE, OVERTON AND OTHERS WERE ARRESTED. RIOTS BROKE OUT. 10,000 SIGNATURES WERE COLLECTED. A PETITION WAS SUBMITTED DEMANDING THE RELEASE OF ALL. INCREDIBILY, A SECOND PETITION WAS SIGNED AND PRESENTED ENTIRELY BY WOMEN.

THE ARMY REACTED, AND MANY OF THE DISGRUNTLED WERE SENT TO IRELAND. OTHERS MUTINEED. ROBERT LOCKYER WAS COURT MARSHALLED AND SHOT. HIS FUNERAL WAS THE GREATEST DEMONSTRATION EVER SEEN. THE COFFIN WAS BEDECKED IN LEVELLERS’ COLOURS – SEA GREEN.


FROM THE TOWER, LILBURNE WROTE:

 

“THAT IT IS BOTH TREASON AND MURDER FOR ANY GENERAL OR COUNCIL OF WAR TO EXECUTE ANY SOLDIER IN TIME OF PEACE BY MARTIAL LAW.”


THERE WAS A LARGE SCALE MUTINY. FOUR REGIMENTS ROSE, REFUSED ORDERS AND MARCHED NORTH TO MEET WITH THE OXFORD RISING AT BURFORD.

CROMWELL SENT TROOPS IN PURSUIT. THEY COVERED 90 MILES IN TWO DAYS AND AMBUSHED THE MUTINEERS, WHILE ASLEEP, WHO SCATTERED OR SURRENDERED.


THE DESTRUCTION OF THE LEVELLERS REVEALED CROMWELL AS A PROTECTOR OF PROPERTY, A FRIEND OF ORDER AND A MAN WITH DOUBLE STANDARDS, WHO THEN JOINED THE PRESBYTERIANS, HIS PREVIOUS ENEMY, AND CELEBRATED WITH CITY MERCHANTS.

IN AUGUST, LILBURN WAS TRIED ON A CHARGE OF TREASON, BUT HE WAS A SUBERB AGITATOR AND ORATOR, WHO WAS ALSO COMPLETELY FEARLESS AND ASSURED OF JUSTICE. HE BROWBEAT THE JUDGES, AND THE JURY RETURNED A ‘NOT GUILTY’ VERDICT. IN 1652, HE WAS BANISHED BY ‘SPECIAL ACT’ BUT WAS FOR A SECOND TIME WAS AQUITTED AND RETURNED TO REJOICING CROWDS.

DISILLUSIONED, HE BECAME A PACIFIST QUAKER AND BELIEVED IN A NAÏVE UTOPIAN COMMUNISM.


OVERTON ALONE, ONE OF THE FIRST ENGLISH FREE THINKERS, CARRIED ON THE STRUGGLE TO THE END, BEING IMPRISONED IN 1659 AND AGAIN AFTER THE ‘REFORMATION’ OF THE MONARCHY IN 1663.


THE DIGGERS WERE A SMALL GROUP WHO PREACHED AND PRACTICED A PRIMITIVE COMMUNISM, BASED ON THE CLAIM THAT THE LAND BELONGED TO THE WHOLE PEOPLE OF ENGLAND.

THIS CLAIM WAS SUPPORTED BY AN INTERESTING HISTORICAL ARGUMENT THAT REFERRED TO WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR:

“TURNED THE ENGLISH OUT OF THEIR BIRTH RIGHTS; AND COMPELLED THEM FOR NECESSITY TO BE SERVANTS TO HIM AND HIS NORMAN SOLDIERS… THAT THE CIVIL WAR WAS A RECONQUEST OF ENGLAND BY THE ENGLISH PEOPLE.”

IN THE THEOLOGICAL LANGUAGE OF THE TIME, WINSTANLEY URGED THAT THIS POLITICAL RECONQUEST NEEDED A SOCIAL REVOLUTION TO COMPLETE IT; OTHERWISE, THE ESSENTIAL QUALITY OF THE MONARCHY REMAINED.


’THE LAW OF FREEDOM IN A PLATFORM’ STATES:

 
“FOR YOU MUST EITHER ESTABLISH COMMONWEALTH’S FREEDOM IN POWER MAKING PROVISION FOR EVERYONE’S PEACE, WHICH IS RIGHTEOUSNESS, OR ELSE FOR ONE KING TO REIGN OR FOR MANY TO REIGN BY KINGLY PROMOTION, AND IF EITHER ONE KING'S PRINCIPLES, MUCH MURMURING, GRUDGES, TROUBLE AND QUARRELS MAY AND WILL ARISE AMONG THE OPPRESSED PEOPLES ON EVERY GAINED OPPORTUNITY.”

CROMWELL'S ALLEGED COMMENT ON SUCH REASONING:

 

“WHAT IS THE PURPORT OF THE LEVELLING PRINCIPLE BUT TO MAKE THE TENANT AS LIBERAL IN FORTUNE AS THE LANDLORD. I WAS BY BIRTH A GENTLEMAN. YOU MUST CUT THESE PEOPLE TO PIECES, OR THEY WILL CUT YOU TO PIECES”

SO MUCH FOR CROMWELL’S FLIRTATION WITH THE LEFT.

 

THE DIGGERS TRIED TO SET UP COMMUNITIES IN 1649 BUT WERE EJECTED FROM COMMON LAND. THEY WERE THE BACKWARD TURNING FACE OF THE LEVELLERS MOVEMENT. THEIR PACIFISM WAS A CAUSE OF HESTITATION AND INACTIVITY IN A MOMENT OF CRISIS.

SUPPRESSION OF THE LEVELLERS LEFT CROMWELL WITH POWER OVER THE TWO OPPOSING PARTIES. IT WAS A VICTORY FOR THE CENTRE BUT COSTLY, AS IT WEAKENED THE MASSES WHO HAD BROUGHT IT ABOUT.

THERE WERE SOLID GAINS IN WAGES AND CONDITIONS. PRICES REMAINED STABLE DUE TO IMPROVED AGRICULTURAL TECHNIQUES.

SO FAR AS THE ARMY WAS CONCERNED, IT WAS DEALT A DEATH BLOW WHEN CROMWELL TOOK IT TO IRELAND, WHERE MANY MUTINEERS PERISHED OR SETTLED.


THE WAR IN IRELAND WAS EFFECTIVE FOR CROMWELL SINCE IT REMOVED ONE SET OF OPPONENTS AND GAVE HIM THE MEANS TO CONCILIATE THE OTHER, WHO PROFITED BY HUGE CONFISCATIONS OF LAND, WHICH FOLLOWED THE DEFEAT OF THE ROYALISTS IN IRELAND.

27
3 Education-Britain- The People's History-Colonel Thomas Rainsborough - Leveller Leader
Updated: 11 May 2013

Resurrecting Rainsborough

Friday 10 May 2013
by John Rees
 
 History isn't meant to happen this way in Gove's Britain.
  
A young Muslim woman local councillor and the left getting together, to raise a memorial to a Leveller leader in
  
a revolution the Tory right would rather forget, certainly isn't on his agenda.

But that is how it's happening in the London borough of Tower Hamlets on Sunday when Tony Benn,

Councillor Rania Khan, Jeremy Corbyn MP and I unveil a plaque to Leveller leader Colonel Thomas

Rainsborough of the New Model Army, a long-time hero of mine.

Researching his funeral procession for the book The People's History Of London, I discovered that it turned

into a huge Leveller demonstration which came from Tottenham via the City and ended in St John's Church,

Wapping.

The original church is long gone, as is its replacement, but the churchyard where Rainsborough was buried

remains.

Rania Khan and I had met in Stop the War Coalition and I'd been part of the campaign that got her elected as a

Tower Hamlets councillor.

We met again at one of the meetings to launch the People's History Of London and we talked about how great

it would be if there were a plaque to Rainsborough in St John's churchyard.

She said she would see what she could do and was as good as her word.

A few months later, a Tower Hamlets council officer from the parks department got in touch and we chose the

location for the plaque and agreed the wording, based on a Leveller leaflet that was issued on the day of the

funeral in November 1648. The new National Civil War Centre at Newark, due to open next year, lent its support.

The Rainsborough Regiment of the Sealed Knot re-enactors are sending a file of musketeers to fire the salute

on Sunday. Their ensign will be there with the regiment's flag, wholly appropriate since some accounts say

that the sea-green ribbons that the mourners wore that day and which were to become the Leveller

movement's badge were torn from the regimental banner of the same colour.

On the day of the original funeral the royalist press complained that the crowd contained a ragtag of "Tom the

tapster" and "Dick the doorsweeper." On Sunday at 1pm we hope that some of their 21st-century counterparts

will return the Levelling spirit to St John's churchyard to honour the man who, at the Putney debates a year or

so before his death, spoke these never to be forgotten words: "The poorest he that is in England hath a life to

live as the greatest he … I think it's clear, that every man that is to live under a government ought first by his

own consent to put himself under that government and I do think that the poorest man in England is not at all

bound in a strict sense to that government that he hath not had a voice to put himself under."

  • The memorial ceremony commemorating the life of Thomas Rainsborough takes place at 1pm on Sunday May 12 in St John's churchyard, Scandrett Street, London E1
55
4 Education- What Price Human Life in Corporate Capitalism's Consumerism ?
Updated: 11 May 2013
 
 

alt
 
Global Research and Countercurrents 9/5/2013
“Men make their own history, but they do not make it just as they please; they do not make it under circumstances chosen by themselves, but under circumstances directly encountered, given and transmitted from the past. The tradition of all the dead generations weighs like a nightmare on the brain of the living.” - Karl Marx, The 18th Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte
When attempting to analyse what is happening in the world, it is important to appreciate past economic, social
  
and political processes that led us to where we are today.
  
Understanding the tectonic plates of history that led certain countries towards fascism, communism or
  
capitalist liberal democracy, for example, is essential (1) (2).
 
At the same time, however, it can become easy for us to push aside the individual as we focus on theoretical
  
perspectives that refer to the ‘underlying logic of capitalism’ or some other notion that draws heavily on theory.
  
It can get to the point where individual motive or intent (agency) is airbrushed from the narrative because
  
human action is deemed to have been shaped by the dead weight of history or forces beyond our control.
 
While not wishing to understate the role that such constraints have on human action, I wish to draw attention
  
to researcher Stefan Verstappen who provide valuable insight into how individual agency has shaped and
  
continues to shape society (3).
 
While Machiavellianism has long been associated with politics and public conduct, Verstappen shifts focus
  
somewhat by arguing that people with psychopathic personalities have for thousands of years tended to
  
grasp power and impose their views and deeds on the rest of us. In order to get power, he concludes that
  
people cheat, kill or lie their way to the top.
  
Whether it has been due to the butchery or lies of royalty, religious leaders, politicians or corporate oligarchs,
  
nice guys have tended to finish last.
 
What leads him to conclude this?
 
Psychopathy is a personality disorder identified by characteristics such as a lack of empathy and remorse,
  
criminality, anti-social behaviour, egocentricity, superficial charm, manipulativeness, irresponsibility,
  
impulsivity and a parasitic lifestyle (4).
 
With that definition in mind, look around: the criminal, parasitic activities by bankers that have plunged millions
  
into poverty; the destruction, war and death brought to countries in order that corporations profit by stealing
  
resources; the dropping of atom bombs on innocent civilians in 1945 or the use of depleted uranium which
  
again impacts innocent civilians; and the many other acts, from the use of death squads to false flag terror,
  
that have brought untold misery to countless others just because powerholders wanted to hold onto power or
  
to gain more power, or the wealthy wanted to hold onto their wealth or gain even more.
 
Based on these terrible deeds, it becomes easy to argue that the people ultimately responsible for them do not
  
adhere to the same values as ordinary people.
  
It may be even easier to conclude that it’s not the cream that rises to the top, but, in many cases, the scum.
 
Now such a scenario might seem awful enough, but the people who tend to control the world, the ones
  
responsible for these acts, try to impose their warped world view and twisted values on everyone else.
  
Hollywood films, commercials and political ideology are all engaged in forwarding the belief that it’s a dog eat
  
dog world, war and violence abroad is necessary, competition and not cooperative is what counts, aggression
  
and not passivity is the key to ‘success’ and that success equates with amassing huge amounts of personal
  
wealth and lavish displays of conspicuous consumption.
 “A person with a psychopathic personality, which manifests as amoral and antisocial behavior, lack of ability to love or establish meaningful personal relationships, extreme egocentricity, failure to learn from experience, etc.” - definition of a psychopath from Dictionary.com
Again, bearing this definition in mind too, the acts mentioned above are not those of properly functioning
  
social beings that contribute to a sense of communality, altruism, love or morality; quite the opposite in fact.
 
Yet this is the type of stuff that is rammed down our throats as constituting normality every day.
  
Whether it’s the ‘Big Brother’ TV show or ‘The Apprentice’ show, these values are promoted day and night.
  
The ‘Big Brother’ winner is the one who can survive and outdo the competition in terms of the duplicity and
  
backstabbing involved along the way.
  
The winner of ‘The Apprentice’ must be more aggressive, more duplicitous, more devious and cunning and
  
more willing to trample over everyone else.
  
And the winner is judged as such by a multi-millionaire who himself was cunning and ruthless enough to have
  
made it to the top of the pile and has amassed millions for his own personal benefit.
  
These are the role models to be admired and emulated!
 
These are the measures of success, of sanity, of normality.
"It is no measure of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society." - Jiddu Krishnamurti
Apprentice competitors are highly driven individuals: not driven by a need to help humanity, but by
  
egocentricity and greed.
  
And, ultimately, these are the values that many mainstream opinion leaders, senior politicians and their
  
corporate masters hold dear.
 
These values of egocentricity, aggression, competitiveness, duplicity and greed are not confined to some TV
  
show.
  
There are part of a much more sinister process.
  
They are inextricably linked to and underpin the actions that resulted in the killing of half a million children in
  
Iraq for geo-political gain (5) and the sending in of military forces into the jungles of India to beat, rape and
  
dispose of a nation’s poorest people because they stand in the way of profit and greed (6).
  
From Congo and Libya to Syria and beyond, we witness the outcome of a terrifying mindset that is nurtured
  
and encouraged throughout society.
  
Too many people have become "well adjusted to the values of a profoundly sick society," whether residing in
  
middle England, middle America or the gated communities of southDelhi or Mumbai.
  
Humanity is being beaten down to be neurotic, vicious and to regard these traits as constituting normal,
  
acceptable behaviour.
  
Thanks to the media, this becomes engrained from an early age as comprising ‘common sense’, and those
  
who question it are merely sneered at or ridiculed by a system that promotes a mass mindset immune to its
  
own lies.
 
Whether this is all due to psychopathy, narcissism or ‘Machiavellian personalities’ is open to debate.
  
Moreover, as implied at the outset, historical and sociological factors often compel usually decent people to act
  
in terrible ways.
  
The debate within academic sociology between structure and human agency is after all a very long one (7).
  
Whatever the underlying reason, however, as a global community we are being force fed a diet of perverse
  
values and destructive actions, all spuriously justified on the basis that ‘there is no alternative’ and ‘needs
  
must’.   
 
Corporate capitalism, consumerism, the new world order, a war on terror (or drugs or poverty, take your pick),
  
neo-liberalism – call it what you will, but it’s all based on the filthy lie that those in control have wider
  
humanity’s interests at heart.
  
They don’t. By any means possible – war, murder, torture or propaganda, they seek to convince people
  
otherwise.
  
What price human life?
  
None whatsoever for such people.  
 
Notes
 
1) Robert Brenner (1976), “Agrarian Class Structure and Economic Development in Pre-industrial Europe”.Past and Present 70
 
2) Barrington Moore (1993) [First published 1966]. Social origins of dictatorship and democracy: lord and peasant in the making of the modern world (with a new foreword by Edward Friedman and James C. Scott ed.). Boston: Beacon Press.
 
3) Defense Against the Psychopath (2013): http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HQkDvO3hz1w
 
4) Polaschek, D. L. L., Patrick, C. J., Lilienfeld, S. O. (15 December 2011). "Psychopathic Personality: Bridging the Gap Between Scientific Evidence and Public Policy"Psychological Science in the Public Interest 12 (3): 95–162. 
 
5) Reuters report (2000), UN Says Sanctions Have Killed Some 500,000 Iraqi Children: http://www.commondreams.org/headlines/072100-03.htm
 
6) BBC Newsnight interview with Arundhati Roy (2011): http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XrYQmRBdMPQ
 
7) Colin Hay (2001), What Place for Ideas in the Structure-Agency Debate? Globalisation as a 'Process Without a Subject': http://www.criticalrealism.com/archive/cshay_wpisad.html
 
Posted Yesterday by
22
5 Education- The Chartists Movement 1838-1848
Updated: 10 May 2013

The Chartist Movement 1838 - 1848

By Stephen Roberts

Last updated 2011-06-20

In 1848 the British establishment watched in horror as revolution swept across Europe.

In London, Chartist leaders delivered a petition to Parliament asserting the rights of ordinary people.

Dangerous radicals or proto-democrats?

Stephen Roberts traces their story.

 
 

The 1848 Petition

In the years 1839, 1842 and 1848, the Chartist Movement urged Parliament to adopt three great petitions. Of these, the best known is the final petition, with six million signatures (although a number of these were later found to be fake), presented to Parliament on 10th April 1848 after a huge meeting on Kennington Common. This event achieved great prominence in the story of Chartism, due largely to the reaction of the authorities as they faced the challenges of that turbulent year.

The presentation of the petition came at a time of much violent change in Europe; Louis Philippe had been removed from the French throne in February 1848, and revolutions were soon to convulse other European capitals. These events had given great heart to the Chartist leaders, although they were already much encouraged by the election to Parliament, in July 1847, of their most popular leader, Feargus O'Connor.

 

...some of the propertied classes had come to believe that the Chartists intended revolution...

 

Working people had proclaimed themselves as Chartists at crowded meetings throughout March 1848. The authorities had viewed this campaign with great concern, and some of the propertied classes had come to believe that the Chartists intended revolution, even though the Movement's leaders always emphasized their commitment to peaceful protest. The government's concern led to Queen Victoria being dispatched to the Isle of Wight for her safety, and the Duke of Wellington - with thousands of soldiers and special constables - was brought in to defend London.

Demonstration in London

Horse and cab containing chartist petition The petition was delivered to Westminster in three cabs  © The government decided to ban the proposed procession with the petition to the House of Commons. The Chartist leader, O'Connor, complied with this ban. This was not - as his many enemies were keen to observe after the event - because he was a frightened blusterer, but because he knew that in any confrontation with soldiers it would be the demonstrators who would be killed or wounded. The petition was eventually conveyed from Kennington Common to the House of Commons by three cabs, with O'Connor and the other Chartist leaders walking alongside.

 

The propertied classes now sought to present the Chartist petition and demonstration of 1848 as a 'fiasco'.

 

No part of the Chartist petition of 1848 survives - though a fragment of an earlier one does - but within two days of its presentation O'Connor was informed that the number of genuine signatures on it was far fewer than the six million the Chartists claimed. In 17 hours, 13 clerks had apparently counted 1.9 million signatures; O'Connor expressed scepticism that such a task could have been completed by such a small number of people in such a short time. If pseudonyms such as 'Victoria Rex' and 'No Cheese' were used, this did not necessarily mean these signatures were forgeries; for some Chartists it was necessary to keep their identities secret from employers.

The propertied classes now sought to present the Chartist petition and demonstration of 1848 as a 'fiasco'. This was the line taken by the newspapers in the days after the event, and was confirmed in Charles Kingsley's 'Alton Locke' (1850). Despite this, Chartists such as Thomas Clark, who had walked alongside the cabs carrying the petition, looked back on the events of 1848 with great pride. Their intentions had been peaceful; the aggressive militarisation of the capital had been unnecessary.

The Chartist story

Black and white illustration showing Feargus O'Connor Feargus O'Connor: 'The Lion of Freedom'  © In the lead up to the events of 1848, the People's Charter was published - in May 1838 - as a draft parliamentary bill.

It contained six points:

manhood suffrage;

the ballot;

abolition of property qualifications for MPs;

payment of MPs;

equal electoral districts;

and annual elections.

Thousands of working people had rallied together on the basis of this charter, and hundreds of them had gone

to prison for their beliefs.

William Lovett was instrumental in drawing up this new document of long-established radical demands. He had been an active metropolitan radical at the time of the Reform Bill crisis of 1831-2, when the middle class but not the working class had been admitted into the parliamentary system. This was seen as a betrayal of a large section of society, and created some of the resentment that led to Chartism.

The draconian New Poor Law of 1834 amounted to an attack on the working class, and helped this new movement of protest to gain massive support in the north of England. There were other injustices, including the treatment of trade unionists, to fuel the fires that turned people into Chartists.

 

The draconian New Poor Law of 1834 amounted to an attack on the working class...

 

The origins of Chartism were complex. For Lovett, peaceful persuasion by respectable working men - 'moral force' - was the best way to win the Charter. This strategy clashed with that of Feargus O'Connor. Self confident and energetic, O'Connor was a charismatic demagogue, who used mass meetings and the widely read 'Northern Star' to unite the forces of the working class behind him. His popularity was immense; the Chartists named their children after him and he himself was known as the 'Lion of Freedom'.

O'Connor may have implied support for 'physical force', but only a very small number of Chartists were genuine insurrectionists. John Frost was transported after leading a rising in Newport, in November 1839, in which 22 Chartists were shot dead by soldiers; Robert Peddie was sentenced to three years with hard labour after his involvement in an attempted Chartist rising in Bradford in January 1840.

A national movement

Black and white illustration showing Chartists and the authorities in conflict The Newport Uprising  © Chartism was a national movement. Though it was particularly strong in the textile towns of Lancashire and Yorkshire, as well as in the east midlands, the Potteries and the Black Country, Chartist lecturers such as Dean Taylor and E.P. Mead travelled throughout the country. Local leaders held the movement together, organising the collection of signatures for petitions, arranging processions, putting up placards and selling the 'Star'.

These local leaders were not failures or dropouts. George Binns, of Sunderland, sacrificed involvement in a family business to be part of the movement. Peter McDouall, active in Bury, was a surgeon. Thomas Cooper was a journalist in Leicester, who encouraged poetry writing, gave lectures and opened an adult school. Weavers, shoemakers, tailors, carpenters - all became Chartists. Women were drawn into active support for Chartism. They signed petitions, raised funds, made banners, attended rallies; some founded female Chartist associations, and Mary Ann Walker, one of the 'Hen Chartists' attacked by 'The Times', became well known as a lecturer.

 

In Preston, in the face of Chartist crowds, soldiers opened fire...

 

In 1842 more force was thrown against the authorities than in any other year in the 19th century. In May of that year, a wave of strikes in the industrial districts followed the government's rejection of the second Chartist petition, which had 3.3 million signatures. In Preston, in the face of Chartist crowds, soldiers opened fire; in Halifax there was an attack by Chartists on soldiers escorting prisoners. The authorities struck back harshly; 56 Chartists from the Potteries were transported. This defeat did not, however, spell the end of Chartism.

In 1845 Feargus O'Connor became interested in the land question, and the Chartist Land Plan was launched. The idea was that people might be helped to leave their factory towns, to live independently in a cottage with an allotment. This had huge appeal, and in 1847 about 600 branches of the Land Company were formed. Members of the company paid a small weekly subscription and drew lots for the cottages. With the £100,000 collected, five estates were bought, the first being Heronsgate near Watford in 1846. The scheme touched deep feelings of attachment to the land, and greatly bolstered Chartism, although only 250 working people were eventually settled on the estates.

The project soon ran into legal difficulties: O'Connor was harried on the subject in the House of Commons, and in 1851 the company was dissolved. One of the Chartist cottages, restored to its original appearance, can still be seen, in Dodford, Worcestershire.

Chartist legacy

Photograph showing the restored interior of Chartist cottage Chartist cottage interior, Dodford  © Feargus O'Connor died in 1855, suffering from general paralysis of the insane, induced by syphilis. His madness in his last years led him to exhibit some excruciating behaviour in the House of Commons, including an assault on a fellow MP, but he was of sound mind up to 1850. He was buried in Kensal Green Cemetery in London, where 40,000 people attended his funeral.

 

...40 000 people attended his funeral.

 

William Lovett died in 1877, having spent his life since the years of the Chartist Movement promoting working-class education. Thomas Clark lived only two years longer than Feargus, the man he had so admired. Thomas Cooper spent the second part of his long life as a Christian preacher. He died in 1892, the same year as Samuel Kydd, another well-known figure in the movement. John Frost returned to Britain from exile in 1856; Robert Peddie was not heard of again; and George Binns died in New Zealand, aged only 31.

The People's Charter was not enacted in the 1840s. In the short term Chartism failed, but it was a movement founded on an optimism that was eventually justified. It was a powerful assertion of the rights of working people, creating in them a long-term self-confidence and self-reliance. During the century after the end of the movement, most of the Chartist demands were passed into law, and undoubtedly the Chartist issues of democratic inclusion and the rights of citizenship remain highly relevant today.

Find out more

Books

The Chartists by Dorothy Thompson (Temple Smith, 1987)

1848 The British State and the Chartist Movement by John Saville (CUP, 1987)

Images of Chartism edited by Stephen Roberts and Dorothy Thompson (Merlin, 1998)

Radical Politicians and Poets in Early Victorian Britain. The Voices of Six Chartist Leaders by Stephen Roberts (Edwin Mellen, 1993)

Places to visit

People's History Museum in Manchester houses exhibitions that portray working class life over the last two centuries. Special collections include banners relating to various movements and archive material on movements from the Chartists through to New Labour.

The Chartist Cottage, Dodford, Worcestershire. Faithfully restored by the National Trust and managed by the Avoncroft Museum of Historic Buildings, this cottage was part of the Chartist Land Plan project, the brainchild of Feargus O'Connor. The cottage is open by appointment only, for educational visits. Contact the museum on 01527 831886 or 883363 for further details.

About the author

Stephen Roberts is a Fellow of the Institute for Advanced Research in Arts and Social Sciences at the University of Birmingham. He is Head of History and Law at Hagley R.C. High School, Worcestershire. A Chartist scholar for many years, his most recent publication is Chartist Legacy, edited with Owen Ashton & Robert Fyson (Merlin 1999).

33
6 Education- Two Muslims Guard Christendom's Most Sacred Site
Updated: 05 Apr 2013

Who Guards The Most Sacred Site In Christendom? Two Muslims

By Gabriele Barbati | March 29 2013 11:55 PM

JERUSALEM -- Every Christian knows the holiest places in Christendom are in Jerusalem. The holiest of all,

the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, was erected in 325, over the site where it is believed Jesus was crucified,

buried and rose from the dead.

  • Church of Holy Sepulchre During a Holy Fire                    Ceremony in Jerusalem's Old City

Reuters/Steve Crisp

Shown is the Church of Holy Sepulchre during a Holy Fire ceremony in Jerusalem's Old City.

Yet, few know that it is a Muslim who opens and closes the only door to this holiest of Christian sites.

In fact, it's two Muslims: one man from the Joudeh family and another man from the Nuseibeh family, two

Jerusalem Palestinian clans who have been the custodians of the entrance to the Holy Sepulchre since the

12th century.

Every morning, at 4:30, Adeeb Joudeh travels from his apartment outside the walls of the Old City to bring

the cast-iron key to the church, just as his father and his forebears did before him.

Once there, he entrusts the key -- looking like a 12-inch (30-centimeter) long iron wedge -- to Wajeeh

Nuseibeh, who knocks at the gate to call the priests and the pilgrims who spend the night praying inside.

From inside the church, a wooden ladder is passed through a porthole to help him unlock the upper part of

the enormous door.

Then, he unlocks the lower one before handing the precious key back to Joudeh. The ritual is reversed

every evening at 7:30, after hundreds of tourists and pilgrims have left the church.

During holidays, such as Holy Week, which culminates Sunday with the Christian Easter, the elaborate

opening and closing ceremonies take place several times a day.

Why the elaborate ritual? As often happens in Jerusalem, a city holy to several peoples and religions, there

are different versions to explain why two Muslim families hold the key to the holiest site in Christendom.

“After the Muslim conquest in 637, the Caliph Omar guaranteed the Archbishop Sophronius that the

Christian places of worship would be protected and so entrusted the custodianship to the Nuseibehs, a

family who originated in Medina and had had relations with the Prophet Muhammad,” said Nuseibeh, a

retired 63-year old electrician, while waiting in a nearby cafe to carry out his duties at the Holy Sepulchre.

“It happened again in 1187, after Saladin ended the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem. He chose our family

again to look after the peace between the different Eastern and Western Christian confessions, which were

at odds over control of the Sepulchre," he said with a gentle smile, sitting next to his son, Obadah.

To this day, coexistence among the several Christian churches sharing the Holy Sepulchre is a delicate one.

Catholic, Greek, Armenian, Coptic, Syriac, and Ethiopian Orthodox monks have resorted to fists more than

once to defend their respective denomination’s rights and privileges in the church, as defined in an decree

by the Ottoman Empire, known as the Status Quo of 1853.

Such impious brawls between clergy proved Saladin’s prescience 1,000 years ago, when the sultan sealed

the second front gate of the church and entrusted control of the remaining entrance to neutral custodians.

The Nuseibehs claim that the Joudehs entered this story only in the 16th century, after the Ottoman Turks

gained control of Palestine and decided to charge a second family with the responsibility of guarding the

key.

“Yes, we share the responsibility with the Joudehs, and sometimes we argue, as happens in a family,”

Nuseibeh said.

Each Maundy Thursday since the end of the 19th century, the two Muslim families give the key to the Holy

Sepulchre to the local Franciscan friars, for as long as it takes to walk to the church in a procession and to

open the door after the morning liturgies. When those are completed, the friars return the key to the families.

This ceremony, which confirms in practice the validity of the Muslim families’ custodianship, is repeated with

the Greek and Armenian communities, on Orthodox Good Friday and Holy Saturday, respectively.

“Right now, I have in my hands the keys to Christendom’s heart. This is a very important moment for us,”

said the Rev. Artemio Vitores, the Spanish Franciscan who is the vicar Custodian of the Holy Land, during

the Maundy Thursday procession.

“For centuries, Christian pilgrims were denied entry to the church, or had to pay huge sums to pray on the

Sepulchre,” he said, all while holding the key.

At the head of the procession, Vitores was flanked on one side by Wajeeh Nusseibeh, his son Obadah and

two cousins, all of whom were equally compensated by the friars for their services with the symbolic sum of

$60.

On Vitores’ other side were Adeeb Joudeh, wearing an impeccable dark gray suit, and his 19-year-old son

Jawad.

For about 20 minutes, Joudeh ceded control of the only existing key to the Holy Sepulchre. While there is

another key, it is broken and no longer used. The functioning key is normally kept in a small office attached

to the church and is guarded by an employee of the Joudeh family.

“This key has seen Saladin and every generation of my family since 1187. To me, it’s an honor to be in

charge of the holiest of Christian places," Joudeh said, while walking the cobblestoned alley leading to the Holy Sepulchre.

He insisted on showing on his smartphone what he claimed are 165 official decrees confirming the Joudeh

family’s role as custodian of the church over the centuries.

“My ancestor who was given the keys was a sheik, a highly respected person, who was not supposed to

perform physical labor, such as climbing the ladder to open the gate,” Joudeh explained. “That’s why the

Nuseibehs were called in to perform this duty. Unfortunately, they feel still ashamed of being just the

doorkeepers.”

At the end of the procession, the key was welcomed by cheerful pilgrims waiting in front of the church.  

For a few minutes, everybody stared at the solemn opening of the gate before rushing in.

Moments later, Adeeb Joudeh walked home with his son, as did Wajeeh Nuseibeh. They will come back

here, time and again, at the gate of the Holy Sepulchre: two Muslims, coming in peace to bear the key to the

heart of Christianity.

46
7 Education-The Tolpuddle Radical History School, 18-20th July
Updated: 03 Apr 2013

 

How well do you know your radical history?

  

(The Radical invites you to also look at www.peopleinhistory.co.uk)

  

by - 29th March 2013, 8.30 BST

Tolpuddle Radical History ii

How often have I heard people say to me “I hated history at school” or “History is of no use to anyone”?

I’ve been involved with the Tolpuddle Radical History School for the last four years, and part of my role is to get

people to change their minds, to understand that history is relevant for trade unionists and relevant in the

workplace.

Over the past four years we have looked at the Luddites and The Chartists, the story of the Tolpuddle Martyrs

after they returned from Australia, the Taff Vale Railway incident, the rise of the shop steward movement and the

general strike.

This year we’ll be concentrating on the 1930s and will include a range of speakers from the Secretary of the IBMT

to an Emeritus Professor of history; we’ll cover the beginning of the Tolpuddle Festival, the Spanish Civil War

and the formation of a trade union in the 1930s.

The 1930s are important, and it would be easy to get stuck in a story of gloom and depression. This was a period

of mass unemployment, the Jarrow March and was also the decade which led to the Second World War.

We decided not to concentrate on the depression, but to offer participants a more uplifting view of a decade that

for many saw nothing but poverty.

Tolpuddle Radical History iAll history should give us a perspective, not only of what has happened in the past, but also

on how we can draw lessons from the past to influence our decisions and to help us realise where we have gone

wrong.

I agree with historian Eric Hobsbawn, who said: “We shouldn’t merely use history to determine precedents, but

use it analytically to recognise what is new in a situation and whether or not what has passed before gives us

the tools to deal with it.”

While we can often learn lessons from the past, sometimes the old ways of handling issues are no longer relevant in the 21st century. However, what studying history can give us is a better understanding of our current

predicament and perhaps provide some clues to the way forward.

The Tolpuddle Radical History School runs from  July 18th to 20th in Dorset, ahead of the Tolpuddle Martyrs’

Festival. Tickets cost £25. 

 Les Kennedy is one of the organisers of the event

44
8 Education- Capitalism's Big Con - Why the solution cannot be found by reading the Sun
Updated: 11 Mar 2013

Capitalism's big con:

Understanding Marxist economics

by Peter Watson

THE PICTURE is the same wherever you look: part-time, low-paid jobs and DIY stores where there were once

factories, people scrambling to keep their heads above water.

This is Britain of the 21st century.

Although the ruling class claims that economics is too complicated for ordinary people to understand, it is

important for Marxists.

It explains the production and share out of society's wealth.

Today, things that people need aren't being made, or if they are, we can't afford them.

For millions, a decent home would be a good start.

But there’s very little building going on. The choices for ordinary people are high mortgage repayments, below-

standard council housing or surrendering into the ‘loving hands’ of a get-rich quick landlord.

And, when we demand more wages we're told they can't be afforded, we have to wait until the economy is stronger.

Government policy can affect the economy.

But capitalist governments cannot get rid of the basic problems we face, exploitation, unemployment, mass

poverty and periodic economic crises.

That is why socialists, while fighting for the best possible deal under capitalism, also fight to overthrow capitalism

and replace it with socialism.

An understanding of what makes capitalism tick is important if we're going to get rid of it.

What is capitalism?

CAPITALISM IS based on the private ownership of production - the firms, workplaces and finance system.

Capitalists make a living on this ownership by getting profit on their investments, instead of selling their labour

power like the working class.

There may be some parts of the economy under public ownership, but the privately run big companies are the

most important part.

Private ownership did not start with capitalism.

Slave society and feudalism were also based on private ownership.

Ordinary people were exploited then as well.

Slaves worked for only food and shelter; serfs in feudal times worked part of the week for the landowner or gave a

part of their crops to them (or both).

The way workers are exploited under capitalism is different.

The serf usually owned or had rights to land. Most food and other necessities were made by the serfs themselves.

Workers today cannot grow their own food or make most of their own clothes.

They are forced to work for the boss to make ends meet. (1)

Today we have the so-called "consumer society".

That means we must buy and sell to live. All parts of life become

a commodity, something to be bought and sold, whether it is a TV, the latest music or our ability to work - that is

why Marx called capitalism "generalised commodity production".

This is the idea of the "market system" where everything is for sale.

Right-wingers call it the "free market".

But there's nothing free about the market when you're low-paid.

Neither can there be freedom when the world is divided out and stitched up by giant companies.

Workers create the wealth

JUST A glance at the income and lifestyles of the top bosses and the wealthy, or a glimpse of the large and

sometimes beautiful buildings in our cities, brings one conclusion.

Britain is not a poor country.

But who created that wealth?

Who built the skyscrapers and palaces, the motorways and railways?

The source of all wealth in capitalist society comes from the labour of the working class, the vast majority of

people who live by selling their labour power (2) (also see definition at end).

Working-class people do not have investments like the capitalists.

We can only make ends meet by selling our

ability to work for wages.

Some workers may own a few shares, but they will still have to go out to work to earn a living.

Unemployed and part-time workers are still members of the working class - it is the fault of the system that they

are denied the right to work.

It is labour that gives commodities value in the Marxist sense of the word (3).

Nature provides the resources, the air, water, minerals and food that we need to live.

But we can't use most of nature's resources directly - they need to be worked on to make them useful.

Rain for

example only takes on a value when it is processed to become drinkable.

We make the money

WANDERING ROUND the supermarket can be a frustrating business, especially when you can't find where

Tesco has hidden its bread.

There are a vast variety of prices for goods on the shelves.

Why are all the prices different?

Capitalist economists say it is all down to "supply and demand".

If I have a thousand ice creams to sell and only one person wants to buy one, they are going to be very cheap

(and very messy!).

If I have one ice cream and a thousand people want one, it will be sold for a fortune.

No-one can deny this occurs as far as it goes.

But it all evens itself out.

If there are a thousand people wanting an ice cream some more ice cream vans are going to get wind of it and

try and get in on the act.

The factor that makes one thing more expensive than another is not down to supply and demand in the long run.

It is down to the length of labour time taken in its production.

This is the core of the Labour Theory of Value that Marx helped to develop.

Supply and demand may explain why a BMW sells at one time for £25,000 and at another for £20,000.

But it cannot explain why a Rolls-Royce always sells for much more than an ice cream.

A Rolls-Royce will always sell for more than an ice cream because vastly more labour time is spent in making it.

To give an example of how the labour theory of value works:

It may take four hours to make a table and just two to make a chair.

To this labour time is added the labour time taken in producing the wood, screws and tools used up in making the

table and chair.

In the example below this makes the table twice the cost of the chair.

LABOUR TIME RAW MATERIALS etc = TOTAL TIME

TABLE 4 hours + 4 hours = 8 hours

CHAIR 2 hours + 2 hours = 4 hours

What has this got to do with prices? Money seems to rule our lives.

There's never enough of it. But at root it is the working class that makes the money.

Money is the measure of the value of something we buy. Instead of "the number of labour minutes" spent making

the tin of beans there's a price tag: money is the expression of value in the real world.

Obviously it's totally impractical for everyone to exchange goods with one another through barter: capitalist

society needs a universal expression of exchange value.

And that's why we have money.

But in the real world the amount of money in circulation in a particular country can get totally out of alignment with

the value of the goods and services being produced, leading to major problems for the capitalist.

In the modern economy there is speculation and money swindling.

Sometimes governments print money to overcome short-term problems.

But if there is more money around than real values of goods the result is inflation - money is worth less.

If more and more money floods into the economy it becomes valueless – that is completely worthless.

When hyperinflation hit Germany in 1923 people traded in cigarettes rather than money.

Money is therefore tied to real values produced by workers.

Like a piece of elastic it can go so far before it twangs back to measure true value as measured by workers' labour.

We produce the profits

CAPITALISM HAS been mentioned, but what is capital (4).

A suitcase full of fivers under the bed is nice to have, but it isn't capital.

Capital is money, plant machinery and materials, which are brought together to employ workers.

Workers are the source of wealth.

But, more than that, they are the source of new wealth, which feeds the lifestyle and investment plans of the bosses.

How can this be?

The rip-off is not obvious.

If somebody works 40 hours they get the "going rate" and come out with 40 hours’ worth of money before

deductions.

This is one of capitalism’s big myths - that employment is based on "a fair day's work for a fair day's pay".

A look at the working day helps clear up the fog.

THE WORKING DAY

A person may be employed for eight hours in a day. In that time, eight hours of labour time is spent in producing

goods or services.

The employee will never receive those eight hours back in form of pay.

If s/he did, no profit would be made and the company would go bust.

In the example the person receives only four hours’ wages.

But he/she cannot go home after four hours: the worker has to carry on working free for the boss.

Every day, in fact every hour of the day, people are making their employers richer.

They are allowed no say in how that wealth should be used.

They can only improve their wages by fighting for it.

This extra labour produces surplus value (5).

This is divided into rent to the workplace landlord, interest to the banker and profit to the workplace boss.

Everything sold in the shops has a piece of surplus value in it. Everything bought makes the bosses richer.

Capital accumulates and grows.

The bosses don't invest because they like to see people in work - they invest solely to make a profit.

If there's no profit, there's no production.

And profit comes from the unpaid labour of the working class.

One argument is that it is the consumers not workers that are exploited.

This states that employers "overcharge" - they mark up their goods to rob the consumer.

It is certainly true that shops will try and rob us if they can.

But new wealth doesn't mainly come from overcharging.

If I have a car that's worth £750 and I sell it to you for £1,000, I've gained £250 and you have lost £250.

There's been a transfer of money from you to me.

But there's been no new wealth created.

A capitalist starts with a load of money.

He rents a workplace, machines, employs workers and ends with more than s/he started with.

This comes from the unpaid labour of the working class.

What decides how much should go to the worker and how much to the boss?

The employer will try and keep wages or "necessary labour time" (6) (also see definition at back) down as low as

possible to keep profits up.

The bottom line is sufficient money to keep the worker fit enough to come back to work the next day and raise a

new generation of workers.

But even that is not definite.

In times of high unemployment bosses would not be bothered if bad health hits workers due to low pay - as long

as there are others to take their place.

Nowadays it takes two incomes to have enough money to raise a new generation of workers.

Workers need to push the balance the other way.

Through union organisation they can force the employer to give ground and raise wage rates.

Workers' wage increases are usually blamed when inflation takes off. A glance at the working day example shows

this is untrue.

If there is a pay rise it just means the "cake" is divided in a different way: the dividing line between necessary

labour and surplus value changes in favour of the workers.

Workers get more and the bosses less.

The total value of goods hasn't altered.

The cause of inflation lies not in pay rises, but in the ‘money swindles’ of financiers and governments.

Every battle in the workplace boils down to a battle over the ‘line’ between wages and surplus value.

Every dispute over tea breaks, bonuses and overtime is about how much ‘free labour’ workers are going to give

to the boss.

The existence of surplus value shows that workers are never "overpaid".

The Socialist Party calls for a 35-hour maximum working week.

With determined, fighting trade union leadership this can be achieved.

For many workers, however, long hours of overtime are the only way to make ends meet.

Overtime suits the employer.

It cuts down the need to employ more staff.

One way for bosses to increase surplus value is through unpaid overtime.

The working day

A. necessary labour (wages)  surplus value
four hours  four hours
B. necessary labour (wages) surplus value
four hours  eight hours

In example A of a working day the boss gets four hours’ surplus value.

By making the working day longer and keeping wages the same surplus value goes up to eight hours (working day B).

This is called absolute surplus value.

Back in feudal times serfs on the land worked with the seasons and daylight.

Work was hard and starvation never far away. But production of food was stopped when there was enough.

Under capitalism night becomes day, working hours become limited only by union power and the need for sleep.

The fact that many workers get time and a half or double time for overtime shows that surplus value exists.

The employers can pay higher rates and still make a profit.

Many workers would like to work 35 hours a week, but are forced into low-paid, part-time jobs due to a lack of

real jobs and provision of cheap nurseries and childcare.

These part-time and casual jobs give workers few rights and are therefore very profitable for the boss.

Another way for employers to increase surplus value is through speeding up production.

The working day

A. necessary labour (wages)  surplus value
four hours  four hours
B. necessary labour (wages) surplus value
Two hours  six hours

In working day A there is four hours’ surplus value.

If production speed is doubled the worker makes up his/her wages in half the time. In working day B wages

have not been cut, but by working twice as hard the worker has produced enough goods to cover wages in only

two hours instead of four.

By speed-ups the employer gets six hours surplus value instead of four.

This is called relative surplus value (7).

How does the capitalist increase productivity?

One way is to force workers to work harder.

Plain terror tactics may be used.

Or else bonus schemes, "the carrot that bites", may be used to coax people.

Bonus schemes will rarely compensate workers for the extra surplus value produced or else the employer

would not introduce them.

Most bonus schemes are divisive - they set worker against worker.

The boss will seek to drive workers into the ground.

But the human body can only take so much before we start getting angry.

And employers are greedy for more profits than our sweat can provide.

The machine rules our lives

THE SECRET of capitalism’s development lies in the use of machinery.

Someone using modern machinery will generally always be more productive and therefore more profitable than

a worker without it.

From steam power to the most modern "computer integrated manufacture" the story has been the same.

Speed up production to cover wage costs as quickly as possible and therefore increase surplus value per

worker massively.

In modern car plants wages are made up so quickly that workers work free for the boss for much of the year.

New technology has the potential to reduce the working week to just a few hours.

But under capitalism this "labour saving device" becomes a stick to break our backs.

The cost of machinery is so great that the employer steps up production to pay off debt.

Work becomes unending in 24-hour shift rotas.

And machinery replaces labour.

This fact was hidden during the great economic upswing of 1950-1973.

While big investment took place in assembly line production (for example in big car plants) large numbers of

workers were still needed to staff the machinery.

Today's technology needs far fewer workers.

Today's manufacturing workers are worked to death and stress at work results in millions of days lost, much

more than are lost due to strikes.

Meanwhile, unemployed workers sit idle on the dole, unable to produce goods and services useful to society.

The service industries

A LOT of people today do not work in manufacturing industry.

There has been a growth of "services" like finance and shopping.

Many employees in service industries make surplus value for their bosses.

Workers in McDonald's make profit through their ability to cook burgers at very low pay rates.

People don't need to "make" something to produce surplus value.

A care assistant in a private nursing home produces a profit for her employer, just like a manufacturing worker

does.

A lot of service industries are involved in selling goods and services.

Shops present goods in an attractive way to coax people to buy.

Many finance companies just spend their time marketing money to capitalists and workers.

These services are largely "unproductive" in the capitalist sense in that they do not produce surplus value

directly.

The bosses in this sector make money by taking a share of the surplus value produced by the companies they

provide services for.

It certainly doesn't make them any nicer to their own workforce!

Profit's "logic" says that a public sector is also "unproductive".

Being paid out of government taxes and income means that they don't make surplus value for bosses.

Nationalisation and the welfare state were won in the past by working-class pressure on government and the

bosses.

The capitalists were prepared to accept some form of public sector to provide a workforce with basic health and

education.

They also needed transport and power laid on by the state to help their profiteering. The aim of privatisation is to

bring socially useful jobs directly into the profit system.

This gives the rich a double bonus: a chance to turn a profit while gaining government tax cuts.

This is the root of the government’s Private Finance Initiative (PFI). Service to the public is at the bottom of the

priority list (8).

They gamble with our money

IN THE early days of capitalism the family owned firm was normal.

As more "efficient" firms swallowed others, great monopolies began to run the world.

As surplus value became greater and greater, the money created through workers’ labour began to be traded

through finance companies.

Big banks became giants.

Building societies, insurance companies and pension funds have developed to trade people's money for a

profit.

The modern capitalist may never have been to the company s/he invests in.

The stock exchange lists shares in the big firms and government stocks.

The capitalist's leisurely pastime involves gambling with our money by picking out the stocks and shares she or

he thinks will be the best bet.

The biggest gamble is on the money markets.

By buying and selling the world's currencies trillions of dollars are traded worldwide every day!

And then we're told there is no money for public services or benefits.

The market doesn't work

IF CAPITALISM keeps making profits why does the economy keep crashing?

Why is there mass unemployment?

What's wrong with the 'market economy’?

At one time capitalist economists thought economic crisis was due to sunspots or the movement of the planet

Venus.

Today they sometimes blame computers for stock exchange crashes.

The truth lies within the guts of capitalism itself.

Capitalist production has limits.

When these limits are reached workplaces shut and people are thrown onto the dole.

And these crises are caused because there is too much capital to maintain profits (this is called "over-accumulation").

How can there be "too much capital"?

Under a socialist plan there can never be "too much".

Investment would just carry on to meet people’s needs.

But capitalism depends on profits and the rate of return; if they aren't high enough production stops.

"Over-accumulation" shows itself in a number of ways.

Here are two:

a) Tendency for the rate of profit to fall

Capitalists invest large sums in machinery to get surplus value from each worker.

While each worker makes enormous profits there can be a trend for the costs of machinery to cut the rate of

return for the boss.

b) Problems in the market

Workers are not paid for their full day's work.

They therefore cannot buy back all the goods they produce.

Capitalism tries to overcome this by the sale of the extra goods between members of the capitalist class.

There is always the possibility of "overproduction" producing more than society can buy.

In the market there is no democratic control of production.

Anarchy and crisis can result (9).

Economic boom followed by recession is as natural to capitalism as breathing to a human being.

Workers build up production during a boom only to see it destroyed later.

At the height of a boom capitalism hits barriers it cannot break through.

Investment has raised the costs of machinery, possibly leading to a decline of profit rates.

The lack of buying power can hit sales.

Bankers and governments are fearful for the future and raise interest rates.

Raising the cost of borrowing raises the cost for the industrial capitalist, eating into profits.

Inflation can take off as financiers look away from industry towards speculating on the money markets and

property.

There is an "overaccumulation" of capital and the house of cards collapses.

In the depths of a recession factories are on short time or shut, unemployment is high and shops have

permanent sales.

Banks normally have low interest rates to encourage people to borrow.

Capitalists will only invest so long as they make money out of it.

Once companies start to turn in a loss, or a much-reduced profit, capitalists will take their money somewhere else - often out of industry and into finance markets. Company closures and putting people on the dole are the result.

As well as the recessions and booms of the short-term "trade cycle", there are also long-term trends in

capitalism.

1950 to 1973 were years of upturn with high growth and profit rates.

A change was detonated in 1974-75 by massive oil price rises and problems with the US dollar.

The underlying reasons, however, were more deep-seated than this.

Large assembly line production methods brought rising profits and full employment in the main capitalist countries.

But these methods were unable to sustain rising profits indefinitely.

By the end of the 1960s, profit rates and productivity improvements were tailing away.

US economic control over the globe was starting to be challenged by Japan and Germany.

Since 1974 we have lived in a depression, a long period of problems and crisis for capitalism.

Growth and profit rates are low compared to the 1950-73 period.

New technology has been developed in the workplace.

But it has not solved the problems.

The massive investment in machinery increases costs and therefore attacks profitability.

New technology under capitalism means redundancies.

The huge pool of unemployed in the advanced capitalist countries means less money around to buy the goods

that the "state of the art" factories produce (10).

Capitalism makes the few rich at the expense of the many.

Despite marvellous inventions it cannot solve the basic killers in the world, malnutrition, malaria and war.

The market doesn't work.

It has outlived itself.

Only a democratic plan of production can link the talents of the human race harmoniously with the earth's

resources.

Once a democratic socialist planned economy is established, the end of the world's suffering beckons.

Notes 1) See Marx's pamphlet Genesis of Capital

2) See Marx's pamphlet Wage Labour and Capital chapter 1.

3) See Marx's pamphlet Wages Price and profit chapter 6.

4) See Wage Labour and Capital chapter 3.

5) See Wages Price and Profit chapters 7-11 and Engels’ introduction to Wage Labour and Capital

6) You can find the definition of ‘necessary /labour time’ in Capital Volume one, chapter 9, section one.

7) See Capital Volume one, chapter 12.

8) See Capital Volume three, Chapters 17 and 19, and Marx's Theories of Surplus ValuePart One, Chapter 4 for more on "productive" and "unproductive" labour.

9) If you want to tackle the theory of crisis read Paul Mattick’s Economic crisis and crisis theory or Makoto Itoh's

The basic theory of capitalism.

Some relevant chapters in Capital are Volume three chapters 13, 14, 15, 25,27, 30.

For how the market works read Volume two, chapters 20 and 21 but beware these chapters are very complicated.

10) For more detailed explanation of what has happened in the world economy since 1945 and the economic

turning point reached in 1973 read The World Economy - processes and prospects in A World in Crisis (1993)

published by the Committee for a Workers’ International, the international socialist organisation which the

Socialist Party is affiliated to and Global Turmoil (1999).


Militant International Review (the forerunner of Socialism Today; the Socialist Party’s theoretical journal) deals

with economic depression in issue number 53.

Also for more material on privatisation you can read The Great Gold Rush (Socialist Party, 2002).

All books and pamphlets are available from Socialist Books, PO Box 24697, London E11 1YD (Telephone: 020 8988 8789)


GLOSSARY

ABSOLUTE SURPLUS VALUE

Surplus value produced by making the working day longer.

CAPITAL

Wealth accumulated to exploit labour power and create surplus value.

"Self-expanding value": it grows (accumulates") through exploitation.

CAPITALISM

The mode of production based on producing commodities, with a class system of wage labour and private ownership of production.

COMMODITY

Something produced for sale on the market. Its value is measured by the

‘average socially necessary labour time’ needed to produce it - the average time taken to produce it under given social conditions.

CONSTANT CAPITAL (C)

Capital put into machinery and raw materials. Sometimes called "dead labour".

CREDIT

The general system of lending and borrowing for a profit.

EXCHANGE VALUE

The value of a commodity compared with others. For example: 1 coat = 20 pairs of socks = 2 pairs of trousers = £30. It is measured by the socially necessary labour time of the commodities being exchanged.

LABOUR POWER

The ability to produce. For its price (wages) see Necessary Labour Time.

MONEY

The commodity against which the value of all other commodities is measured.

NECESSARY LABOUR TIME

The part of the working day in which goods are produced to cover wage costs.

ORGANIC COMPOSITION OF CAPITAL

The proportion between the value of dead labour (machinery and material) and labour power in a capitalist industry or economy.

RATE OF EXPLOITATION (OR SURPLUS VALUE)

The ratio of unpaid to paid labour (S/V).

RATE OF PROFIT

How surplus value compares with the total costs of production (S/C+V).

RELATIVE SURPLUS VALUE

Surplus value produced by reducing labour time.

SURPLUS VALUE (S)

Rent, interest and profit, the unpaid labour of the working class.

USE VALUE

The usefulness of any given object.

VALUE

The ‘glue’ that binds the capitalist economy together.

The value of something is measured by the labour time taken in its production.

It appears in comparison to another product, as exchange value.

It shows itself in three forms: commodities, money and capital.

VARIABLE CAPITAL (V)

Wages. The section of total capital used to employ labour power.

 

48
9 Education- Jose Marti -Poet -Lawyer- Cuban Revolutionary
Updated: 25 Dec 2012

José Martí biography

NAME: José Julián Martí y Pérez

OCCUPATION: Journalist, Poet

BIRTH DATE: January 28, 1853

DEATH DATE: May 19, 1895

EDUCATION: Central University of Madrid, University of Saragossa

PLACE OF BIRTH: Havana, Cuba

PLACE OF DEATH: Dos Rios, Cuba

Best Known For

A poet and a journalist, José Martí spent his short life fighting for Cuban independence.

He died in 1895 during a failed attempt to win freedom for Cuba.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

José Martí

Sometimes called the Apostle of the Cuban Revolution,

José Martí was born on January 28, 1853.

He showed a talent for writing and revolutionary politics at an early age.

First exiled from Cuba in 1871, Martí spent much of his life abroad.

In 1895, he returned to Cuba to fight for its independence. He died on the battlefield.

Quotes

"The Republic...should be the unjust predomination of one class of citizens over the rest, but the open and sincere equilibrium of all the real forces of the country."

– José Martí

Early Years

Born to poor Spanish immigrant parents, José Martí showed a talent for writing early on.

He had several poems published by the time he was 15.

At 16, Martí also proved to be a revolutionary in the making.

He supported efforts to cut ties with Spain, which held Cuba as one of its colonies at the time.

Begun in 1868, this conflict between Cuban nationalists and Spanish loyalists became known as the Ten Years' War.

To advance his cause, Martí created a newspaper, La Patria Libre.

He also wrote several significant poems during this time, including "Abdala," in which he dreamed of liberation.

Martí was arrested and sentenced to six years in a political prison, reportedly for criticizing a pro-Spanish friend.

After serving six months of hard labor, he was released and deported to Spain.

There Martí published Political Imprisonment in Cuba, about the harsh treatment he received in jail.

He also furthered his education, studying law first at Central University of Madrid and later at University of Saragossa.

Martí completed his degree in 1874.

Living in Latin America

By 1875, Martí had moved to Mexico, where he continued to campaign for Cuban independence.

He contributed to several newspapers there and became involved in Mexico City's artistic community.

But he soon became disenchanted with the country's government, and moved to Guatemala in 1877.

Martí became a college professor at the Universidad Nacional, where he taught literature, history and philosophy.

Martí returned to Cuba when a general amnesty was declared in 1878 after the Ten Years' War had ended.

He tried to practice law there, but the government refused to let him.

Instead Martí found work as a teacher.

Another uprising, known as the Little War, erupted the following year.

Farmers, slaves and others clashed with Spanish troops in Santiago de Cuba.

Martí was arrested and charged with conspiracy in the wake of the rebellion.

Again, the revolutionary writer was forced to leave his homeland.

Life in the United States

By 1881, Martí had settled in New York City.

He wrote in both English and Spanish for several newspapers, including a regular column for Buenos Aires' La Nación.

Tackling a variety of subjects, Martí was as skilled at social and political commentary as he was at literary criticism.

He wrote well-received essays about such poets as Walt Whitman and he shared his impressions of the United States as a correspondent.

In one of his most famous essays, "Our America," he called for Latin American countries to be united.

Martí suggested that these countries learn from the United States,

but establish governments that are based on their cultures and needs.

In addition to writing, Martí worked as a diplomat for several Latin American countries.

He served as a consul for Uruguay, Paraguay and Argentina.

However, he never forgot about Cuba during his time abroad.

Traveling to different cities, Martí developed ties with other Cubans living in exile in the United States.

In 1892, Martí became a delegate of the Cuban Revolutionary Party.

He worked hard on plans for a revolution in his native country.

Among his ideas for a new Cuban government,

Martí sought to prevent any one class or group from taking total control of the country.

He also wanted to overthrow the existing leadership quickly,

to prevent the United States from intervening in the matter.

While he admired much about the United States,

Martí had concerns that Cuba's northern neighbor would try to take over the island.

A Failed Revolution

To free Cuba, Martí joined forces with two nationalist generals from the Ten Years' War, Máximo Gómez and Antonio Maceo.

He raised funds from Cuban exiles and political organizations to support their efforts.

On January 31, 1895, Martí left New York City to make his way to Cuba.

He and his fellow nationalist supporters arrived in Cuba on April 11 and began the fight for independence.

Unfortunately for him, Martí did not last long on the battlefield.

He died on May 19 during some fighting in Dos Rios.

After his death, his compatriots continued their war against the Spanish, but the country did not achieve its independence until years later.

Through his life and writings, Martí served as an inspiration for revolutionaries around the world.

Cuban leader Fidel Castro has called him an important influence on his own revolution in Cuba decades later.

Although Martí once was sent into exile for his political activities, he is now considered a national hero in Cuba.

Personal Life

Martí married Carmen Zayas Bazán in 1877.

The two met while Martí was in Mexico.

The couple had a son together, named José.

© 2012 A+E Networks. All rights reserved

82
10 Education- Moral and Political Change comes from Social Pressure
Updated: 03 Dec 2012

Social Pressure as a Moral and Political Tool

 

H.Scott


1. What is "social pressure"?

Social pressure consists of the comments, criticisms, attitudes and emotions of people directed against other people who do or say things that those employing the pressure do not approve of.

It is a method of changing and controlling the behavior of other people, both on the "micro" level (i.e. among acquaintances, friends and family), and also on the "macro" level (as a technique of social engineering and control).

All societies, and all individuals in every society, employ social pressure extensively.

At times we all criticize other people, and we all have feelings and attitudes about the actions and remarks of others which we express (verbally or non-verbally) from time to time.

There are social conventions—which vary from society to society, and place to place within each society—about when and how to do this.

The concept of social pressure is morally and political neutral in that such pressure can be used for any purpose, good or bad, and to promote or attack any moral or political position whatsoever.

But although the tool is morally and politically neutral, and although everyone uses the tool to varying degrees, the attitude of different individuals towards the use of social pressure varies tremendously.

There are plenty of people who say they oppose the use of social pressure, either completely, or "almost always".

Some people are quite vociferous about this, and even view any conscious use of social pressure as some kind of "totalitarianism".

The ironic thing, of course, is that in their criticism and disapproval of "social pressure" they are also employing their own social pressure.

This is in fact characteristic of those who oppose the use of social pressure; they only recognize it when it is being used by others—and specifically those who they disagree with—, never when they use it, or when it is being used to support attitudes and beliefs they approve of.

In short, those who oppose the use of social pressure are invariably hypocritical in their opposition—though they never seem to realize it.

2. Social pressure is an alternative to force.

One thing that should be realized by those who unthinkingly attack the tool of social pressure—even when it is being used for a good purpose—is that it is an alternative to the use of force to control the behavior of others.

And I think most people would agree that it is a better alternative than using force—when it can be made to work.

For those who have the power to employ it, force is always a fall-back choice when other techniques of social control fail to work—and when the matter at issue is important enough (e.g., controlling crime, or maintaining the ruling class in power).

But only the stupid use force when there are better methods available. Moreover, sometimes force is inappropriate (or wrong—not that that matters to some people) when alternative methods are not.

Bourgeois society relies, as its ideologists proudly proclaim, on the "rule of law" to control the behavior of people.

But laws are always backed up by force, and so relying on the rule of law is only a slightly-camouflaged way of relying on force to control the populace.

I am not saying that laws are unnecessary; even in socialist society we will need laws, and there too they will be backed up by force when need be.

That is the nature of all laws.

"A law is not a law without coercion behind it." (Attributed to President James Garfield)

But bourgeois society relies excessively on laws to control people's behavior.

"Gates' Law: If there is not a law, there will be." (W. I. E. Gates)

I read recently that there are now 130,000 pages of federal laws.

"The more corrupt the state, the more numerous the laws." (Tacitus, Annals)

By that standard, the U.S. is the most corrupt state in history, by far.

In a future socialist society, we do not want to do things that way.

While many laws will still be necessary (though fewer and fewer as we advance toward communism), we want to reform and control society not primarily through laws (and force) but rather through the much better techniques of education and social pressure.

We want to institute a society where the people themselves truly do rule, and where they rule in ways which are most beneficial to the people as a whole.

Among other things, that means that those from among the masses who go against the interests of the masses in general are restrained and corrected in the mildest way possible.

And that means primarily through social pressure and supervision by the rest of the masses—when this can be made to work.

And in most cases, it can be made to work.

3. Social pressure is powerful!

Social pressure is a very powerful thing.

Human beings are social animals, and very few people can withstand any constant social pressure directed against them.

In fact, about the only really effective way of withstanding such pressure is by identifying with a different social group.

As I write these lines (June 1998) I am engaged in an experiment in the Internet newsgroup alt.quotations (which exists to post and discuss interesting quotations on all topics).

There have been a number of sexist and anti-women quotations posted over the past few months (and not for the legitimate purpose of opposing them or their authors!); I and others (mostly women) have criticized these quotations and the people who posted them.

For a while we seemed to have the two worst sexist culprits on the run, but unfortunately a number of other males came forward to support the two—not so much openly supporting their sexism (which the two themselves do not admit to), but on "free speech" grounds, or because criticism of sexism is supposedly "inappropriate" in this newsgroup, etc.

This had the effect of showing the two that they had support, and that there was at least a vocal subset of the newsgroup regulars which backed them up.

It was interesting to note that as soon as they saw this support they both came back with some more "in-your-face" sexist quotes!

The battle is not over yet, but it appears that the attempt at the present time to establish a new ideological climate less hostile to women in this one newsgroup, where sexism would be jumped on, and therefore would be lessened via social pressure, has failed.

But, again, the reason it has apparently failed is that the social pressure was not intensive and broad enough (only a handful of critics), and because the culprits found refuge in a supporting social pressure of a reactionary sub-group.

So although social pressure can be powerful and effective, it is most effective when there are not opposing social pressures (at least within the milieu in question), and when it is intense and coming from lots of different people, from all sides.

4. The purpose of social pressure is not to silence people, but to win people over—though not necessarily the same people!

In the sexism-in-the-newsgroup case, I was accused of trying to silence people I disagreed with.

Actually, as I pointed out, I am glad when the wrong views that pervade society at large come up there, because it gives me an opportunity to criticize them (and hopefully get others to join in with that criticism).

In other words, like other revolutionaries, I try to turn all the battles around me into schools of struggle so that the problems of society as a whole can be successfully tackled.

It is true that the more limited aim in this case was to stop, or at least cut down on, the expression of sexist remarks and attitudes in this one newsgroup.

Ideally this would happen because the offenders saw the error of their ways, changed their attitudes, and no longer wanted to make sexist posts.

That is, we really were trying to silence sexist remarks, but not the individuals posting those sexist remarks—because we hoped to cause them to recogize what they were really doing, change their ways, and make all their future postings from a perspective showing more respect for women.

However, I readily admit that such ideal outcomes do not always happen when social pressure is applied.

Sometimes the culprits will just slink away from the intense pressure and go hang out where their views are not being constantly attacked.

Other times, people will in fact just fall silent, or even perhaps feign agreement.

If the primary goal is to win over those few individuals, then their falling silent or slinking away (let alone their feigning agreement) is a very bad result.

It means that the goal of winning them over has failed so far, and makes it difficult to continue working on them.

It is true, though, that if the primary purpose of the social criticism is more to win over the middle forces watching the struggle, or more to draw in additional people into such struggles and teach them to fight for their class and collective interests, then if those results really do occur it is less of a defeat that you don't win over the actual targets of the struggle.

It is still unfortunate, of course, that they are not won over, but we do have to recognize that not everyone can be won over all at once.

(And also that there are a few die-hards who can never be won over.)

One of the goals is always to win over those in error, and not just to silence them.

But if other, perhaps more important, goals are achieved, then the application of social pressure has been a good thing even if the actual targets are merely silenced instead of being won over.

There is no inconsistency or hypocrisy involved in recognizing this.

In the quotations newsgroup case, if the two major culprits had just stopped making sexist posts and that is all that happened, then it would not have been much of a victory—and may in fact have been more of a negative thing than a positive thing overall.

But even if they were just "silenced" on the issue, without changing their attitudes in any way, the whole episode of struggle could have still been a very good thing if one or more of the following results occurred:

If other people in the newsgroup (especially males of course!) learned that what the two were doing was wrong, and improved their own attitudes and actions towards women;

If some other men in the newsgroup were encouraged by the struggle to join in against those who attack women. (It is not just an issue of importance to women, after all!);

If other people in the newsgroup learned a bit about the sources of and reasons for the hostility towards women in capitalist society.

(One of the two culprits is a very religious person—possibly a preacher—and so I have emphasized the religious source of many of the attacks on women.);

If other people in the newsgroup (especially women of course!) learned that serious struggle against sexism and anti-women attitudes is appropriate, and worth the effort, and can yield positive results—thus encouraging them to carry on such struggle elsewhere as well;

If some people learned what we Marxists are really about, i.e., helping the people and sections of the people (including women, oppressed races, etc.) to learn to fight for their own collective and class interests, and attempting to broaden the struggle and bring light into it towards what needs to be done ultimately to really resolve such serious problems (namely, revolution).

I suspect that possibly the first three of these broader goals may have been achieved, at least to some small degree, and therefore probably some good came out of the struggle even though the two worst culprits were not corrected in any way.

In judging the correctness of any struggle we must always consider all the results which ensue from it, not just the limited immediate goal.

5. But is it right to try to win people over—even to a correct position—via social pressure?

Shouldn't we just use reason and good evidence?

It is crazy to imagine that people are strictly rational creatures.

Human beings are not totally irrational, either, but it is really foolish to believe that they are entirely rational, or to try to change human behavior and society based on that false assumption.

Just how rational individual people are depends on their education, what they have learned (and truly absorbed) about scientific technique, the rationality of the people around them (their milieu), what form of society they live in, and so forth.

Given that most people's education is laughably poor, that their understanding of science and scientific methods is close to nonexistent, that they have little or no training in logic and how to think rationally, and that they live in a capitalist society whose rulers depend on keeping the masses ignorant and fooled in order to hang on to their privileges (and constantly bombard the masses with lies through their control of education and the media), it is hardly any wonder that people often tend to be ignorant and quite irrational.

It is inevitable in contemporary capitalist society.

Why do people believe what they do?

Is it because we scientifically examine all the reasonable possibilities, carefully sift the evidence, use logic and the techniques of rational thinking to select the best answer?

No, regretfully, it is just not this way most of the time in current society.

Mark Twain put it this way:


 Mohammedans are Mohammedans because they are born and reared among that sect, not because they have thought it out and can furnish sound reasons for being Mohammedans; we know why Catholics are Catholics; why Presbyterians are Presbyterians; why Baptists are Baptists; why Mormons are Mormons; why thieves are thieves; why monarchists are monarchists; why Republicans are Republicans and Democrats, Democrats.

We know it is a matter of association and sympathy, not reasoning and examination; that hardly a man in the world has an opinion upon morals, politics, or religion which he got otherwise than through his associations and sympathies.[1]
 
 

Twain overstates the case just a bit!

Some people do manage to do some thinking on their own and thus escape some of the beliefs they are raised with, indoctrinated with, and find all around them—but only a tiny minority in our current unscientific age.

Most people do in fact hold the beliefs they were indoctrinated with in their youth, and which are constantly reinforced in them by their social milieu.

And that is just to say that most people hold the beliefs they do because of social pressure, both the social pressure applied in their youth and that which is continually directed at them as adults.

Since people basically believe what they do because of social pressure, it you want to change what they believe, and help them discover the truth about social reality, you must of necessity seek to apply your own counter-acting social pressure.

That is just the plain fact of the matter.

By all means, marshal all the evidence, logic, and rational arguments you can as well—but just don't expect them to be very broadly effective!

(I would even wager that in many cases the effectiveness of rational argument comes more from the concomitant social pressure than it does the actual reasoning and evidence presented.)

The masses have great strengths, but they also have great weaknesses.

Among them are many brilliant ideas—and many foolish ideas.

There is great rationality, and great irrationality.

We Marxists are indeed trying to make them (and ourselves!) more rational, more scientific in their (and our) approach to the world, more cognizant of their own class interests and how these interests may be advanced.

But we must also start our work with the people as they now are, as we find them in a backward, unscientific society.

In the future we hope to make people more rational, and as they become more rational we expect to rely more on rational argument to change people's thinking and actions, and to rely less on social pressure. But never forget—we still live in primitive times!

And in primitive times you are often forced to use primitive methods.

6. "But Scott!

How can you, as a Marxist, as a member of a tiny minority in this society that is itself subject to tremendous hostile social pressure, champion the use of social pressure?!

Doesn't it work more against your ideas now than for them?"

I certainly do not champion social pressure no matter how it is used!

Social pressure is in fact like any tool; it can be used for bad purposes as well as for good purposes.

When it used for bad purposes I of course oppose its use.

There is nothing inconsistent about this.

I also think hammers are fine tools, but that doesn't mean I am forced to approve of maniacs going around and hitting people over the head with them!

It's true that at the present time most of the social pressure employed in society is a negative thing, constantly reinforcing backward ideas.

And in no way do I support its use for any purpose that goes against the interests of the people.

But it is a simple matter of fighting fire with fire.

Sure the tool is mostly used for negative purposes at present, but it can also be used for positive purposes, and it is wrong to refrain from doing so.

It is wrong to refuse to use any tool which can advance the people's interests and their struggle towards liberation.

How can I expect that the positive use of social pressure by a small minority can hope to counteract all of its extensive negative use?

Well, by itself it cannot, and I don't fool myself into thinking otherwise.

We Marxists are well aware of the fact that all the good reasons we put forward, all the rational argument, and all the social pressure we can muster—all of that put together—is still not enough to change most people's thinking and change society.

Something more is needed, namely people's own experience, especially negative experience in times of social crisis.

And capitalism—being the wonderfully obliging system that it is—can be counted on to provide these vicious negative experiences from time to time.

It is true that all the negative experiences of war, imperialist aggression, economic depression, crises arising from the massive destruction of the environment, the oppression of women and minority peoples, and so forth, are also not enough by themselves to fully wake up the masses and cause them to overthrow an exploitive and oppressive system.

But when you add this "experience" factor to a proletarian pole of leadership putting forward a genuine alternative in the time of acute social crisis, demonstrating some ability to lead the masses in struggle, putting forward ample exposure of the crimes of the capitalist enemy, putting forward reasoned arguments and plenty of supporting evidence for what we say, and also powerful political slogans and as much social pressure as we can manage—then you have something really effective.

Then you might even have a social revolution and the creation of a new society truly capable of eliminating all the horrors of capitalism.

Social pressure really comes into its own in the early years of socialist society.

At that point the old capitalist ruling class has lost its control of the government, the news media, and has largely lost control of education and many other spheres of public influence.

If a revolution does actually take place it is only because the great majority of the masses support it, and thus you have a situation where progressive, positive social pressure can and should be applied against the relatively few backward elements, people who want to return to the old oppressive society, people who drag their heals resisting the further revolutionary advance of society, and so forth.

In the early days of the Russian revolution, Lenin called upon revolutionaries and the masses to "hound" the bourgeoisie that still existed though it had been knocked from power.

"Hound them the way they hounded us!" he said.

In other words, apply the most intense social pressure against them, to prevent them from returning to power.

If socialism can be consolidated—partly through the massive use of social pressure—long enough to bring up at least one new generation that is capable of truly thinking rationally, of investigating society to see what is truly in its own working class interests, and of taking a leading hand in the running of such a society, then we will have won, and won for good—even though a lot will yet remain to be done.

It is not easy of course; the international working class has failed in its first two attempts to do this (in Russia and China), and in both cases a new exploiting class grew up within the revolutionary party and stole the revolution before a sufficient fraction of the masses were sufficiently educated and empowered.

We have learned a lot from these two bitter experiences, and will not make the same mistake again.

But even today, in the midst of a backward society—backward politically, morally, and scientifically (as far as the thinking of the masses goes)—there is an important role for social pressure.

All revolutionaries and all progressive people should endeavor to use this tool, should gain practice in using it themselves, and should help the masses to use it to defend their interests.

We have an obligation to do this; we would be failing the people if we did not do so.

7. Conclusion.

Social existence requires the existence of social pressure.

All societies, and tendencies within society employ it, and must employ it if they are to survive.

Social pressure is a necessary tool in the transformation of society, and in the consolidation of any new society.

Social pressure is indispensable.

 If man draws all his knowledge, sensation, etc., from the world of the senses and the experience gained in it, the empirical world must be arranged so that in it man experiences and gets used to what is really human and becomes aware of himself as man.

If correctly understood interest is the principle of all morals, man's private interest must be made to coincide with the interest of humanity.

If man is unfree in the materialist sense, i.e., is free not through the negative power to avoid this or that, but through the positive power to assert his true individuality, crime must be not punished in the individual, but the anti-social source of crime must be destroyed, and each man must be given social scope for the vital manifestation of his being.

If man is shaped by his surroundings, his surroundings must be made human.

If man is social by nature, he will develop his true nature only in society, and the strength of his nature must be measured not by the strength of separate individuals but by the power of society. (Karl Marx)

110
11 Education-Ancient Orkney and its Orcadians
Updated: 30 Nov 2012

Older than the pyramids of Egypt

 
Thursday 29 November 2012
 
It must have been one of the best school trips in history.
 
It is 1919 and WWI is over.
 
Almost the entire imperial German fleet is imprisoned in Scapa Flow, Orkney.

Politicians argued. Bored German sailors roller-skated round the decks.

Then the orders came.

The ships would be handed over to the British Admiralty.

The German High Admiral in command of the captive fleet, however, had other ideas.

He ordered his sailors to scupper the entire fleet and the ships went down with flags flying.

The school kids of Stromness on their boat trip watched wide-eyed.

Today scuba fans still dive on the ships and we lesser mortals can view the wrecked fleet from a trip boat with its

own remote submarine camera.

Orkney is a place of surprises.

My first one came at the waterside campsite at Stromness.

I emerged from the campervan with my early morning cup of coffee and looked out over the sea.

Suddenly a head appeared in the water and fixed me with its beady eye.

Soon at least 50 bewhiskered seals were watching me.

It's not unusual to see seals, dolphins, porpoises or even whales from the beaches, cliff tops and trip boats of Orkney.

Some of the best sightings are from the ferries to and from the smaller islands.

Agatha Christie, my wife Ann often reminds me, gave great advice on picking a husband.

"The only man worth marrying is an archaeologist," was her tip "…

they are the only men who get more interested in you as you get older."

For anyone seeking such a husband there can be few places in the world with more archaeologists than Orkney.

There are hundreds of sites and many active digs still go on.

Best of all here in Orkney they are generally happy to share the experience of uncovering the past with visitors -

no "keep out" or "do not touch" signs here.

Maes Howe is Stone-Age tomb almost perfectly preserved and protected - it's older than Stonehenge, indeed

twice as old as the Great Wall of China.

It is almost perfect.

However there is some graffiti inside the chamber.

Let's go back just 850 years.

Not long in the long, long history of Maes Howe.

A small group of Vikings stumbled across the tomb, and like tourists do they wrote on the walls.

Most of the Vikings just wrote their names.

There are a few rude remarks about the girls back home and the girls of Orkney.

Graffiti doesn't change.

More important and more serious is the language of the graffiti. This is almost certainly the best example of Viking runes ever discovered.

Runes were the Viking's written language designed to be carved with an axe on stone.

Our last Orcadian visit to the Stone Age took us to the beautifully restored Neolithic village at Skara Brae.

Here at least eight Stone-Age houses have been excavated and restored to differing extents.

In 1939 a terrible disaster occurred.

A German U-boat slipped through the Orkney's incomplete defences and sank the battleship Royal Oak with the

loss of over 800 British sailors.

Many of the dead were young cadets.

Winston Churchill demanded that the entrances to Scapa Flow be defended.

Italian prisoners of war did the work and the barriers they built still carry the main roads between the islands.

Those same prisoners also built themselves an amazing Italianate chapel.

It was based on a redundant Nissen hut decorated only with paint and consummate skill.

It's a remarkable thing to see.

Whether you explore Orkney's mainland or the countless outlying islands, whether you are in search of history or

wildlife, Orkney's main attractions will always be the wild and watery landscape.

So if you are looking for one of Scotland's best kept holiday secrets, do what I do, chill out to the natural relaxed

rhythm of Orcadian life here in Scotland's Northern Isles.

94
12 Education- English History-The Decline of Feudalism -Parliamentary Origins
Updated: 29 Nov 2012

CHAPTER IV: THE DECLINE OF FEUDALISM 

SECTION 2: PARLIAMENTARY ORIGINS

 De Montfort took advantage of the split between the barons, and a civil war ensued. Those barons opposed to the king were forced to rely on the support of other classes.

 

In 1264, Simon de Montfort defeated Henry at Lewes and desertion from the baronial ranks continued. The movement included town merchants, lesser landlords and the clergy.

De Montfort summoned to his ‘parliament’ representatives of the burgesses of chartered towns, as well as two knights from each shire.

 

This parliament is correctly described as a revolutionary party assembly and contained five earls, 17 barons and the burgesses - a reflection of the changing class structure of England.  

The growing difference between the great barons and lesser landowners or knights led to the barons retaining bands of armed followers prepared to fight, while the landowners and knights were increasingly content to live on their estates and make money from the wool trade.

 

This was the beginning of the English squirearchy, which dominated the countryside for the next five centuries.

These knights were drawn into local government, and, in 1254, as representatives of the shire, they were formally summoned regularly to council.

The balance of the council changed and was no longer regarded as merely a feudal body.

In 1267, de Montfort was defeated by Henry’s son Edward and was killed, but Edward found it wiser to adopt many of the changes that the rebels had demanded.

Like the jury, parliament was a royal convenience rather than a right of the subject but was used to collect taxes and became the focus of opposition. Many stayed away.

In 1295, a new crisis emerged in the form of a war with France and Scotland and the holding down of the Welsh.

 

Edward summoned a ‘model parliament’, which was made to grant large sums of money. More was needed in the following two years.

Edward I levied a heavy property tax, tolls on wool exports and seized some of the property of the Church.

 

In 1297, the levies were strongly resisted, and a Confirmation of the Charter was secured. Edward promised no more taxes without the consent of parliament.

 

The opposition was mostly baronial, but it was an opposition.

 

The same happened in the following reign of Edward II, alienating the barons by the failure of his Bannockburn campaign in 1315 and by grants of Crown lands to personal friends.

 

In 1327, Edward II was deposed by a rising of the barons, but this was carried through in regular parliamentary manner by establishing a precedent – this was important.

Edward III needed money for the Hundred Years’ War that lead to further parliamentary gains, so he agreed to elect treasurers to supervise the expenditure of the money, vote and examine the royal accounts.

This was a right of parliament not only to withhold supplies, but to exercise control over money and hence policy.

However, parliament was weak. There were three houses: Barons, Clergy and Commons. Though they acted together, at times the alliance was thin. The decline of feudalism strengthened the Commons.

In the 14th and 15th centuries, the nominal power of parliament was considerable.

 

However, the decay of feudalism brought together a very powerful small group of noble families, mostly related to the Crown.  They saw parliament as a convenient means through which to dominate the state machine.

The whole period was one of transition and parliament became a battleground for these forces.

105
13 Education- English History- The Decline of Feudalism-Trade and Towns
Updated: 29 Nov 2012

CHAPTER IV : THE DECLINE OF FEUDALISM

SECTION 1: TRADE AND TOWNS

www.peopleinhistory.co.uk

The 13th Century in England saw the marked decline of feudalism in both economic and political terms.

By the 14th century, this decline became rapid and disintegration occurred, caused by an increase in commodity production of agriculture.

 

The large scale production of wool for the Flemish market led to trade on an international scale.

For instance, salt came from Bordeaux and wine from Gascony.

 

Towns grew and merchant guilds were set up, bringing together men of craft, including smiths, saddlers, bakers and tailors.

These traders employed workers and took on apprentices.

 

The guilds aimed at controlling and regulating the whole of industry, laying down prices, quality, conditions of work, etc.

 

These guilds, like the first trade unions, were forced to work in secret as they were discouraged.

 

“It is forbidden that the servant workmen in cordwaining or other shall hold any meeting to make provision that may be to the prejudice of the trade.” (Cordwainers were leather workers.)

Both Edward I and Edward III encouraged alien merchants and gave them concessions that led to conflicts with town burgesses.

 
Another factor that helped to breakdown the exclusiveness was the trade done at fairs.

These fairs were outside the control of the guilds.

What is more important was that they encouraged traders from all over Europe.

It was for the purpose of international trade that the first gold coins (florins) were struck at Florence in 1252, but in England the first regular gold coin, the noble, was issued soon after the capture of Calais in 1347.

It was sometime before gold coins were in common use in England.

 

The decline of feudalism and the growth of trade led to changes in taxation that had important consequences.

 

In Norman times, the king was expected to “live off his own” like the barons, raising only special taxes, but, with the growth of towns, taxes were imposed on forms of property other than land.

This gave other classes besides barons a direct interest in affairs of state.

 

Prices rose sharply under Henry III, and the ordinary revenue of the Crown became increasingly insufficient, especially as the state tended to do more and more things that were previously carried out by the barons: roads, harbours. etc.

 
Increasing taxes was unpopular, and the opposition led to the granting of the Magna Charta.

 

The medium through which this opposition was expressed was parliament.

 

The Crown on one hand and the nobles on the other were evenly matched and were both anxious to secure an ally.

It is at any rate to this clash of class that we look to the origins and development of parliament.

99
14 Education- Life in The UK Test- Immigrants must pass to stay indefinitely.
Updated: 05 Nov 2012

Life in the UK Test

Immigrants must pass,- if they want to stay in the UK, -or leave, or be deported.

There are 24 questions
What is the pass rate ?.

A) 45%
B) 50%
C) 55%
D) 65%
E) 75% 

This is not one of the questions but I bet you get it wrong.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

OK ?  Answer these questions then

Which of the following statements is true?

A) 45% of all ethnic minority people live in London
B) 35% of all ethnic minority people live in London

What percentage of the UK workforce are women?

A) 43%
B) 45%
C) 49%
D) 51%

Which statement is correct?

A) To become a local councillor you must have a local connection with the area
B) To become a local councillor you must be from the area

Large numbers of people from Eastern Europe have come to live in the UK since

A) 1987
B) 1992
C) 2001
D) 2004

Your employer should give you a written contract or statement with all details and conditions for your work within

A) 6 months after starting the job
B) 4 months after starting the job
C) 3 months after starting the job
D) 2 months after starting the job

How many parliamentary constituencies are there?

A) 464
B) 564
C) 646
D) 664

Which statement is correct?

A) The film classification “U” means that it is suitable for everyone
B) The film classification “U” means that it is suitable for everyone over the age of 4

 

Answers please !

Will you be liable for deportation?

78
15 Education- A Philippine 11 year old
Updated: 01 Nov 2012

Education

My 11 year old, Philippine, Sister in law, has been telling me about her Year 6 Primary School studies.

She has mastered :-

English for You and Me- Book 6

And Science grade 6 workbook

Maths she is not sure about which level she is at.

She does Music and Home Economics

And of course Filipino history

But apart from the Filipino language

She has Arabic and Spanish as separate lessons

And I have told you about English and Filipino

So she can speak 4 languages and has not yet started at High School.

I am sending to her. in the Philippines, KS 3 English Maths and Science –for 11-14 year olds.

You will have noticed that as a Christian she learns Arabic just as Muslims learn English.

All Filipino children can speak and read English.

Even a 2 year old can manage to ask for presents in English !

107
16 Education- English History- The Great Charter
Updated: 25 Oct 2012

CHAPTER III: FEUDAL ENGLAND

SECTION 5:  THE GREAT CHARTER

 

 FROM THE CONQUEST TO 1200, STATE POWER GREW BUT WITHIN THE CONDITIONS IMPOSED ON IT BY FEUDALISM.


THE KING HAD CERTAIN RIGHTS AND DUTIES AND THESE WERE NOT CHALLENGED.


HE HAD A DUTY TO KEEP THE PEACE, LEAD THE ARMY AND COLLECT DUES FROM HIS VASSALS.


HE KEPT A ROYAL COURT, WHICH BECAME VERY PROFITABLE WHEN ITS ROLE WAS EXTENDED TO PRIVATE JURISDICTIONS.


THE BARONS RETAINED RIGHTS OF REBELLION, BUT THE POWER OF THE CROWN MADE IT IMPOSSIBLE FOR IT TO BE CHALLENGED.


WHEN THE FEUDAL CONTRACT WAS VIOLATED, AS IT WAS BY JOHN WHO ATTEMPTED TO LEVY FINES NOT AUTHORISED BY CUSTOM AND CONFISCATE LANDS BELONGING TO BARONS AND CHURCH USING THE CROWN COURTS, THE SECTIONS OF SOCIETY THAT HAD BEEN ITS STRONGEST SUPPORTERS, PARTICULARLY THE CHURCH, REBELLED.


HE MIGHT HAVE SUCCEEDED BUT FOR THE FAILURE OF HIS FOREIGN POLICY, LOSING PROVINCES HIS FATHER HAD HELD, INCLUDING THE DUKEDOM OF NORMANDY.


THIS LOSS MEANT THAT THE BARONS LOST THEIR ANCESTRAL ESTATES, AND, IN THEIR EYES, JOHN HAD FAILED TO PROTECT WHAT WAS HIS FIRST RESPONSIBILTY - THEIR LANDS.



JOHN BECAME INVOLVED IN A DISPUTE WITH POPE INNOCENT III OVER THE APPOINTMENT OF THE ARCHBISHOP OF CANTERBURY.


JOHN WAS EXCOMMUNICATED, AND THE POPE PERSUADED THE KING OF FRANCE AND SCOTLAND TO MAKE WAR ON HIM.


THE COUNTER ALLIANCE JOHN SOUGHT WAS CRUSHED AS THE BARONS REFUSED TO FIGHT ON HIS SIDE.


JOHN STOOD ALONE AND LOST THE NOBILITY’S SUPPORT.


THE REBELLION AGAINST JOHN WAS LED BY THE BARONS BUT BECAME UNIVERSAL WHEN JOHN COULD NO LONGER DEPEND ON THE FYRD.


THIS POPULAR MOVEMENT WAS SUBMITTED TO, AND, AT RUNNYMEDE ON JUNE 15th 1215, HE ACCEPTED THE PROGRAMME OF DEMANDS DRAWN UP BY THE BARONS IN THE MAGNA CARTA.


IT WAS THE TURNING POINT IN ENGLISH HISTORY, BUT FOR THE WRONG REASONS. THE CHARTER WAS NOT A CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENT.


THERE WAS NO TAXATION WITHOUT REPRESENTATION AND NO GUARANTEE OF PARLIAMENTARY GOVERNMENT, SINCE GOVERNMENT DIDN’T EXIST. AND THERE WAS NO RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY.


WHAT IT DID DO, HOWEVER, WAS TO SET OUT IN DETAIL


HOW JOHN HAD EXCEEDED HIS RIGHTS AS A FEUDAL OVERLORD AND DEMANDED THE END TO HIS UNLAWFUL PRACTICES.


IT MARKED THE ALLIANCE BETWEEN BARON AND CITIZEN BY INSISTING ON FREEDOM OF MERCHANTS FROM ARBITARY TAX.


IT CURTAILED THE ROYAL COURT’S POWERS, WHICH IN ITSELF WAS REACTIONARY.

ITS FAMOUS CLAUSE WAS: “NO FREEMAN SHALL BE TAKEN OR IMPRISONED OR DISSEISED OR EXILED OR IN ANY WAY DESTROYED, NOR WILL WE GO UPON HIM OR SEND UPON HIM EXCEPT BY LAWFUL JUDGEMENT OF HIS PEERS AND THE LAW OF THE LAND.”


‘FREEMEN’ DID NOT INCLUDE THE MASS OF THE PEOPLE WHO WERE STILL IN VILLEINAGE, BUT AS THIS DECLINED THE CLAUSE TOOK ON A NEW MEANING AND IMPORTANCE.


THE COMMITTEE OF 24 BARONS SET UP TO SEE THAT JOHN KEPT HIS PROMISE WAS SIGNIFICANT, AS IT WAS A NEW AVENUE ALONG WHICH THE BARONS COULD CONDUCT A POLITICAL STRUGGLE AS A CLASS RATHER THAN AS INDIVIDUALS.


OTHER CLASSES EVOLVED TOO, LEADING TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF A PARLIAMENT CREATED TO DEFEND THE NOBLES’ INTERESTS.


BUT, AS SOON AS THE BARONS DISPERSED, JOHN DENOUNCED THE CHARTER AND RAISED AN ARMY.


CIVIL WAR FOLLOWED, INTERRUPTED BY JOHN’S DEATH IN 1216. HIS SON HENRY, AGED NINE, WAS CROWNED, BUT THE BARONS RULED AND THE PRINCIPLES OF THE CHARTER BECAME THE BASIS OF LAW.


THESE WERE REAFFIRMED BY KINGS, FROM HENRY III TO HENRY VI.HISTORY NOW FALLS INTO THREE PARTS.


FEUDALISM DECLINED, AND THE POWER OF THE NOBLES WAS BROKEN IN THE WAR OF THE ROSES.

(WRITING HIS PLAY, KING JOHN, SHAKESPEARE NEVER REFERS TO THE MAGNA CARTA AND QUITE POSSIBLY HAD NEVER HEARD OF IT.)


THE BOURGEOISIE ENTERED THEIR REVOLUTIONARY PERIOD UNDER THE STUARTS, AND THE CHARTER WAS REDISCOVERED BUT MISREPRESENTED AND USED AS THE BASIS FOR CLAIMS OF PARLIAMENT.


ONLY IN THE LAST CENTURY HAVE THE HISTORIANS EXAMINED THE CARTA CRITICALLY AS A FEUDAL DOCUMENT AND DISCOVERED ITS REAL MEANING AND IMPORTANCE.


THE BARONS WON A VICTORY, BUT ONLY BY ACTING IN A WAY THAT WAS NOT STRICTLY FEUDAL.


THEY FORMED NEW ALLIANCES AMONG THEMSELVES AND WITH OTHER CLASSES

90
17 Education-WW1-Your Country Needs You?- But the Ruling Class are the real enemy of the Working Class
Updated: 24 Oct 2012

WWI a futile waste of life

Tuesday 23 October 2012 

Morning Star editorial

David Cameron's decision to splurge £50 million on celebrating the centenary of the start of World War I indicates what a waste of money his expensive private education was.

There is absolutely nothing to celebrate about a conflict over which European powers should hold sway over colonial empires.

Rapidly developing Germany, which had missed out on the 19th century carve-up of Africa, wanted access to the natural resources controlled by the British, French and Russian empires.

The labour movements of Europe saw what was in store long before the assassination of Austro-Hungarian Archduke Franz Ferdinand in 1914 provided the pretext for a continent-wide mobilisation.

The 1907 congress of the 2nd International of socialist parties had agreed to oppose an imperialist war and, if one was declared, to "utilise the crisis created by the war to hasten the overthrow of the bourgeoisie."

----

Brave words were followed by cowardly deeds as each party lined up behind its own ruling class and delivered working people into the hands of the recruiting sergeants.

Only in Ireland and Russia was a principled stand against imperialist war taken.

The 1916 Easter Rising, in which Irish Socialist Republican Party leader James Connolly's Irish Citizens Army played an outstanding role, was defeated by the British empire's superior firepower but sowed the seeds of Irish independence.

Russia's Bolsheviks, led by Lenin, transformed a disastrous imperialist war into a virtually bloodless revolution, overthrowing tsarist autocracy, ending colonial oppression of national minorities and beginning the country's social transformation.

Britain's working people, who had been let down by their political leaders, were told that they would march back to a "land fit for heroes."

They returned to rising unemployment and attacks on living standards, which triggered race riots and mass poverty.

The Ottoman empire, which had hitched its wagon to Germany, disintegrated, allowing Britain and France to extend their influence to the Middle East region, denying national determination, dividing different nationalities and laying the foundations for recent tragic events affecting Palestinians, Syrians, Iraqis and others.

----

As Plaid Cymru MPs Jonathan Edwards and Hywel Williams note in their Commons early day motion, WWI saw 10 million soldiers killed and double that number injured. Seven million civilians perished directly or indirectly as a result of the war.

What kind of political halfwit could wrap himself in the butcher's apron and proclaim such futile slaughter worthy of celebration?

Unfortunately, imperialist wars are not things of the past. Iraq, Afghanistan and Libya bear witness to our ruling elite's eternal determination to subjugate people in other countries in the cause of capitalist greed.

All these wars have proven unpopular, arousing public protests on varying scales, which has provoked a change of emphasis by our rulers.

They extol the bravery and professionalism of "our boys" or "our heroes," implying that refusal to back their efforts in Afghanistan or wherever equates to stabbing them in the back.

Those who betray working-class squaddies are the politicians who send these young people overseas to do their dirty work, ordering them to kill and be killed.

As with WWI, their deaths in combat are described as "brave sacrifices" for the nation. They aren't. They are wasted lives.

The real enemy of Britain's working class, including those in uniform, remains the ruling elite that corners the nation's wealth for itself and cuts living standards for the rest of us.

893
18 Education-Cameron on "Crimes" & The Nature & Causes of Crimes by the Ruling Class on Society
Updated: 22 Oct 2012

THE NATURE AND CAUSES OF CRIME

Some years ago Jock Young summarised Engels' views on crime as amounting to four alternatives facing the impoverished worker.

He "... can become so brutalised as to be, in effect, a determined creature."

Secondly he can äccept the prevalent mores of capitalist society, and enter into the war of all against all."

Thirdly, he can steal the property of the rich.

Finally he can struggle for socialism (Young 1975, p. 78).

This classification provides a very useful starting point for an investigation of Engels' treatment of crime. 

crime and brutalisation

The theme of demoralisation and brutalisation of the working class as a cause of crime

is undoubtedly strong in Engels.

At first sight the relation between brutalisation and crime appears to take a strongly determinist form.

Ïf the influences demoralising to the working-man act more powerfully, more concentratedly than usual, he becomes an offender as certainly as water abandons the fluid for the vaporous state at 80 degrees, Réamur.

Under the brutal and brutalising treatment of the bourgeoisie, the working-man becomes precisely as much a thing without volition as water, and is subject to the laws of Nature with precisely the same necessity; at a certain point all freedom ceases." [4:425]

Engels elaborates the effects of brutalisation in a number of directions.

Moral disintegration appears to be one consequence. Lack of moral restraint combined with poverty lead inexorably to crime.

"The moral training which is not given to the worker in school is not supplied by the other conditions of his life... his whole position and environment involves the strongest temptation to immorality.

He is poor, life offers him no charm, almost every enjoyment is denied him, the penalities of the law have no further terrors for him: why should he restrain his desires, why leave to the rich the enjoyment of his birthright, why not seize a part of it for himself? What inducement has the proletarian not to steal? ....

And, when the poverty of the proletarian is intensified to the point of actual lack of the barest necessaries of life, to want and hunger, the temptation to disregard all social order does but gain power. ....

Want leaves the working-man the choice between starving slowly, killing himself speedily, or taking what he needs where he finds it - in plain English, stealing." (4:412)

Engels gives us some graphic portrayals of the moral disintegration of working class life in early capitalism.

Such brutal conditions are particularly concentrated in the most marginalised elements, those on the fringes of the reserve army of labour who lead a casual existence and are forced into the lodging houses and hostels.

Speaking of the London lodging houses he wrote:

"Into every bed four, five, or six human beings are piled, as many as can be packed in, sick and well, young and old, drunk and sober, men and women, just as they come, indiscriminately.

Then come strife, blows, wounds, or, if these bedfellows agree, so much the worse; thefts are arranged and things done which our language, grown more humane than our deeds, refuses to accord." (4:336)

And again, in the Manchester lodging houses:

 "what physical and moral atmosphere reigns in these holes I need not state.

Each of these houses is a focus of crime, the scene of deeds against which human nature revolts, which would perhaps never have been executed but for this forced centralisation of vice." (4:366)

Radical says- The Nasty Party Policy today on Housing Benefit and space today

But brutalisation and demoralisation not only affect the poorest elements in the lodging houses but the working class as a whole.

In this context it is important to note that although property crime has a special significance, which we shall come to, Engels does not ignore other forms of crime. In particular he pays attention to prostitution, sexual harassment and domestic violence as features of working class family and working life.

"Next to intemperance in the enjoyment of intoxicating liquors, one of the principal faults of English working-men is sexual licence." [4:423]

The working class, "with no means of making fitting use of its freedom" turns to drink and sex which are carried to excess [423]. This excess is related to poverty and insecurity: what is the point in deferred gratification and 'respectability' when there is no security in life [4:424]

All this sounds very similar to those middle class Victorian moralists who studied the poor and the 'dangerous class' from the standpoint of the need to inculcate moral restraint.

Thus Henry Mayhew, twenty years after Engels, in his London Labour and the London Poor, published in 1861 was concerned with the 'undeserving poor' as 'a vast heap of social refuse' possessed of an 'innate love of a life of ease' and criminals as 'those who will not work'.

The obsession of the early Victorian middle classes in the 1830's and 1840's had been with the 'lack of moral restraint' of the working classes, and the need to habituate them to the discipline and sobriety of hard work even if this meant reforming the worst excesses of the factory system.

Engels was concerned to show that the destruction of morality was precisely a product of the 'hard work' and accompanying destruction of family life imposed by capitalism itself.

"The husband works the whole day through, perhaps the wife and also the elder children, all in different places; they meet night and morning only, all under perpetual temptation to drink; what family life is possible under such conditions?

Yet the working-man cannot escape from the family, must live in the family, and the consequence is a perpetual succession of family troubles, domestic quarrels, most demoralising for parents and children alike. neglect of all domestic duties, neglect of the children, especially, is only too common among the English working people..." [4:424-5]

Part of these strains and stresses of working class family life are related to the condition of various family members in the labour market.

Ïn many cases the family is not wholly dissolved by the employment of the wife, but turned upside down.

The wife supports the family, the husband sits at home, tends the children, sweeps the room and cooks.

This case happens very frequently; in Manchester alone, many hundred such men could be cited, condemned to domestic occupations.

It is easy to imagine the wrath aroused among the working-men by this reversal of all relations within the family, while other social conditions remain unchanged." [4:438]

He traces similar consequences from the employment of children.

Engels at first sight seems to be sanctioning a particular family division of labour and seeing domestic labour as trivial. Indeed in the German editions of 1845 and 1892 the phrase "the wrath aroused... relations within the family" is put in stronger language as "the just wrath aroused among the working-men by this virtual castration, and the reversal of all relations within the family."

There were plenty of middle class reformers lamenting the effects of the factory system on the morality and family life of the working classes.

But the comment "while other social conditions remain unchanged" implies that Engels starts from the possibility of a 'democratic domesticity' advocated by feminists[4] where the capitalist ideology of the male as breadwinner has been overcome:

Änd yet this condition, which unsexes the man and takes from the woman all womanliness without being able to bestow upon the man true womanliness, or the woman true manliness - this condition which degrades, in the most shameful way, both sexes, and, through them, Humanity...... we must admit that so total a reversal of the position of the sexes can have come to pass only because the sexes have been placed in a false position from the beginning.

If the reign of the wife over the husband, as inevitably brought about by the factory system, is inhuman, the pristine rule of the husband over the wife must have been inhuman too.

If the wife can now base her supremacy upon the fact that she supplies the greater part, nay, the whole of the common possession, the necessary inference is that this community of possession is no true and rational one, since one member of the family boasts offensively of contributing the greater share.

If the family of our present society is being thus dissolved, this dissolution merely shows that, at bottom, the binding tie of this family was not family affection, but private interest lurking under cloak of a pretended community of possessions". [4:439]

The first moment or aspect, then, of Engels' treatment of working class crime is the purely negative one of brutalisation and the deterioration of family life.

Obviously, if this theme of brutalisation is abstracted out from the rest of Engels' work as a 'theory of the causes of crime' then we end up with something very similar to conventional sociology or criminology.

In the same way that his account could be seen to echo the sentiments of middle class reformers of the factory system.

But this was not Engels' intention.

----------------------- 

Radical Says- Exhaust a man by his work and he has not the energy for crime as idle hands do !

---------------------------- 

the war of all against all

A second theme in the discussion of the causes of crime focuses on the social relations of competitive capitalist accumulation which have brought England to a state of the war of all against all.

"The brutal indifference, the unfeeling isolation of each in his private interest...

The dissolution of mankind into monads, of which each one has a separate principle, the world of atoms, is here carried out to its utmost extreme.

"Hence it comes, too, that the social war, the war of each against all, is here openly declared. Just as in Stirner's recent book[5], people regard each other only as useful objects; each exploits the other and the end of it all is that the stronger treads the weaker under foot..." [4:329]

At times Engels' discussion has almost the flavour of a conservative romanticism lamenting the decline of a stable ordered society in which each individual knew his or her place:

"The very turmoil of the streets has something repulsive, something against which human nature rebels.

The hundreds of thousands of all classes and ranks crowding past each other, are they not human beings with the same qualities and powers, and with the same interest in being happy?....

And still they crowd by one another as though they had nothing in common, nothing to do with one another..... The dissolution of mankind into monads, of which each one has a separate principle, the world of atoms, is here carried out to its utmost extreme." [4:329]

Bourgeois critics of the new urban life were of course saying similar things.

Thus in the same year of publication of Engels book, 1844, the Tory Blackwoods Magazine warned that "the restraints of character, relationship and vicinity are.... lost in the crowd ... Multitudes remove responsibility without weakening passion."[6]

But unlike these critics of the anomie of the industrial city Engels is clear that is it capital accumulation that lies behind this process, and which inevitably imposes its effects upon the working class.

"Since capital, the direct or indirect control of the means of subsistence and production, is the weapon with which this social warfare is carried on, it is clear that all the disadvantages of such a state must fall upon the poor ...

" If the worker "can get no work he may steal, if he is not afraid of the police, or starve, in which case the police will take care that he does so in a quiet and inoffensive manner." (4:330).

Crime is the natural result

"In this country, social war is under full headway, every one stands for himself, and fights for himself against all comers, and whether or not he shall injure all the others who are his declared foes, depends upon a cynical calculation as to what is most advantageous for himself.

It no longer occurs to any one to come to a peaceful understanding with his fellow-man; all differences are settled by threats, violence, or in a law court....

And this war grows from year to year, as the criminal tables show, more violent, passionate, irreconcilable.....

This war of each against all, of the bourgeoisie against the proletariat, need cause us no surprise, for it is only the logical sequel of the principle involved in free competition." [4:427]

Crime as the inevitable result of capitalist social relations had been stressed by Engels in his Outlines of a Critique of Political Economy published the year before.

"Competition governs the numerical advance of mankind; it likewise governs its moral advance.

Anyone who has any knowledge of the statistics of crime must have been struck by the peculiar regularity with which crime advances year by year, and with which certain causes produce certain crimes.

The extension of the factory system is followed everywhere by an increase in crime....

This regularity proves that crime, too, is governed by competition; that society creates a demand for crime which is met by a corresponding supply; that the gap created by the arrest, transportation or execution of a certain number is at once filled by others, just as every gap in population is at once filled by new arrivals; in other words, that crime presses on the means of punishment just as the people press on the means of employment.

How just it is to punish criminals under these circumstances, quite apart from any other considerations, I leave to the judgement of my readers." (3:442)

In seeing crime as the natural result of capitalist relations of production Engels was far ahead of both those modern criminologists who insist on seeing crime as the result of some type of disruption of normal social relations as well as those who see it simply as a result of some 'moral panic' induced by the mass media.

For Engels, crime is not a result of the breakdown of social relations, it is rather one of the necessary forms they take. As Steven Marcus, in his biography of Engels in Manchester, wrote, crime is not considered by Engels to be a result of deviance or the absence of norms:

"It is, in the first place, much too intimately connected with the values and norms it violates to be considered as simply anomic in respect to them; and secondly, no behavior that is both an inversion and a parody of another can be properly or fully understood as a deviant form of the latter." (Marcus 1974 p. 223)

That crime arises from the normal workings of capitalist production rather than their breakdown is even clearer when Engels comes to talk about the criminal activities of the bourgeoisie itself, an area with which many modern criminologists have had problems precisely because it is frequently impossible to find anything 'deviant' about the bourgeois criminal[7]. Much of this activity, especially on the part of the small bourgeoisie, merchants and shopkeepers, concerned the adulteration of foodstuffs.

Thus "The workers get what is too bad for the property-holding class..." (368), that is, low quality rotting vegetables, meat etc.

Engels quotes numbers of cases of the Manchester courts fining meat-sellers for sale of tainted meat (369).

He concludes:

"And when one reflects upon the many cases which must escape detection in the extensive markets that stretch along the front of every main street, under the slender supervision of the market inspectors - and how else can one explain the boldness with which whole animals are exposed for sale? - when one considers how great the temptation must be, in view of the incomprehensibly small fines mentioned in the foregoing cases; when one reflects what condition a piece of meat must have reached to be seized by the inspectors, it is impossible to believe that the workers obtain good and nourishing meat as a usual thing." (4:369-70)

But workers are "victimised in yet another way by the money-greed of the middle class". (370)

Engels quotes the local Liverpool Mercury on cases describing all the fiddles of the period - sugar adulterated with pounded rice, even refuse from soap making sold as sugar!

Cocoa adulterated with brown earth and mutton fat, recycled tea leaves, flour adulterated with gypsum and chalk etc.

Not only food but cloth, pottery etc., but also various quack medicines such as the notorious Godfrey's Cordial.

"Fraud is practised in the sale of articles of every sort...

But the lion's share of the evil results of these frauds falls to the workers.

 

Radical says - Product contents are in such small print and so ambiguous as to be considered a fraud.

Take Bread, my homebaked bread tastes nothing like supermarket bread so what do they put in theirs ? 

The rich are less deceived, because they can pay the high prices of the large shops which have a reputation to lose... while.... They (the workers) must deal with the small retailers, must perhaps buy on credit, and these small retail dealers who cannot sell even the same quality of goods so cheaply as the largest retailers, because of their small capital and the large proportional expenses of their business, must knowingly or unknowingly buy adulterated goods in order to sell at the lower prices required, and to meet the competition of the others"(4:371)

Engels has thus a sophisticated understanding of the contemporary dynamics of fraud committed against the working class as consumer - small retailers have little choice but to adulterate - these are the competitive conditions.

If discovered they can always move elsewhere, a large shop will lose its capital if it is exposed: the crime of the petty bourgeois in food adulteration etc. is understood as an inevitable consequence of the market. (ibid.)

The crimes of the bourgeoisie do not stop at fraud and adulteration of course.

Engels was mainly concerned with the conditions of the working class, he was not writing a treatise on criminology.

For a history of murder among the upper classes we can therefore justifiably be asked to turn elsewhere.

Engels' focus was those crimes committed against the poor and the working class, and in this context he mentions another form of crime, sexual harassment and rape at work in a context in which modern writers would describe as 'power rape' or 'exploitation rape'[8]

"It is, besides, a matter of course that factory servitude, like any other, and to an even higher degree, confers the jus primae noctis upon the master.

In this respect also the employer is sovereign over the persons and charms of his employees.

The threat of discharge suffices to overcome all resistance in nine cases out of ten, if not in ninety-nine out of a hundred, in girls who, in any case, have no strong indictments to chastity. If the master is mean enough... his mill is also his harem; and the fact that not all manufacturers use their power, does not in the least change the position of the girls. In the beginning of manufacturing industry, when most of the employers were upstarts without education or consideration for the hypocrisy of society, they let nothing interfere with the exercise of their vested rights." [4:441-2]

Engels' discussion finally moves on to wider crimes of the bourgeoisie which includes death in the city by asphyxiation and workplace death in the factories and mills, by what would now politely and equally hypocritically be called 'industrial accidents' in many cases brought about by the use of use of drugs to pacify children at work [esp. pp 436-7]

Up to this point Engels' has given us a graphic portrayal of crime as pure negativity, of the working class as suffering from the moral and social disintegration inflicted by industrial capitalism of which interpersonal violence and theft, inflicted by working-class people on one another is the natural result.

He has also shown how the capitalist class, in the normal course of business is under constant pressure to violate laws and to engage in criminal, as well as legal exploitation of working class communities.

If his account had stopped here, he would still have given us a graphic historical memoire of the conditions of life in early industrial capitalism.

If he had been among the liberal utilitarian reformers of his age, such as Edwin Chadwick or Henry Mayhew he would then have continued on to suggest various enlightened strategies for the moral education of the working classes and the amelioration of their conditions.

But Engels' interests lay in quite other directions. 

crime and the struggle for socialism

For Engels, as for Marx, any amelioration of the conditions of the working class brought about from above, by the actions of the ruling class and the state, would be concessions wrung on the basis of fear of the self activity of the class and its latent, and growing, capacity to overthrown capitalism.

Engels was not, therefore concerned with Victorian plans for social reform but with understanding how, from the conditions of demoralisation and deprivation described so far, the working class emerges as a historical force.

For Engels, crime is a central part of this emergence.

It is not just that the working class leaves crime behind as it develops political consciousness, crime is an essential stage in the development of class consciousness.

Class consciousness and working class political organisation rather overcome the limitations of - certain forms - of crime while preserving some of their driving forces, notably the sense of rage and hatred of capitalism.

Politics is the dialectical transcendence of crime, not simply its displacement.

The demoralisation and brutalisation of the workers finds its immediate negation in rage and hatred:

"There is, therefore, no cause for surprise if the workers, treated as brutes, actually become such; or if they can maintain their consciousness of manhood only by cherishing the most glowing hatred, the most unbroken inward rebellion against the bourgeoisie in power." (4:411)

Such hatred, although expressed through crime, was for Engels:

" ... the proof that the workers feel the inhumanity of their position, that they refuse to be degraded to the level of brutes, and that they will one day free themselves from servitude to the bourgeoisie" [4:414]

The consequence is crime which is, of course, a destructive activity.

The working class has been negated and crime is where it discovers its power and humanity but at first only in that negation, by negating others even within its own ranks. In other words

 "...such crime is estranged labour coming to perverse life, endeavouring immediately to cancel its frozen and 'objectified' existence and behave in accordance with its deformed conception of a free human being." (Marcus 1974 p 221).

But as the workers come to realise the source of their oppression, the more conscious among them come to direct their rage against its real source rather than their fellow workers.

This involves initially a focus on theft which according to Engels is becoming the majority form of crime committed by the poor.

"The offences, as in all civilised countries, are, in the great majority of cases against property and have, therefore, arisen from want in some form; for what a man has, he does not steal." [4:426]

Radical says - Capitalism perpetuates this by creating a need through the power of suggestion. The result is to create a want, exploit it for profit and greed. 

That the development of capitalism brings a relative shift from violence to theft in interpersonal crime would find agreement among many historians [Zehr 1976] though it is obvious that various forms of violence - against women in the home for example - would be under represented in the arrest or reported crime statistics and theft against property owners well represented.

But as capitalism develops the working class becomes aware of itself as a class, rather than as a group of individuals.

The workers overcome and go beyond the individual demoralisation and brutalisation with finds its reflection in individual crime against property.

The rage against and hatred of the bourgeoisie, which took an individual form in crimes against property, takes on a more directed, organised, effective political form as the working class makes the transition from being simply as class-in-itself to a class-for-itself.

Engels describes the process in the following way:

"The earliest, crudest, and least fruitful form of this rebellion was that of crime.

The working-man lived in poverty and want, and saw that others were better off than he.

It was not clear to his mind why he, who did more for society than the rich idler, should be the one to suffer under these conditions.

Want conquered his inherited respect for the sacredness of property, and he stole.....

"The workers soon realised that crime did not help matters.

The criminal could protest against the existing order of society only singly, as one individual; the whole might of society was brought to bear upon each criminal, and crushed him with its immense superiority.

Besides, theft was the most primitive form of protest, and for this reason, if for no other, it never became the universal expression of the public opinion of the working-men, however much they might approve of it in silence." [4:502-3]

How does such a transition, from crime to politics, from Luddite machine-smashing and robbery to Chartism and Socialism become possible?

Obviously capitalist development, the expansion of industry and the size of the working class, the decasualisation of the labour market, the reduction in female and child labour and the stabilisation of the working class family and community: all these factors lay at the basis of the emergence of strong working class political and trade union organisation for the collective organisation of grievances on one hand and the development of strong informal controls against crime within the community on the other.

But this is to move ahead, well beyond the period about which Engels was writing, and to read into his account a social history of the growth of a type of working class community and Labour politics which he did not, at that time, anticipate.

In particular such a view would see criminality as a sort of pre-history rather than an essential moment in the development of class consciousness. In fact both Engels and his collaborator Marx, were thinking, in the mid 1840's, of something very different: the proximity of revolution.

The growing power of the Chartist movement coupled with violent resistance by the employers to trades unionism convinced both Engels and Marx that a revolutionary situation was near at hand.

"When such insanity prevails in the property-holding class, when it is so blinded by its momentary profit that it no longer has eyes for the most conspicuous signs of the times, surely all hope of a peaceful solution of the social question for England must be abandoned.

The only possible solution is a violent revolution, which cannot fail to take place". [4:547]

and furthermore:

"The classes are divided more and more sharply, the spirit of resistance penetrates the workers, the bitterness intensifies, the guerrilla skirmishes become concentrated in more important battles, and soon a slight impulse will suffice to set the avalanche in motion.

Then, indeed, will the war-cry resound through the land: 'War to the mansion, peace to the cottage - but then it will be too late for the rich to beware." [4:583]

Engels quotes the criminal arrest statistics for England and Wales which rise consistently from 4,605 in 1805, through 14,437 in 1825 to 31,309 in 1842.

In Scotland an even more rapid increase was to be noted. Engels emphasises the urban nature of the bulk of these arrests (London and Lancashire) - i.e. London and Manchester produced 1/4 of the whole in 1842.

He also notes that nearly all crime arises within the proletariat, over half of those arrested could read or write only imperfectly and a third could neither read nor write. 0.22 out of a 100 had a higher education. He continues:

Ïf demoralisation and crime multiply twenty years longer in this proportion (and if English manufacture in these twenty years should be less prosperous than heretofore, the progressive multiplication of crime can only continue the more rapidly), what will the result be? Society is already in a state of visible dissolution..." [4:426]

Thus as the social war between bourgeoisie and proletariat continues to intensify, it would continue to take the form of both rising criminality and at the same time the metamorphosis of criminality into more organised forms of class struggle.

 

Radical says - Hence the Police States throughout the Capitalist world  to protect the Ruling Classes interests 

As long as it is understood that crime and organised class struggle, far from being mutually exclusive, are components of each others development - crime as a primitive form of class war, heightened class struggle as increasing the rage that gives rise to crime, then we can understand why Engels saw it as natural to presuppose that both would increase. hand in hand.

To make sense of this assumption two things have to be understood.

Firstly, it is important not to make the mistake of reading Engels' account, written in the 1840s, from the standpoint of modern notions of criminality which already presuppose the modern criminal law and a clear distinction between organised reformist working class politics and crime[9].

The criminality which Engels has in mind is much closer to what Edward Thompson and his collaborators called 'social crime'[10] much of which arose from the defence of older forms of traditional rights - to common pasture for example - against the encroachment of bourgeois property relations and which continued into the urban setting in such forms as traditions of 'pilferage' in the London Docks.

This is the crime that working class people 'approve of in silence' and not the modern notion of petty crime, stealing from your neighbours or robbing elderly people, crimes of which the working class, then and now, firmly disapproves.

Most important of all it has to be remembered that attempts at the formation of trade unions, then termed 'combination', was itself a criminal activity, under the notorious Combination Acts of 1799 and 1800.

The criminalisation of working class resistance to capitalist property relations in the eighteenth century was followed by the criminalisation of working class resistance within capitalist property relations in the early nineteenth.

But it is important also to understand that a clear distinction between social crime and harmful intra-class crime is one imposed by historians after the event.

The distinction at the time was much more blurred. As E.P. Thompson warned:

"there is not 'nice' social crime here and 'nasty' anti-social crime there" (Thompson 1972)[11].

Such a distinction presupposes the strong cohesive working class community which was as yet in a process of formation[12]

This is precisely what is implied in crime as a moment in the development of class consciousness.

A second factor to keep in mind is that Engels is not engaging in some sort of romanticisation of a criminal underworld or 'lumpenproletariat' as the leading force in the class struggle, nor is he regarding personal crimes like rape, for example, is somehow class conscious acts.

Engels is clearly talking about crimes committed by the working class against the bourgeoisie, a type of criminality which, as already noted, mainly concerned theft, though arson and machine smashing are also mentioned.

While Marx and Engels did not always use the term 'lumpenproletariat' precisely in a sociological sense (Bovenkerk 1984), it was clearly distinguished from the working class, including the most marginalised sections of the reserve army of the unemployed.

Four years later, in the Communist Manifesto (1848) Marx and Engels referred to the

".... 'dangerous class', the social scum, the passively rotting mass thrown off by the lowest layers of the old society ... (which) ... may, here and there swept into the movement by a proletarian revolution, its conditions of life, however, prepare it far more for the part of a bribed tool of reactionary regimes."

Of course, the brutalisation by capitalism to which theft is a response, also gives rise to more destructive forms of inter-personal violence within the working class, and it is in this context that some of Engels' more chauvinist remarks concerning Irish immigrant workers have to be read.

It is also of course true that in the early nineteenth century, as the working class was still in the process of formation, the distinction between the living conditions of its poorest sections, so graphically documented in The Condition of the Working Class in England , and those of the lumpenproletariat or criminal underworld is blurred.

"This reserve army, which embraces an immense multitude during the crisis and a large number during the period which may be regarded as the average between the highest prosperity and the crisis, is the 'surplus population' of England, which keeps body and soul together by begging, stealing, street-sweeping, collecting manure, pushing hard-carts, driving donkeys, peddling, or performing occasional small jobs." [4:384]

This is echoed later by Marx in Capital where the poorest sections of the reserve army of labour are seen as living in similar conditions to, though distinct from, the criminal underworld:

" The lowest sediment of the relative surplus population, finally, dwells in the sphere of pauperism.

Exclusive of vagabonds, criminals, prostitutes, in a word, the 'dangerous classes'[13] this layer of society consists of ....First, those able to work...Second, orphans and pauper children...Third, the demoralised and ragged and those unable to work,,, [Capital Vol. I. 643]

The fact that the actual conditions of life of sections of the reserve army of labour blur into the lumpenproletariat is the other side of the coin of the criminalisation, by the ruling class, of the working class in general in the late 18th and early 19th centuries as 'the mob' [Linebaugh 1992].

But however similar the conditions of life of sections of the working class and the criminal underworld, the political distinction between these groups remains profound.

Radical says - Not in the eyes of this Police State - Orgreave and the Miners Strike are good examples.

So Cameron's" tough on crime and the causes of crime" purposely intends to suppress the Working Class as a criminal class while letting the Ruling Class get away with not only corporate murder but greed, exploitation and  avoidance of responsibility for them including tax evasion.

The distinguishing feature of the working class - even the weaker sections of it continually moving in and out of the ranks of the reserve army of labour - is its capacity to learn and develop forms of class consciousness.

It is quite otherwise with that permanent underworld of professional thieves and robbers for whom crime is itself a form of economy and employment whose social relations are antipathetic to all forms of class consciousness.

These factors: crime as a form of generalised, albeit individual, resistance to capital, the working class rather than 'lumpen' nature of much crime together with the assumed immediate prospect of revolutionary upheaval, help explain why Engels made the assumption that crime would continue rising even as it was merging into more developed collective forms of political struggle.

But history developed in a different direction.

103
19 Education- English History- Feudal England-Foreign Relations
Updated: 11 Oct 2012

CHAPTER III: FEUDAL ENGLAND

SECTION 4: FOREIGN RELATIONS

 

AFTER THE CONQUEST, THE KINGS OF ENGLAND CONTINUED TO BE NORMAN DUKES WHO HELD ESTATES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE CHANNEL.

 SO, FOR AT LEAST 150 YEARS, THE RULING CLASS IN ENGLAND WAS A FOREIGN RULING CLASS.

 

THEY SPENT HALF THEIR SUMMERS IN FRANCE, CAMPAIGNING TO EXTEND THEIR LANDS USING ENGLISH MEN AND TREASURES TO FUND THESE ADVENTURES, WHICH IN THE MAIN CAME TO LITTLE CONSEQUENCE.

 

TRADE CAME FROM EUROPE. TRADERS BROUGHT THEIR SKILLS TO LONDON FROM THE MOUTH OF THE RHINE, WHICH WAS THEN THE MAIN HIGHWAY FOR GOODS FROM THE MEDITERRANEAN AND SCANDINAVIA.

 

THE INFLUX OF NORMANS AND FLEMINGS BROUGHT IRON, SALT AND CLOTH FROM FLANDERS AND THE BALTIC TO THE SMALLER PORTS OF LYNN, BOSTON AND IPSWICH.

 

LITTLE IRON WAS SMELTED IN ENGLAND AT THE TIME, AND WROUGHT IRON COST £14 A TON, WHICH WAS WHY HARROWS AND MANY AGRICULTURAL TOOLS WERE MADE MAINLY FROM WOOD.

 

FINE WOOL AND CLOTH GARMENTS WERE ALSO EXPENSIVE, AND GARMENTS WERE HANDED DOWN AS LIFELONG POSSESSIONS.

 

ONLY THE ROUGHEST KIND OF HOMESPUN WAS MADE IN ENGLAND AND WORN BY THE PEASANTS.

 

HOWEVER, WINE FROM GASCONY, SPICES FROM THE EAST AND SURPRISINGLY LARGE QUANTIES OF BUILDING STONE FROM CAEN WERE IMPORTED, WHILE WOOL, TIN AND CATTLE WERE THE MAIN EXPORTS.

 

THE NORMANS WERE SKILLED BUILDERS, THE FLEMISH SKILLED WEAVERS, AND WHEN THESE AND OTHER ARTISANS ENTERED ENGLAND, SOME WERE FORCED TO SETTLE IN SOUTH WALES.

 

IT SEEMS THE BEGINNING OF A CLASS STRUGGLE BEGAN DURING THE REIGN OF HENRY I, AS THE GUILDS OF MERCHANTS THAT GREW IN STRENGTH IN THE 12TH CENTURY OFTEN MADE REGULATIONS TO PREVENT THE WEAVERS FROM SECURING RIGHTS OF BURGESSES.

 

AS TRADE GREW, THE CENTRES OF TRADE CHANGED TO ENGLAND.

 

THE NORMAN’S ENGLISH ESTATES BECAME MORE LIKE HOME TO THEM.

 

THE FEUDAL ARMY, MADE UP OF THE ENGLISH, WAS ONLY BOUND TO SERVE FOR 40 DAYS IN ANY ONE YEAR, AND THIS MADE IT DIFFICULT TO CAMPAIGN ABROAD.

 

TO OVERCOME THIS, HENRY II ALLOWED THE LANDED BARONS TO MAKE PAYMENTS CALLED SCUTAGE IN EXCHANGE FOR PROVIDING LABOUR, AND THE PROCEEDS WERE USED TO HIRE TROOPS FOR THE DURATION OF A CAMPAIGN ABROAD.

 

SCUTAGE WAS AN IMPORTANT STEP TOWARDS THE GROWTH OF MONEY POWER AND WAS EXTENDED TO MAKE UP THE SERF’S PAY RATHER THAN THE CUSTOMARY LABOUR DUES.

 

SIMILAR DEVELOPMENTS WERE LINKED TO THE CRUSADES BEGINNING IN 1096. THESE DEVELOPED WITH THE NORTHMEN IN SEARCH OF PLUNDER AND LANDS AND EXTENDED TO FRANCE AND ITALY.

 

AT THE SAME TIME, THE CRUSADES WERE A COUNTER AGAINST THE NEW INVASIONS OF MOSLEMS WHO THREATENED TO CUT TRADE ROUTES TO THE EAST AND EVEN MENACED CONSTANTINOPLE.

 

HOLY PLACES AT JERUSALEM BECAME OBJECTS OF INTEREST, AND PALESTINE, AS IT WAS THEN, BECAME THE KEY TO THE LEVANT.

 

MOSLEMS WERE PREVENTING PILGRIMAGES TO JERUSALEM, AND THIS WAS A HIGHLY ORGANISED BUSINESS TO BE DEFENDED. THE PAPACY TOOK THE LEAD IN ORGANSING THE CRUSADES AS A METHOD FOR INCREASING ITS POLITICAL POWER.

 

ENGLAND TOOK LITTLE INTEREST IN EARLY CRUSADES, BUT, BY THE THIRD CRUSADE, THE ENGLISH BARONS REALISED THE PROFIT TO BE GAINED. PHILIP OF FRANCE AND RICHARD I OF ENGLAND FIRST TOOK ENGLISH SHIPS TO THE MEDITERRANEAN, AND ST GEORGE AND THE CROSS WAS ADOPTED AT GENOA.

 

THE CRUSADE WAS A FAILURE, COSTING MANY LIVES AND TREASURE. RICHARD LOST ONE FORTUNE PREPARING THE EXPEDITION AND ANOTHER TO PAY A RANSOM TO THE EMPORER OF GERMANY WHO CAPTURED HIM ON HIS RETURN.

 

NEVERTHELESS, TRADE WITH ITALY FLOURISHED AND PERMANENT CONNECTIONS WERE MADE.

 

IN ENGLAND, THE RESULT OF THE FIRST CRUSADE WAS A POGROM DIRECTED AT THE JEWS, WHO HAD COME TO ENGLAND SOON AFTER THE CONQUEST AND WERE REGARDED AS SPECIAL PROPERTY OF THE KING.

 

BARRED FROM ORDINARY TRADE, THE JEWS AS MONEYLENDERS WERE USED BY THE CROWN AS A KIND OF SPONGE TO GATHER WEALTH AND THEN BE SQUEEZED BY THE ROYAL TREASURY.

 

THIS WAY, EXTRACTIONS BY THE CROWN WERE CONCEALED, BUT ANGER WAS DIRECTED TOWARDS THE JEWS.

 

WHENEVER PROTECTION FROM THE CROWN WAS RELAXED, AS IN 1189, THEY WERE EXPOSED TO MASSACRE AND PILLAGE.

 

LARGE SUMS OF MONEY WERE NEEDED TO FUND RICHARD’S ADVENTURES, AND THESE WERE OBTAINED BY THE SALE OF CHARTERS

 

TOWNS WERE STILL MOSTLY OVERGROWN VILLAGES, BUT, AS THEY GREW, THE INHABITANTS OFTEN MADE A YEARLY BARGAIN WITH THEIR LORDS CALLED A ‘FARM’ TO RID THEM OF THE OBLIGATION TO PERFORM LABOUR SERVICES.

 

THIS INVOLVED THE GRANTING OF A CHARTER AND THE CREATION OF A CORPORATE BODY, COLLECTIVELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF THE ‘FARM’. AS THE GUILDS GREW, THEY TENDED TO BECOME THE TOWN CORPORATION, THE TWO SOON BEING INDISTINGUISHABLE.

 

ONCE AGAIN, WE CAN OBSERVE THE GROWTH OF A MONEY ECONOMY WITHIN A FEUDAL FRAMEWORK. THE RISE OF CORPORATE TOWNS, ‘COMMUNES’ FREED FROM THE SYSTEM OF PERSONAL RELATIONS AND SERVICES, LED TO THE FORMATION OF NEW CLASSES READY TO ENTER THE POLITICAL FIELD.

 

RICHARD’S SHORT REIGN WAS SIGNIFICANT, AND IT WAS A TIME WHEN BUREAUCRATIC MACHINERY WAS TESTED IN THE ABSENCE OF A KING, WHEN JOHN’S CLAIMS AND REVOLT WERE CRUSHED.

 

IT WAS THE FIRST AND LAST TIME IN ENGLISH HISTORY THAT A FEUDAL MAGNATE ATTEMPTED TO ESTABLISH AN AUTHORITY OPPOSED TO AND INDEPENDENT FROM THE STATE.

 

85
20 Education- English History- Feudal England -State - Baron - Church
Updated: 09 Oct 2012

CHAPTER III: FEUDAL ENGLAND

SECTION 3: STATE-BARON-CHURCH

 

WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR’S TWO SONS, WILLIAM II AND HENRY I, CONTINUED TO STRENGTHEN STATE POWER.

 

HENRY BEGAN THE PROCESS OF REORGANISING THE SAXON JUSTICE SYSTEM BY TAKING ADMINISTRATION OUT OF PRIVATE HANDS AND INTO STATE CONTROL.

 

CRIME HAD PREVIOUSLY BEEN CONFINED TO AN OFFENCE AGAINST A VICTIM AND SETTLED IN FAVOUR OF THE SUFFERER, BUT HENRY CHANGED IT TO A CRIME AGAINST THE KING’S PEACE AND FOR THE STATE TO EXACT PUNISHMENT.

 

TRAVELLING JUDGES, TRIAL BY JURY AND OATHS WERE INTRODUCED, BUT TRIAL BY JURY WAS NOT THOUGHT OF AS ANYTHING BUT A SPECIAL PRIVILEGE OF THE KING. JURIES WERE CHOSEN ON THAT BASIS AND WERE PRESUMED TO ALREADY KNOW THE FACTS OF THE CASE.

 

“THERE IS BIG MONEY IN JUSTICE.” THE CROWN LEVIED FINES, WHICH WEAKENED THE POWER OF THE NOBILITY BECAUSE IT ATTRACTED CASES TO ITS OWN COURTS.

 

THE POWER OF THE STATE EXCHEQUER BECAME CLEAR, AS MUCH OF THE KING’S REVENUE AND INCOME CAME FROM CROWN MANORS, FEUDAL DUES, TALLEGES AND THE COURTS.

 

THESE WERE COLLECTED BY THE SHERIFFS IN EACH COUNTY AND PAID OVER TO THE KING’S COUNCIL, A FEUDAL BODY, WHICH THE KING THOUGHT CONVENIENT TO CONSULT ON MATTERS OF STATE, NOBILITY AND CHURCH.

 

THE COUNCIL BEGAN TO SPLIT INTO DEPARTMENTS AND WAS THE ORIGIN OF A PARLIAMENT.

 

A SMALL BODY, THE PRIVY COUNCIL, BECAME THE MODERN CABINET.

 

DEPARTMENTS WERE MADE UP OF THE KING’S BENCH, THE EXCHEQUER AND OTHER COURTS.

 

WHAT IS IMPORTANT IS THAT OUT OF THIS FEUDAL BODY A PERMANENT BUREAUCRACY EVOLVED TO CARRY OUT THE WORK OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT.

 

ON HENRY’S DEATH, HIS DAUGHTER, MATILDA, SUCCEEDED HIM AND A POWERFUL GROUP OF BARONS REFUSED TO RECOGNISE HER.

 

A 20 YEAR WAR FOLLOWED WITH NEITHER SIDE GAINING VICTORY. IT HAD A LASTING IMPRESSION ON PEOPLE’S MINDS, AS THE WORST TENDENCIES OF FEUDALISM, WHICH HAD BEEN SUPRESSED UNDER THE NORMANS, NOW HAD FREE PLAY.

 

LOCAL TYRANTS MASSACRED, TORTURED AND PLUNDERED THE UNFORTUNATE PEASANTRY, AND CHAOS REIGNED EVERYWHERE. “NEVER WERE MARTYRS TORMENTED AS THESE WERE,” WROTE A CHRONICLER WHO RECORDED THESE WRETCHED TIMES.

 

UNDER STEPHEN’S REIGN, THE TASTE OF EVIL, UNRESTRAINED FEUDAL ANARCHY WAS SHARP ENOUGH TO MAKE THE MASSES WELCOME THE RENEWED ATTEMPT BY THE CROWN TO DIMINISH THE POWER OF THE NOBLES.

 

IN 1153, THE TWO PARTIES MET AT WALLINGFORD TO REACH A COMPROMISE. STEPHEN WOULD REIGN FOR LIFE AND MATILDA’S SON, HENRY OF ANJOU, WOULD SUCCEED HIM.

 

THE NEXT YEAR STEPHEN DIED, AND HENRY ADDED ENGLAND AND NORMANDY TO HIS OWN DOMAIN AND BECAME THE MOST POWERFUL MONARCH IN EUROPE, CONTROLLING THE LARGER AND RICHER PART OF FRANCE. HE AT ONCE BEGAN TO BREAK DOWN THE BARON’S POWER.

 

HUNDREDS OF CASTLES WERE DESTROYED AND REPLACED BY MANOR HOUSES, THE CHARACTERISTIC DWELLING PLACES OF THE UPPER CLASSES IN ENGLAND FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE MIDDLE AGES.

 

IN 1170, A GENERAL PURGE, THE INQUEST OF SHERIFFS, SAW HALF OF THEM DISMISSED AND THE INTEREST OF THE CROWN IMPOSED, TO THE EXTENT THAT A BETTER COLLECTION OF THE KING’S DUES FOLLOWED.

 

THE CHURCH DEMANDED TO BE BETTER RECOGNISED, AND THIS STRUGGLE BETWEEN CHURCH AND STATE EXTENDED ACROSS EUROPE, THROUGH TO THE POPE AND ROME.

 

IT WAS COMPLICATED IN ENGLAND BECAUSE THE CHURCH SUPPORTED THE STATE AGAINST THE BARONS, WHILE PUSHING ITS OWN CLAIM TO INDEPENDENCE.

 

LATER, HOWEVER, THE SUCCESS OF THE BARONIAL REVOLT AGAINST KING JOHN WAS LARGELY DUE TO THE EXCEPTIONAL SUPPORT THAT THE REBELS RECEIVED FROM THE CHURCH.

 

THE CHURCH, SEEING THE CROWN ATTEMPTING TO BRING MORE CASES TO ITS COURTS, CLAIMED THE RIGHTS OF THE SPECIAL ECCLESIASTICAL COURTS UNDER CANON LAW AND INFLICTED MUCH LIGHTER PENALTIES.

 

THE CHURCH INCLUDED NOT ONLY CLERICS BUT PEOPLE OF MINOR ORDERS, A CLASS SO LARGE AND IMPORTANT THAT IT WAS ASSUMED UNDER CANON LAW ANY MAN WHO COULD READ WAS A CLERIC AND ENTITLED TO BE TRIED BY THE CHURCH.

 

THE CENTRAL FIGURE HERE IS THOMAS BECKET, WHO THE KING MADE ARCHBISHOP OF CANTERBURY, BUT WHO OPPOSED HENRY VIGOROUSLY AS HE HAD PREVIOUSLY WORKED WITH HIM.

 

HENRY HAD BECKET MURDERED, AND THE CHURCH MADE GAINS FROM THE SCANDAL AND CONTINUED TO EXPAND ITS COURTS.

 

THIS PRACTICE OF ‘BENEFIT OF CLERGY’ WENT RIGHT UP TO THE REFORMATION, TWO CENTURIES LATER.

 

IT WAS AT THIS TIME THAT THE CLASSIC ENGLISH LANGUAGE DEVELOPED. THE CANTERBURY TALES WERE WRITTEN, FUSING SAXON AND NORMAN FRENCH.

 

YET VICTORY OF THE CHURCH WAS NOT COMPLETE.

 

THE STATE SURRENDERED CRIMINAL CASES AND RETAINED CIVIL CASES IN WHAT BECAME COMMON LAW, OVERRIDING ALL LOCAL LAWS AND CUSTOMS.

 

IT WAS BASED ON ANGLO SAXON LAW OF THE PRE CONQUEST DAYS.

 

DUE TO THE STRENGTH OF COMMON LAW, ROMAN LAW, WHICH BECAME THE BASIS OF EUROPEAN CODE, NEVER TOOK HOLD HERE. AS A RESULT, CANON LAW BASED ON ROMAN PRINCIPLES WAS ISOLATED AND WEAKENED.

 

ONE CONTRADICTION THAT DID OCCUR, HOWEVER, WAS THAT ALTHOUGH THE CHURCH SUPPORTED THE CENTRALISING DESIGNS OF THE CROWN AGAINST THE BARONS, THE LATTER WERE OPPOSED TO THE POWER OF THE COURTS BECAUSE IT TOOK AWAY FEUDAL JURISDICTION. THIS, AND THE ATTEMPT BY THE CHURCH TO ADOPT ROMAN LAW, EXPLAINED THE UNSTABLE ALLIANCES OF THE STATE, BARON AND CHURCH IN THE MIDDLE AGES.

 

123
21 Education- English History- Sec.2 The Social Structure of Domesday England
Updated: 21 Sep 2012

CHAPTER III: FEUDAL ENGLAND

SECTION 2: THE SOCIAL STRUCTURE OF DOMESDAY
ENGLAND

 BY 1086, WILLIAM HAD SENT COMMISSIONERS TO VISIT LEADING MEN IN EVERY PART OF ENGLAND TO SURVEY THE ECONOMIC LIFE OF THE COUNTRY.

 

HOW MUCH LAND, WHO HOLDS IT AND ITS WORTH? HOW MANY TENANTS, PLOUGHS, OXEN, SHEEP AND SWINE?

 

IT WAS UNPOPULAR: “IT IS SHAMEFUL TO TELL BUT HE THOUGHT IT NO SHAME TO DO,” A MONASTIC SCHOLAR SAID.

 

IT SHOWED THE COMPLETENESS OF THE CONQUEST, WILLIAM’S POWER AND THAT THE DOMESDAY RECORD WAS WITHOUT PARALLEL.

 

IT HAD TWO OBJECTIVES: TO LEVY TAX AND TO GIVE THE KING KNOWLEDGE OF HIS EXTENSIVE WEALTH.

 

FOR US, IT HAS GREATER IMPORTANCE BY PROVIDING AN ACCURATE PICTURE OF THE SOCIAL STRUCTURE OF ENGLAND.

 

THE UNIT OF THE AGRICULTURAL ECONOMY WAS THE MANOR BECAUSE ENGLAND WAS STILL OVERWHELMINGLY AGRICULTURAL.

 

EVERY VILLAGE HAD A FRAMEWORK THOUGH. MOST LANDS WERE OWNED BY THE CROWN AND SOME BY VASSALS, SUB VASSALS, LAY AND THE CHURCH. THE FRAMEWORK HIGHLIGHTED THE STRUCTURE FROM KING TO SERF.

 

THE SURVEY CLASSIFIED CULTIVATORS OF THE SOIL, INTO CLASSES.

 

SLAVES 9% (25,000), BORDERS AND COTTARS (32%), (89,000), VILLEINS 38% 106,000 AND FREEMEN 12% (33,000).

 

MULTIPLY THESE FIGURES BY FIVE TO ACCOUNT FOR AN AVERAGE FAMILY.

 

INCLUDE LORDS, CLERGY, MERCHANTS, CRAFTSMEN, LANDLESS WAGE LABOURERS AND THOSE WHO SLIPPED THE NET, AND THE TOTAL POPULATION MAY BE ESTIMATED AT BETWEEN 1.75 AND 2 MILLION.

 

THE CLASSES WERE EVENLY SPREAD THROUGHOUT THE COUNTRY.

 

SLAVES WERE MOSTLY IN THE SOUTH WEST: 24% IN GLOUCESTERSHIRE, 21% IN CORNWALL AND HAMPSHIRE AND 17% IN SHROPSHIRE. IN LINCOLN, YORKSHIRE AND HUNTINGDON, THEY ARE NOT MENTIONED.

 

BORDERS AND COTTARS ARE MORE EVENLY SPREAD. FREE TENANTS WERE ONLY FOUND IN THE EAST AND EAST MIDLANDS AND THE OLD DANELAW AREAS OF LINCOLN, SUFFOLK AND NORFOLK, NOTTINGHAM, LEICESTER AND NORTHAMPTON COUNTIES.

 

ALTHOUGH SLAVES WERE A RAPIDLY VANISHING CLASS, BORDERS AND COTTARS,THE CRAFTSMEN, ALSO HELD PATCHES OF LAND OUTSIDE THE FRAMEWORK OF THE OPEN FIELD SYSTEM. WHILE MOST WERE SERFS, SOME RECKONED THEMSELVES AS FREE TENANTS.

 

VILLEINS, WHO HELD 15 OR 30 ACRE SHARES OF COMMON FIELDS, WERE A DEVELOPING CLASS. THEY WERE DAY OR BOON WORKERS, AND THEIR SERVICES WERE REGULARLY PROVIDED TO THE MANOR.

 

DAY WORK WAS USUALLY THREE DAYS, AND BOON WORK WAS EXTRA LABOUR DEMANDED AT HARVEST OR SHEEP SHEARING.

 

THE SERF WORKED HIS OWN LAND, WHEN THE LORD DID NOT REQUIRE HIM. IN FACT, MOST OF HIS LAND WAS WORKED BY OTHER MEMBERS OF THE FAMILY, INCLUDING CHILDREN, AS IN OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD.

 

AS TIME WENT ON, VILLEINS AND COTTAR TENANTS BECAME ONE UNDER THE LAWYER’S SYSTEM OF COUNTING, AND ALL WERE CLASSED AS SERFS.

 

THE OTHER DECLINING CLASS WERE THE FREEMEN OF DOMESDAY, WHO WERE FREE BEFORE THE CONQUEST BUT WERE RECKONED UNFREE AS A RESULT OF CHANGES IN OWNERSHIP OF THE LAND. THE TENDENCY OF THE TIME WAS TO CONSIDER ANY PEASANT A SERF, UNLESS HE COULD PROVE HIMSELF OTHERWISE.

 

THE NORMANS INTRODUCED A BODY OF RIGID FEUDAL LAW IN THAT SERFS “POSSESSING NOTHING BUT THEIR OWN BELLIES” HAD NO LEGAL RIGHTS, EXCEPT THAT THEY MIGHT NOT BE KILLED OR MUTILATED WITHOUT A “PROPER” TRIAL.

 

THIS WAS AN IMPROVEMENT FOR THE SLAVE, BUT A STEP BACKWARD FOR ALL OTHERS.

 

EVERY TRICK WAS USED BY THE LAWYER TO ADD TO THESE BURDENS.

 

FOR EXAMPLE, THE VILLAGE MILL BELONGED TO THE LORD, AND ALL CORN MUST COME TO IT TO BE GROUND. IT WAS THUS COMMON FOR QUANTITIES TO BE ABUSED, AND THE MILLER BECAME THE UNIVERSAL ROGUE.

 

JUST AS THE KING CLAIMED ALL THE FORESTS, THE LORD CLAIMED EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS OVER ALL VILLAGE ‘WASTE’, WHICH MEANT NO MORE TURF OR WOOD CUTTING OR PASTURE FOR THE SWINE.

 

ENGLAND BECAME ENSLAVED: THE SERF SERVES -

 

"HE IS TERRIFIED BY THREATS AND FORCED SERVICES (CORVEES) AFFLICTED BY BLOWS, DESPOILED OF HIS POSSESSIONS. FOR IF HE POSSESSES NOUGHT, HE IS COMPELLED TO EARN. AN EXTREME CONDITION OF BONDAGE.

“HE IS NOT HIS OWN MAN, BUT NO MAN IS HIS.”

 

IN PRACTICE, THE LAW WAS MODIFIED AND THE SERF HAD A ROUGH SECURITY.

 

LAWYERS MIGHT SAY THAT THE SERF “OUGHT NOT TO KNOW ONE DAY, WHAT LABOUR HE WILL BE COMMANDED TO PERFORM THE NEXT.”

 

HOWEVER, IN PRACTICE, THE WHOLE YEARS’ WORK WAS PROBABLY KNOWN WITH MONOTONOUS CERTAINTY.

 

LITTLE CHANGED FOR TWO CENTURIES BETWEEN PEASANT OBSTINANCY AND THE CRAFT OF THE NORMAN LAWYER.

 

THE LAWYER WON GREAT VICTORIES, BUT BEYOND A CERTAIN POINT HE COULD NOT GO. AND SO THERE EXISTED A CORE OF RIGHTS THAT KEPT THE SERF A PERSON AND NOT A THING, A RESIDUE OF FREEDOM THAT SERVED AS A BASE FOR GAINING NEW RIGHTS.

 

IN THE 13th CENTURY, ECONOMIC FORCES WORKED POWERFULLY IN THE SERF'S FAVOUR, TRANSFORMING HIM INTO A FREE WAGE LABOURER OR SMALL HOLDER PAYING RENT FOR LAND INSTEAD OF LABOUR SERVICES.

 

THE ESSENCE OF THIS VILLAGE CONFLICT MUST BE KEPT IN MIND WHEN WE INTERPRET THE POLITICAL HISTORY OF THE PERIOD. IT HELPS TO EXPLAIN THE DRIFT OF THE AGE

121
22 Education-Freedoms -Part 2 -The End of Peasant Serfdom
Updated: 17 Sep 2012

FREEDOMS  - PART 2

 

The end of peasant serfdom

William Harrison’s Description of England – 1577

“As for slaves and bondsmen, we have none; may such is the privilege of our country by the special grace of God and bounty of our princes, that if any come hither from other realms, as soon as they set foot on land they become so free of condition as their masters, whereby all note of servile bondage is utterly removed from them.”

And if you believe that in 2012 there are no slaves or bondsmen or bondswomen in the United Kingdom, then you are not listening, hearing or seeing for yourself,-
 
- that so many live a miserable existence as a result of pressure from and control by the State, the Rich and Social Groups.

You may not believe starvation exists in the UK or child poverty is rife,but recently, it has been reported that the Red Cross, a charity, not Government, has set up stations in the UK to deal with those who have  “fallen through the net”.

And whilst the Government of the day award their friends with a reduction in the 50% rate of tax there are pensioners going hungry and cold and children on the breadline in these “mountains green and pleasant lands”

No my friend the “dark and satanic” have returned.

The rest is up to you and me !

107
23 Freedoms - Yours are limited by the State,The Rich and Social Group Pressures
Updated: 16 Sep 2012

FREEDOMS

Man’s Freedom of action,TODAY, is limited by the authority of the STATE,

by the POWER of the RICH and the CUSTOMARY PRESSURES of SOCIAL GROUP.

 

THERE ARE DEGREES OF FREEDOMS AND UNFREEDOMS.

Kid yourself not, that you are free, those freedoms you believe you hold were fought for by your ancestors so don’t let the bastards take them away from you.

Inactivity will not protect your freedoms from those who have a vested interest –profit through expoitation- from denying you and yours.

Look around you and see how your “rights” are being eroded.


In the 1300 & 1400 freedoms were fought for through petitions.

Peasants used the words from the Domesday Book and action was to withhold service to the extent that the harvest was left uncut to the Lords loss.

Petitions were influenced by the increasing taxes imposed on the peasants/villeins by the Lords/State & Church

Peasants had a degree of freedom depending on the amount of land they farmed.

They could be serfs – holding 12-15 acres of arable land or villeins,  holding 5 acres or less.

Slave comes from Slavonic and Serf comes from Slave –“Servus”

Petitions were about “ownership” and concerned with the plaintiffs birthplace.

Ownership was whether the land was “tied” or “untied”


All this stemmed from the 1381 Peasants Revolt, led by Wat Tyler, which did not initiate the decline of serfdom but was an end rather than beginning or beginning of an end as their were many smaller risings.

The rising was against increased rents and “services” –provided free as a condition of rent.

The strength of the “movement” was the co-existence of a large and increasing number of free tenants and tenants of ancient demesne.

The fact that “free” smallholders had a miserable existence on the edge of starvation is irrelevant.

The demand for freedom of status was sustained but the advantages were not obvious in the 14C.

Boon works – labour services called on during peak times –harvest etc.. was common practice, so the essence of “free status and tenure”  was not “freedom” from rent in this form of “labour service”.

Even in the 17 C laws concerning villeinage were never abolished – it just withered away, but it took Manorial Lords much time to face up to the process.

The mobility as a result of the first pestilence of Black Death which led to shortgages, and the  acquisition of more land or the search for higher wages,was important for Peasant holdings of up to 50 acres, and those larger farms demanding labour.

However the Landlords, Squirearchy and the Ruling Classes in order to beat the rise in wages tried to re-impose “boon” – “ services” and it was this situation that resulted in the revolt of 1381.

There was also a general intensification in demand for rent and taxes, so it was not the exaction of labour services that caused the villain resentment, but that they were used for profit.

And if profit could be acquired in other ways the Lords would take it, hence increased rents and raising money which caused the trouble.

Rents were increased by 50% in three years.

When labour was short other ways were tried.

£20 for declaring a fugitive tenant a free man, and 40 shillings for permission to marry a widow tenant.

The Church was in on this too.The Bishops of Worcester and Durham.
At Methley in Yorkshire a tenant tried to surrender poor land, from being rented  but the case was twisted and the tenant had to persuade a Court of the land’s worth. The Land was re- let for no entry fine.

So the loss of a villeinage to a freeman was as much as the loss of the land or goods.

This shows the pressure Landlords put on their tenants in the decades after the plague.

Servility was seen as essential to the Ruling Classes interests.

Particularly act’s by the Landlord or Church demanding money from an un-free man for his freedom.
--------------------------------------------------------------------

So the moral of this story is that the Ruling Class will rob you blind if you don’t fight for better rights and expose wrongs.

123
24 Education-English History-Feudal Britain- Sec.1-The Conquest
Updated: 04 Sep 2012

CHAPTER III: FEUDAL BRITAIN

SECTION 1: THE CONQUEST

 WILLIAM’S VICTORY OVER HAROLD BROKE THE GODWINS POWER AT SENLAC HILL, HASTINGS, AND ALL OF SOUTHERN ENGLAND LAY OPEN TO INVASION, THOUGH RESISTANCE CONTINUED IN LONDON.

 

EVEN THOUGH THE MIDLANDS AND THE NORTH WERE UNCONQUERED AFTER THE CAPTURE OF LONDON, WILLIAM WAS PRONOUNCED KING ON CHRISTMAS DAY AND CROWNED AT WESTMINSTER.

 

THE REST OF ENGLAND, HAVING PUT UP NO OPPOSITION, WAS LEFT UNDISTURBED, BUT BY 1069 WILLIAM WAS READY TO GOAD THE NORTH INTO REVOLT AND, WITH COLD FEROCITY, LAID WASTE TO YORKSHIRE AND DURHAM, LEAVING THE AREA UNPEOPLED FOR A GENERATION.

 

IT WAS NOT UNTIL THE PENNINES WERE TURNED INTO GREAT SHEEP FARMS BY CISTERIAN MONKS IN THE 11th CENTURY THAT THE REGION RECOVERED.

 

THE COMPLETION OF THE CONQUEST WAS FOLLOWED BY CONFISCATION OF LANDS, AND, AT THIS POINT, WE CAN SAY THAT FEUDALISM WAS FULLY ESTABLISHED.

 

THE ECONOMIC BASE WAS THE TOWN. ITS POLITICAL ORGANISATION WAS SUPERSTRUCTURED WITH RIGID DOGMA AND UNIFORMITY AND, WITHIN A FEW YEARS, THE COUNTRY PASSED FROM ITS OLD OWNERS INTO THE HANDS OF THE CONQUEROR.

 

POWER WAS DELEGATED FROM THE TOP, BUT WILLIAM RETAINED OWNERSHIP.

 

COURTS OF JUSTICE WERE CONTROLLED, TAXES LEVIED AND SERVICES ENACTED.

 

THE KING GRANTED LANDS TO HIS VASSALS AND EXTRACTED HUGE RENTS. HE WAS NOT INTERESTED HOW THE POOR WERE TREATED.

 

FEUDALISM WAS ALWAYS IN THEORY A CONTRACT BETWEEN KING AND VASSAL, BUT, IN ENGLAND, THIS CONTRACT WAS MORE REAL THAN ELSEWHERE IN THE WORLD.

 

SO COMPLETE WAS WILLIAM’S CONTROL OF THE STATE ORGANISATION THAT IT ALMOST TRANSCENDED THE FEUDAL SYSTEM.

 

THE CROWN RETAINED ENOUGH LAND FOR ITS OWN POSSESSION, INCLUDING THE FORESTS, THAT IT WAS ESTIMATED TO COMPRISE ONE THIRD OF THE COUNTRY.

 

CHESTER AND SHREWSBURY HELD THE WELSH AND DURHAM THE SCOTS.

 

THE SHERIFFS WERE ALL POWERFUL, BUT THE PEOPLE REGARDED THE POWER OF THE CROWN AS A PROTECTION AGAINST THEIR OWN IMMEDIATE SUPERIORS.

 

THIS ALLIANCE BETWEEN THE KING AND THE SAXON POPULATION REMAINED A CONSTANT FEATURE DURING GENERATIONS THAT FOLLOWED THE CONQUEST.

 

SO, IN THE REIGN OF HENRY I, WHEN THE BARONS TRIED TO PLACE HIS BROTHER ROBERT, DUKE OF NORMANDY, ON THE THRONE, HENRY WAS ABLE TO DEFEAT ROBERT WITH A MAINLY SAXON ARMY AT TENCHEBRAY IN 1105.

 

IN THE 150 YEARS BETWEEN THE CONQUEST AND THE MAGNA CHARTA, FEUDAL BRITAIN DID NOT STAND STILL.

 

THOUGH THE MIDDLE AGES WERE THOUGHT OF AS A PERIOD OF STABILITY, THERE WAS IN FACT A CONSTANT STRUGGLE BETWEEN CENTRAL POWER AND THE REGIONS AND THE GROWTH OF A NEW COMBINATION OF CLASS FORCES BOTH LOCALLY AND NATIONALLY.

 

119
25 Education- The Royal Society - People and the planet report
Updated: 01 Sep 2012

People and the planet report

The Royal Society

26 April 2012

Working Group member Dr Eliya Zulu, Executive Director,

African Institute for Development Policy and President, Union for African Population Studies

Rapid and widespread changes in the world’s human population, coupled with unprecedented levels of consumption present profound challenges to human health and wellbeing, and the natural environment.

This report gives an overview of how global population and consumption are linked, and the implications for a finite planet.

Working Group chair Sir John Sulston FRS, Chair of the Institute for Science, Ethics & Innovation, University of Manchester.

Key recommendations

Key recommendations include:

1. The international community must bring the 1.3 billion people living on less than $1.25 per day out of absolute poverty, and reduce the inequality that persists in the world today.

This will require focused efforts in key policy areas including economic development, education, family planning and health.

2. The most developed and the emerging economies must stabilise and then reduce material consumption levels through: dramatic improvements in resource use efficiency, including: reducing waste; investment in sustainable resources, technologies and infrastructures; and systematically decoupling economic activity from environmental impact.

3. Reproductive health and voluntary family planning programmes urgently require political leadership and financial commitment, both nationally and internationally.

This is needed to continue the downward trajectory of fertility rates, especially in countries where the unmet need for contraception is high.

4. Population and the environment should not be considered as two separate issues.

Demographic changes, and the influences on them, should be factored into economic and environmental debate and planning at international meetings, such as the Rio+20 Conference on Sustainable Development and subsequent meetings.

Other recommendations made in the report focus on:
 the potential for urbanisation to reduce material consumption
 removing barriers to achieve high-quality primary and secondary education for all
 undertaking more research into the interactions between consumption, demographic change and environmental impact
 implementing comprehensive wealth measures
 developing new socio-economic systems

105
26 Education- English History- The Growth of Feudalism- Sec. 5 -The End of Saxon England
Updated: 01 Sep 2012

CHAPTER II: THE GROWTH OF FEUDALISM

SECTION 5: THE END OF SAXON ENGLAND

 AFTER ALFRED, ENGLAND’S CULTURE DEGENERATED AND INSTITUTIONS STAGNATED.

 

UNDER THE DANES, SOCIETY SEEMED UNABLE TO EVOLVE BEYOND A CERTAIN POINT.

 

EVERYTHING WAS DECENTRALISED IN SMALL KINGDOMS, WITH THE SHERIFF REMAINING ALL POWERFUL.

 

IN THE FIELD OF JUSTICE, FEUDALISM PROSPERED WITH ROYAL RIGHTS AND POWERFUL INDIVIDUALS BECOMING EVER WEALTHIER, UNTIL THE SHIRE SYSTEM BROKE DOWN AND THE ‘NOBILITY’ HELD THEIR OWN COURTS TO INFLICT FINES AND WORSE.

 

PRIVATE JUSTICE FLOURISHED, DEFINING IT AS THE STONGEST POWER POINT OF FEUDALISM.

 

THE LANDLESS SUFFERED MOST, BUT BEING A SERF BOUND TO THE LAND DID NOT SEEM SO BAD.A SERF DID HAVE HIS OWN RIGHTS, THOUGH THEY WERE NOT LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE.

 

ONE RESULT OF THE NORMAN CONQUEST WAS THE DEFINITE LINE DRAWN BETWEEN SERF AND FREEMAN.

 

EVERYONE BELOW A FREEMAN WAS REDUCED TO A DEAD LEVEL OF SERVITUDE.

 

PAYMENTS IN DANEGELD WERE ENORMOUS, EVEN BY TODAY’S STANDARDS, AND WERE EXTRACTED FROM KINGS TO COMMONERS AND WERE ALSO THE BASIS OF PROPERTY TAX.

 

LOCAL MAGNATES DEFINED WEALTH IN FEUDAL TERMS: NO MAN WITHOUT A LORD, NO LAND WITHOUT A LORD.

 

WHEN, IN 1018, CANUTE BECAME KING OF ENGLAND AS WELL AS NORWAY AND DENMARK, IT APPEARED THAT ENGLAND WOULD BE LINKED WITH SCANDINAVIA, RATHER THAN FRANCE, BUT THE NORTHERN PEOPLE WERE STILL LARGELY TRIBAL. THEY WERE INADEQUATE FOR A PERMANENT EMPIRE.

 

IT WAS NOT UNTIL NORTHERN BLOOD HAD BEEN CROSSED WITH FRENCH FEUDAL INSTITUTIONS THAT ENGLAND WAS CAPABLE OF ADVANCING TOWARDS A PERMANENT STATE POWER.

 

CANUTE DEVELOPED THE STANDING ARMY, HIGHLY TRAINED AND WELL PAID. ONE FAMILY, THE GODWINS, ROSE THROUGH THE RANKS OF OBSCURITY TO VIRTUALLY CONTROL ALL OF ENGLAND BEYOND DANELAW.

 

WHEN CANUTE DIED, THE GODWINS RESTORED THE OLD ENGLAND LINE WITHOUT OPPOSITION.

 

ENGLAND THEN BECAME DIVIDED INTO SIX EARLDOMS, THREE DIRECTLY CONTROLLED BY THE GODWINS. WHEN EDWARD DIED, THE COUNCIL OF WISE MEN PROCLAIMED HAROLD, ELDEST SON OF GODWIN, KING. HOWEVER, WILLIAM, DUKE OF NORMANDY, ALSO CLAIMED THE THRONE AND BEGAN TO ASSEMBLE AN ARMY.

 

THE CONQUEST BY THE NORMANS ENDED THE REIGN OF THE NORTHMEN AND STARTED THE CRUSADES.

 

WILLIAM WAS A FEUDAL PRINCE, BUT HIS ARMY WAS NOT A FEUDAL ARMY. IT WAS ONE GATHERED AS FORTUNE HUNTERS.

 

NUMBERING 12,000, HE TRAINED THEM IN METHODS OF WARFARE UNKNOWN IN ENGLAND.

 

THE ENGLISH COULD BE MOBILE, BUT CHOSE TO FIGHT WITH THE AXE IN A DENSE MASS BEHIND THE TRADITIONAL SHIELD WALL.

 

THE NORMANS USED HEAVY ARMED CAVALRY AND THE CROSSBOW, AND, ONCE THE SHIELD WAS BROKEN, THE CAVALRY CHARGED.

 

WILLIAM SUCCEEDED MILITARILY AND POLITICALLY BY KEEPING HIS VASSALS UNDER HIS CONTROL, UNLIKE THE DEFIANT ATTITUDES ADOPTED BY THE EARLS OF MERCIA AND NORTHUMBRIA.

 

IN 1066, HAROLD WAITED FOR THE NORMANS, BUT WAS DIVERTED TO THE NORTH WHERE HE BEAT THE KING OF NORWAY AT STAMFORD BRIDGE. THEN LEARNED WILIAM HAD LANDED AT PEVENSEY.

 

WITHIN A WEEK, HE WAS BACK ON THE SOUTH COAST AND AT ‘BATTLE’ NEAR HASTINGS ON A CHALK RIDGE OVERLOOKING WILLIAM’S CAMP.

 

TACTICALLY, HAROLD’S  MOVEMENTS WERE MASTERLY, AND HIS ‘HOUSECARLS’ PROVED A MAGNIFICENT FIGHTING MACHINE, BUT STATEGICALLY HE SHOULD HAVE WAITED IN LONDON LONGER TO ALLOW ALL HIS TROOPS TO CATCH UP AND ASSEMBLE.

 

HOWEVER, THE NORMANS MADE VICTORY INEVITABLE WITH THEIR SUPERIOR MILITARY METHODS AND SURPRISE ATTACKS, AND THE FRENCHMEN HELD THE PLACE OF SLAUGHTER. HAROLD AND HIS BROTHERS ALL PERISHED.

 

123
27 Education- English History -The Growth of Feudalism -Sec.4 The Northmen
Updated: 31 Aug 2012

CHAPTER II: THE GROWTH OF FEUDALISM

SECTION 4: THE NORTHMEN

 IN 793 ON JUNE 18TH, ACCORDING TO THE ‘CHRONICLE’, “GOD’S CHURCH AT LINDISFARNE WAS DESTROYED WITH RAPINE AND SLAUGHTER.”

 

HALF OF ENGLAND WAS OVERRUN BY IRON AXE WIELDING SCANDINAVIAN PEOPLE FROM NORWAY AND DENMARK.

 

IN REALITY, NORWEGIANS ATTACKED IRELAND AND THE DANES ENGLAND.

 

THEY CLEARED FORESTS, WHICH HELPED THEM BUILD LARGER AND MORE SEAWORTHY SHIPS, AND THEY USED THE SCOTTISH ISLANDS AS A BASE FOR THEIR PIRACY ON THE ALMOST DEFENCELESS ENGLISH.

 

IRELAND WAS OCCUPIED AND THEN FRANCE, WITH PARIS SACKED. THE NORWEGIANS WERE EVEN MORE ADVENTUROUS WHEN THEY LAY SEIGE TO ROME IN 846.

 

THE ENGLISH RESPONDED, AND IN 836 EGBERT ROUTED THE DANES AT SEA, BUT IT DIDN’T STOP MORE FROM INVADING. IN 862, LONDON WAS BURNED.

 

THESE NORTHMEN STAYED AND BECAME BOLDER, UNTIL 866 WHEN A GREAT WAR DEVELOPED.

 

FROM A MILITARY STANDPOINT, THE NORTHMEN HAD EVERTHING IN THEIR FAVOUR: IRON FROM SWEDEN FOR AXES AND SHIELDS, LONG SWORDS AND CHAIN ARMOUR WITH HELMETS.

 

NEW METHODS OF WAR WERE INTRODUCED.

 

FAST MOVING SHIPS WITH 100 OARSMEN AND THE ROUNDING UP OF HORSES PRODUCED MOUNTED INFANTRY.

 

THE ENGLISH WERE POORLY ARMED, BUT ALFRED, WITH HIS CAPACITY FOR LEARNING AND THEN GOING ONE BETTER THAN THE ENEMY, EXPLOITED THE DANES WEAKNESSES.

 

THE DANES BROKE UP INTO SMALL BANDS WHEN THREATENED, AND THEIR UNDEVELOPED SOCIAL STRUCTURE MADE THEM VULNERABLE TO A PROLONGED CAMPAIGN.

 

THE DANES ATTACKED ENGLAND THROUGH THE HUMBER, LINCOLNSHIRE AND THE THAMES, THEN HEADED NORTH TO NORTHUMBRIA AND THE SOUTH WEST INTO WESSEX.

 

YORK WAS SACKED, BUT THEY WERE BEATEN BACK AT ASHDOWN IN WESSEX IN 876.

 

ALFRED WAS SURPRISED AT CHIPPENHAM AND TOOK REFUGE IN THE SOMERSET MARSHES. EMERGING SUDDENLY, HE WON A GREAT VICTORY AT ETHANDUNE, AND THE DANES WERE FORCED TO MAKE PEACE.

 

HOWEVER, ENGLAND WAS CULTURALLY AND MATERIALLY DAMAGED. “SO GREAT WAS THE DECAY OF LEARNING AMONG THE ENGLISH,” NOTED ALFRED, THAT HE HAD TO SECURE HIS KINGDOM AGAINST FUTURE INVADERS.

 

HE BUILT SHIPS FAR SUPERIOR TO THE DANES, BUILT FORTIFIED ‘BURGS” AND HAD GARRISONS STATIONED EVERYWHERE, TRANSFORMING THE ENGLISH FROM A PURELY RURAL FOLK.

 

ALFRED LEARNED FROM AND BROUGHT EUROPEANS AND WELSH TO HELP, AND HE ALWAYS SOUGHT THE BEST KNOWLEDGE HE COULD FIND.

 

THIS WAS THE COMPLETE OPPOSITE TO CHARLAMAGNE, WHO COULD HARDLY READ OR WRITE LATIN.

 

THOUGH ALFRED WAS CONSTANTLY IN BAD HEALTH, HIS WORK IS REMARKABLE, AND A LONG PERIOD OF PEACE FOLLOWED AFTER HIS DEATH. HIS SUCCESSORS, EDWARD, ATHELSTAN, EDMUND AND EDGAR, WERE ALL COMPETENT SOLDIERS AND ADMINISTRATORS.

 

IN SOME RESPECTS, THE DANES HAD A SUPERIOR CULTURE TO THAT OF THE ENGLISH, AND THEY DEVELOPED THE EARLY ENGLISH SETTLEMENTS.

 

BY ‘DOMESDAY’, A COMPLETE PICTURE OF ENGLISH RURAL LIFE EMERGED WITH THE WHOLE COUNTRY DOTTED WITH TOWNSHIPS. MOST VILLAGES CAN BE TRACED BACK TO THIS TIME.

 

THE DANISH AXE WAS SUPREME, AND THE DANES AS TRADERS AND PRIRATES WERE AHEAD OF THE STAY AT HOME SAXONS, RIGHT UP TO THE NORMAN CONQUEST.

 

119
28 Education- English History-The Growth of Feudalism - Sec. 3 -Christianity
Updated: 29 Aug 2012

CHAPTER II: THE GROWTH OF FEUDALISM

SECTION 3: CHRISTIANITY

 THE WELSH HELD TO ROMAN LEARNING, BUT NOT THE ENGLISH.

 

THE WELSH ATTITUDE TOWARDS THE ENGLISH WAS LITTLE MORE THAN THAT THEY WERE SENT BY GOD TO PUNISH THEM.

 

AUGUSTINE LANDED IN KENT IN 597, BRINGING A RELIGIOUS REVIVAL FROM POPE GREGORY THE GREAT. CHRISTIAN KINGS WERE ESTABLISHED, AND BAPTISM OF THE WILLING MASSES OCCURRED IN KENT, ESSEX AND EAST ANGLIA, BEFORE TAKING ROOT FURTHER AFIELD IN NORTHUMBRIA WITH PAULINUS, THE FIRST BISHOP OF YORK.

 

THE NEW RELIGION HAD A RESOUNDING BUT HOLLOW VICTORY. WHEN EDWIN WAS DEFEATED AND KILLED BY PENDA IN 633, THE REVERSION OF NORTHUMBRIA WAS EVEN MORE RAPID.

 

RELIGION WAS A MATTER UPON WHICH KINGS DECIDED POLICY AND PEOPLE FOLLOWED.

 

THIS CELTIC TYPE OF CHRISTIANITY WITH ITS SIMPLE PIETY AND ABSENCE OF CENTRALISM CAUGHT ON WITH THE ROUGH NORTHERN TYPES.

 

IT HAD A UNIQUE BLEND OF HEROIC PAGANISM AND THE MILDER FAITH OF THE IRISH. SO, WHEN PENDA FROM MERCIA DEFEATED AND KILLED OSWALD, THE FAITH REMAINED.

 

IN 664, ROMAN AND CELTIC CHRISTIANS MET AT WHITBY TO SETTLE DIFFERENCES, SUCH AS THE KEEPING OF EASTER AND THE SHAPE OF PRIESTLY TONSURE.

 

ROMAN CHRISTIANITY INHERITED ALL THAT WAS ROME WITH CENTRAL DISCIPLINE, DEFINITION OF PROPERTY AND RECOGNITION OF SLAVERY AND WAS COMMITTED TO BISHOPRICS AND PARISHES, VERY SIMILAR TO FRANCE OF THAT DAY.

 

THE VICTORY OF ROME AT THE WHITBY SYNOD WAS THEREFORE A VICTORY FOR FEUDALISM AND ALL IT ENTAILED.

 

THE ROMAN IDEOLOGY COULD NOT HAVE BEEN FURTHER REMOVED FROM THAT OF CUTHBERT OF LINDISFARNE, WHO LIVED FOR WEEKS ON A HANDFUL OF RAW ONIONS, OR WHO STOOD ALL DAY UP TO HIS NECK IN SEA WATER TO PRAY.

 

ALTHOUGH IT WAS CUTHBERT WHO BUILT CHURCHES AND LECTURED KINGS, IT WAS WILFRED TO WHOM THE FUTURE BELONGED.

 

ONLY PRIESTS WERE LITERATE, SO THEY BECAME THE PERMANENT BUREAUCRACY TO HALF WITTED KINGS AND THANES, PARTICULARLY IN THE MATTER OF PROPERTY.

 

THESE PRIESTS UNDERMINED WRITTEN PROPERTY RIGHTS AND WEAKENED COMMUNAL RIGHTS.

 

BOOKLAND WAS GRANTED BY BOOK, AND ITS GRANTING IMPLIED COMPLETE PRIVATE OWNERSHIP.

 

THE FIRST CHARTERS WERE MADE IN FAVOUR OF THE CHURCH, AND THEIR ADVANTAGES WERE REALISED IN THAT THEY WERE INCREASINGLY SOUGHT AFTER BY THE HIERARCHY AND MAGNATES.

 

THE CHURCH SPREAD THE FEAR OF HELL AND INDULGED IN PLAIN FORGERY. CHURCH LANDS BECAME SO EXTENSIVE WHEREBY THE STATE WAS WEAKENED.

 

TAXATION AND MILITARY SERVICE FELL ON THE PEASANTS, AND THE CHURCH WENT HAND IN HAND WITH NOBILITY IN THE SUBJECTION OF THE CULTIVATOR.

 

ON THE OTHER HAND, DUE TO IT COMPRISING A LITERARY CLASS AND BECAUSE OF ITS TRADE AND CONTACTS WITH EUROPE, THE CHURCH WAS A PROGRESSIVE FORCE.

 

SKILLS IN MASONRY AND WOOD LED TO THE BUILDING OF THE GREAT CHURCH AT HEXAM. HOUSES WERE BUILT, CASTLES CONSTRUCTED AND ALTHOUGH THESE WERE NOT AS GRAND AS THE NORMAN MANORS, THEY WERE FAR SUPERIOR TO THE MUD AND WATTLE HUT OF THE FEUDAL SERF.

 

METAL WORKING AND ILLUMINATION OF MANUSCRIPTS REACHED A HIGH STANDARD, AND BEDE AT JARROW, THE MOST LEARNED MAN OF HIS DAY, WAS ENGLAND’S FIRST HISTORIAN.

 

THE POLITCAL HISTORY OF THE AGE IS THAT OF THE STRUGGLE OF THE KINGS IN KENT, NORTHUMBRIA, MERCIA AND FINALLY WESSEX, WHO ALL HAD A SHARE IN THE TEMPORARY SUCCESS OF THEIR KINGDOMS.

 

THE CELTIC CHURCH SUFFERED DECLINE BECAUSE OF INTERNAL FEUDS AND THE WARLIKE CHARACTER RETAINED BY ITS PEOPLE.

 

THE REASONS FOR THE RISE OF MERCIA ARE MORE OBSCURE, BUT THE RICH MIDLAND PLAINS AND THE WAR EXPERIENCE GAINED AGAINST THE WELSH PREVAILED. HOWEVER, ITS WEAKNESS WAS ITS ABSENCE OF NATURAL FRONTIERS, WHICH LAID IT OPEN TO ATTACK.

 

BY CONTRAST, WESSEX HAD GOOD FRONTIERS AND A HINTERLAND LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW EXPANSION IN THE SOUTH WEST, BUT NOT LARGE ENOUGH TO BE A MENACE.

 

BY THE 8th CENTURY, WESSEX WAS DEVELOPING VALUABLE CONTACTS WITH FRANCE’S CHARLEMAGNE, WHO JUST RISING TO FULL POWER ACROSS THE CHANNEL.

 

WESSEX, UNDER EGBERT, BEGAN TO DRAW AWAY FROM ITS RIVALS, ALTHOUGH THE ISSUE WAS STILL IN DOUNT UNTIL THE INVASION BY THE NORTHMEN TURNED EVENTS. NORTHUMBRIA WAS OVERRUN, FREEING WESSEX FROM ITS ANCIENT RIVALS, BUT LEAVING IT FACE TO FACE WITH A NEW AND MORE FORMIDABLE ENEMY.

 

119
29 Education- British Farming and Food- The Future
Updated: 29 Aug 2012

British Farming and Food

Based on British Farming by Wilfred Willett

Comments by Giles Wynne


An account in four parts

1. Introduction
2. The Past
3. The Present
4. The Future


4. The Future

The only real future for British farming to produce the food the people need is in the hands of the working class.

Food will be produced to feed the people and before profit.

There will be a policy of reducing imports

A return to seasonal produce, will change our diet and encourage more home produced food.

Do we really need strawberries the year round, while we continue to pay over the odds for bread because export prices, higher than home prices, encourage farmers to send the bread wheat abroad?

We will leave the Common Market because it is not common.

Euro countries also seem to flout the rules, to their advantage, and we shall save £65billion a year.

Our policy will be to trade (fairly) with any country in the world who will sell to us at the cheapest price.

There will be no tariffs paid

We will sell a surplus to any country willing to pay the highest price,we can obtain and also there will be considerably more bartering.

Bartering is to exchange goods without money. For example Wool for Wheat ?

Ireland will be United and encouraged to follow Britain’s example and to make us a favoured trading partner.

When you think about it, we can produce most of our own foods and it is luxuries that we shall import.

We shall place a 200 mile fishing zone around our coast and enforce it and where there is less than 200miles a 50/50 arrangement will be made.

We shall expand our manufacturing base to produce the agricultural machinery we need.

At present so much is foreign owned or imported and that will be reversed.

The population of Britain is a major factor and only tourists and emigration will be encouraged.

Reciprocal pension arrangements with warmer climates sought, so that our pensioners can retire abroad for part of the year.

An exchange of worker skills will also be encouraged.

Immigration will  depend on Britain’s labour needs.

Farms will enjoy stability of prices.

A Guaranteed Farm gate price structure will return and Marketing Boards be re – introduced.

There will be no excessive profiteering and no produce sold below cost as today.

Supermarkets will no longer reap the rewards of support to farmers.

A national apprenticeship scheme will be introduced to replace ageing farmers, who will be retained, to share their knowledge on farms.

The building of more rural homes will meet local needs and second home ownership reduced by taxes.

There will be introduced council smallholdings of 2- 5-10 acre holdings, to rent, for those who want to return to populate the dwindling rural economy and start the good life.

Holdings will be encouraged with planning consideration of soil quality and suitability.

Larger holdings in less favoured areas and smaller holdings in grade 1 and 2 land areas.

We shall nationalise the land not family occupied and without compensation.
It was stolen from the people and will be returned to them.

Agricultural Science and Research will be encouraged, free Animal welfare and a free  Advisory service for farmers

Public health will ensure all food imported is checked before made available for peoples consumption, not just the 20% of consignments as at present.

Our local specialist foods will be protected.

No longer will foreigners be allowed to sell us “Cheddar” cheese, and regional specialities will be protected and encouraged by law.

We shall discourage fast foods in favour of home cooking, allotments and kitchen gardens.

The Policy will be self sufficiency.

Farm machinery, threw men out of work, but shared machinery will be encouraged as will shared harvesting.

For those who remember, farms shared machines and labour to get the harvest in to the benefit of all.

When the workers are in charge everything is possible, every new invention encouraged.

The policy will be one of a collective effort but not collective farms.

Fruit bushes and trees will be planted in towns and cities for people to help themselves and neighbourhoods will be given responsibility for public planting, weeding and management of public places with an emphasis on food as well as flowers.

Recycling and composting will be encouraged but also centres for surpluses of seasonal gluts.

As all produce depends on the weather, more glass houses and protective buildings for stock made available.

Home gardens will be productive for the common good, and the keeping poultry and a pig encouraged.

Slaughter facilities and an Advisory Service will be freely available to small scale producers.

All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.

Rural communities will share in all the services now enjoyed in cities.

More Education and Entertainment, though less television and couch potatoes, will be replaced with libraries and rejuvenated village activities, shows and exhibitions.

Local skills trades will be encouraged to reduce transport costs and local energy encouraged.

The opportunity is unlimited with methane production from manure to solar power and sunflower and rape seed oil used as fuel and for cooking.

Coppicing and all forms of renewable energy will essential as less oil is imported.
Naturally inequality will not be allowed.

From each according to his work then ability will be enshrined in law.

Women will achieve equality through performance.

There will be no need for charity in a classless society, religion will be encouraged for those who believe, but will not interfere in national material development or be discriminatory.

The Church and Crown will lose their lands to the State, as will the banks and absent landlords.

 Farm workers will enjoy increased responsibility for those who want it and through support and education, will share better in the wealth of better food production.

Wealth will not be allowed to be exported.

Taxes will be paid by all and property will only be available to those who are British, whatever colour race or creed they may be.

Foreign ownership of all property will stopped and re claimed.

This future is not utopia or a dream but possible under a change from a capitalist system to a socialist one.

We shall need all the skills the workers can command so full employment will be possible but before that we need a peaceful revolution.

That historically is inevitable.

Capitalism has had its day and failed its people.

Greed, and profit will be replaced by more consensus in power

What replaces it is for the people to determine,but we want no more destructive wars as only peace produces.

 

117
30 Education-British Farming and Food -The Present
Updated: 27 Aug 2012

British Farming and Food

Based on British Farming by Wilfred Willett


Comments by Giles Wynne


An account in four parts

1. Introduction
2. The Past
3. The Present
4. The Future

3. The Present

I have digressed from farming but it was absolutely necessary to understand the background of our world,if we are to improve food production.

The important fact is that capitalism sucks capital out of farming especially in England through the landlords rent and the banks mortgages.

These wealthy parasites do not in most cases farm the land themselves but rent it to others who do.

Though those who claim to own the land do so on sufferance of the banks.

Some larger ones are farmed through the medium of from bailiffs or managers

Understand that the land is the peoples.

It is earth and cannot have any value by itself.

Only when man works, drains and plants it does it have value.

Common land and small holdings have been taken/stolen from people little by little and so land has become a monopoly of the rich and it is this that is particularly disastrous when we realize how little land suitable for farming is so limited and becoming more so.

Standing still for family farms is not an option for more land is need year on year just to stand still due to increased costs and reduced markets. Milk is the current example and pigs the previous one. Farmers must farm more intensively or give up.

However the more productive the land, the more expensive the rents are to farm it, so it can be seen that the price of farm produce is fixed by the cost of producing it on the worst farms and not even on average farms, so the saving in cost of producing it on better farms goes to the landlord or bank in increased rent or cost of land.

Similarly, if the price of food rises so that the farmer gets a better return for his produce, the value of the land goes up and therefore the rent.

It would be possible to nationalise land but with the present system of government it would benefit the wealthy not the farm worker.

The result would benefit the larger companies to run with the sole idea of getting a maximum profit.

All this would be done without central planning.

By that I mean guaranteed pricing structure support for less favoured land and an apprenticeship scheme to benefit new entrants to the industry.

There is nationalisation which even capitalists support not too be confused with nationalisation under a socialist system and make no mistake the farm workers are more than capable of running farms.

Capitalist nationalisation, as in highland clearances for profit, wrecked small farms driving thousands from the land.

To this day, annually, 3000 farmers are giving up.

And farms are being amalgamated into ranching units, which is less productive.

On other farms labour is reduced in favour of larger machinery, yet per man hour, production keeps increasing.

Therefore the small farmer has to work four times as hard just to keep his head above water and keep up with costs and competitors.

Many of these farmers have sided with the farm workers and in socialism, the workers and small farmers will own the farms and run the countryside.

To these men will come the task of leading UK farming to its heights of production now undreamed of and the task will begin to reduce the amount of imported food and so the export market will expand.

Next – The Future

133
31 Education- English History-The Growth of Feudalism- Section 2 -The Township
Updated: 27 Aug 2012

CHAPTER II: THE GROWTH OF FEUDALISM

SECTION 2:  THE TOWNSHIP

SETTLEMENTS CONSISTED OF HIDES, HUNDREDS AND TOWNSHIPS. THEY HAD NO CONNECTION WITH KINSHIP.

 

IT IS THE GROWTH OF TOWNS AND SOCIAL CLASSES WITHIN THEM THAT FORMS THE INTERNAL HISTORY OF THE PERIOD BETWEEN THE ENGLISH AND THE NORMAN CONQUESTS.

 

THE HIDE, LIKE THE WELSH GWELY, WAS THE HOLDING OF A FAMILY.

 

ITS SIZE WAS BASED ON CULTIVATION WITH AN EIGHT OXEN PLOUGH AND WAS ROUGHLY 120 ACRES, DEPENDING ON SOIL AND TYPE.

 

BUT, ALTHOUGH THE GWELY WAS BOTH AN ECONOMIC AND A SOCIAL UNIT, THE HIDE WAS NOT AN ECONOMIC UNIT. FOR THE ENGLISH, THE TOWNSHIP COMPRISED THE ECONOMIC UNIT.

 

THE TOWNSHIP WAS A LARGE COMPACT VILLAGE AND HIDES WERE IN SINGLE ACRE PLOTS SCATTERED OVER THE ENTIRE EXTENT OF THE TOWNSHIP’S COMMON FIELDS.

 

THE FIELDS WERE WORKED IN STRICT ROTATION. IF THERE WERE THREE TOGETHER, ONE WOULD BE SOWN IN WINTER WITH WHEAT AND BARLEY, ONE WITH OATS, BEANS OR PEAS IN SPRING AND THE THIRD LEFT FALLOW.

 

FIELDS WERE UNFENCED AND, AFTER HARVEST, WERE COMMONLY GRAZED BY THE TOWN’S SHEEP AND CATTLE.

 

COMMON GRAZING WAS STANDARD AND, BESIDES THE 120 STRIPS OF ARABLE LAND, THE HOLDERS SHARED RIGHTS OVER COMMON MEADOWS AND A TOWNSHIP’S WASTE.

 

THESE LANDS WERE EXTENSIVE, AS A TOWNSHIP WAS OFTEN NO MORE THAN A CLEARING IN THE MIDDLE OF A LARGE TRACT OF WOOD OR HEATH LAND.

 

COMMON LAND WAS VALUED FOR ITS TIMBER AND ACORNS THAT THE PIGS FED ON.

 

A HIDE WAS REALLY A HOLDING. IT WAS NOT YET PRIVATE LAND AND COULD NOT BE SOLD BECAUSE ITS USE WAS RESTRICTED BY LOCAL CUSTOM. HOWEVER, THE HIDE WAS THE BASIS FOR THE FUTURE PRIVATE OWNERSHIP OF LAND.

 

THE HIDE WAS ORIGINALLY A MILITARY HOLDING CARRYING AN OBLIGATION TO PUT ONE FULLY ARMED MAN INTO THE FYRD (ARMY) IN THE TIME OF WAR, THOUGH IN THEORY HE WAS A FREE WARRIOR.

 

WHEN WARS WERE FREQUENT, THE HIDE WAS NOT SUFFICIENT TO SUPPORT ONE WARRIOR.

 

THE COERL, THE HOLDER OF THE HIDE, WAS LORDED OVER BY A THANE. HE WAS A PROFESSIONAL WAR MAN. HIS STATUS WAS GRANTED BY THE KING. THE THANE HAD CARVED OUT FIVE HIDES (600 ACRES) FOR HIMSELF.

 

THE COERL MIGHT SERVE THE KING IN A TIME OF A WAR, BUT, AT OTHER TIMES, THE FIGHTING WAS DONE BY THE THANE AND HIS PERSONAL FOLLOWERS.

 

HERE BEGINS THE ROUGH DIVISION OF LABOUR BETWEEN THE MAN WHO FIGHTS WARS AND THE MAN WHO TOILS IN THE FIELDS.

 

THIS LIES AT THE ROOT OF THE FEUDAL SYSTEM.

 

THE THANE SOON GAINED POSITION OVER WEAKER NEIGHBOURS.

 

THESE TIMES WERE UNSETTLED AND CENTRAL AUTHORITY WAS IN ITS INFANCY.

 

THE CULTIVATORS WOULD UNDERTAKE TO PERFORM DUTIES OR PAY RENT IN PRODUCE IN RETURN FOR PROTECTION.

 

WITHIN THE RANKS OF THE COERLS, SOCIAL CHANGE OCCURRED WITH SOME PEOPLE BECOMING PROSPEROUS AND OTHERS FALLING INTO DECLINE. THE SIZE OF HOLDINGS WERE AFFECTED ACCORDINGLY.

 

THE COMMON HOLDING OF A PEASANT CULTIVATOR BY SAXON TIMES WAS NOT A HIDE BUT A VIRGATE, OR TWO OXEN SHARE: 30 ACRES. THERE WAS ALSO THE BORATE: A ONE MAN OXEN SHARE COMPRISING 15 ACRES.

 

THERE WERE ALSO THOSE WITH TWO TO FIVE ACRES, BUT THESE PEOPLE LOST OUT ON COMMON LAND RIGHTS BECAUSE THEIR LAND WAS TOO SMALL TO SHARE IN COMMUNAL PLOUGHING.

 

WE SHALL COME ACROSS THESE IN THE DOMESDAY BOOK AS COTTARS AND BORDERS. THEY WERE ALSO SMITHS AND WHEELWRIGHTS AND COMPRISED OTHER CRAFTSMEN OF THE VILLAGE.

 

THE HIDE SOON DISAPPEARED, FOLLOWED BY NEW LAND DIVISIONS. THIS OCCURRED EVEN BEFORE THE NORMAN INVASION. BUT OLD TERMS WERE RETAINED FOR TAXATION AND ADMINISTRATION PURPOSES

 

IN THE SAME WAY, THE HUNDREDS, ONCE A GROUP OF 100 HIDES, BECAME A VAGUE TERM FOR A SHIRE OR PART OF IT AND FORMED THE BASIS FOR THE JURISDICTION OF A COURT OF JUSTICE.

 

AS EARLY AS 600 AD, THE THANE WAS WELL ON THE WAY TO BECOMING A FEUDAL LORD AND THE COERL A SERF.

 

PRIVATE PROPERTY IN LAND WAS TAKING SHAPE.

 

AT THE SAME TIME, THE STATE WAS GROWING OUT OF MILITARY CONQUEST AND THE KING WAS DEVELOPING AS A PERMANENT LEADER AT THE CENTRE.

 

SPECIAL POWERS HELD BY THE MINORITY, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE MASS OF THE POPULATION, WAS IN FACT THE ONLY WAY BY WHICH SOCIETY COULD ADVANCE BEYOND THE TRIBAL STAGE. FOR ALL THE HARSHNESS INVOLVED, IT HAS TO BE REGARDED AS PROGRESSIVE.

 

CHRISTIANITY PROVIDED A PRECISE LEGAL UNDERPINNING. IT BROUGHT ABOUT ANOTHER LAYER OF SOCIAL STRATIFICATION. THERE WAS NOT ONLY THE DIVISION BETWEEN FIGHTER AND CULTIVATOR, BUT ALSO THE DIVISION BETWEEN THE PREACHER/MAN OF LEARNING AND THE REST.

 

129
32 Education- British Farming and Food -The Past
Updated: 26 Aug 2012

British Farming and Food

Based on British Farming by Wilfred Willett
Comments by Giles Wynne
An account in four parts

1. Introduction
2. The Past
3. The Present
4. The Future
2 THE PAST

To understand the needs of the future we must study the past.

Without going into Primitive man or Feudalism and the Industrial Revolution we recognise that the struggles of our peasant fathers were doomed to failure.

Peasants wanted “socialism” or a socially integrated system before capitalist production began, which would make the world so wealthy.

Peasants had no plan. They only knew that it wasn’t right that a few men should have all the riches while they went hungry, were brutally treated, even when they asked for justice.

The rich have never been gentle, but the time of reckoning had not come as it has today, when the working class is capable of ruling the nation far better than the rich can, though they must take power before man can progress to a better and happier life.

As Karl Marx put it :–
“The agricultural people, first forcibly expropriated from the soil, driven from their homes, turned into wanderers, and then whipped, branded, tortured by laws grotesquely terrible, into the discipline necessary for the wage system”

For five centuries this sums up what has been going on.

Wage workers turn out in a day more than all the village craftsmen with their handywork could turn out in a year.

In its best days capitalism rapidly embraced every new invention that man could devise to quicken and improve the production of goods.

Centuries of bloodshed, cost millions of workers and peasants their lives and yet hardly a life was lost to the wealthy.

It continues today, condemning a third of the world population to live in abject poverty through a system that man is expendable, unemployment endemic and the wealth gap increasing daily.

Small manufacturers are swallowed up, as are small farms, into larger concerns, then the banks took a hand as they could make or break a business.

Competition actually decreases and no longer the pretence “ to love thy neighbour” so instead to ruin him as quickly as possible.

The next step in this capitalist system was that very big industrialists and bankers combined  to become the £billionaires, who owned the factories, shipping, food, oil and everything else that men wanted.

These imperialists controlled governments who present a solid front for the furtherance of the interests of landlords and big business and against measures for the betterment of workers whose conditions must always conflict.

After the monopolies and rings controlled production or the markets, the progressive character of capitalism declined.

Periods of booms and bust, always inevitable under capitalism has become severer.

The capitalists could have invested in agriculture to make English farming prosperous, as it had been allowed to lag behind, but today the standard of life for all workers and especially farm workers has declined in real terms as we import more until we are now only net exporters of some cereals and net importers of all other foods we produce.

Rich landlords suck the life blood out of farming and county council holdings are sold off.

The irony of the situation is that the rich in England supplied Germany with the money and a large part of the raw materials to arm herself.

The result was another new division of the world and no matter who wins, world wars will continue as long as capitalism lasts.

Through the capitalists system fascism breeds in various forms, one as in Zionism today.

The workers always come off worst unless they unite and insist that they themselves shall rule the country for the common good, so that all share according to their work in the fabulous wealth that they the workers create.

Next
THE PRESENT

124
33 Education- English History-The Growth of Feudalism - The English Conquest
Updated: 25 Aug 2012

English History

CHAPTER II: THE GROWTH OF FEUDALISM

SECTION 1: THE ENGLISH CONQUEST

 200 YEARS OF BLANK HISTORY, WELL, ALMOST -  BETWEEN CONSTANTINE LEAVING IN 407 AD AND AUGUSTINE LANDING IN KENT IN 597 AD, BRINGING NOT ONLY CHRISTIANITY, BUT EUROPEAN CONTACT.

 

ARCHEOLOGICAL EVIDENCE IS SLIGHT BECAUSE THE INVADERS LEFT FEW TRACES, APART FROM THE MEAGRE CONTENTS OF THEIR BURIAL PLACES.

 

THE INVADERS CAME FROM THE MOST BACKWARD AND PRIMITIVE OF GERMAN TRIBES. THEY LIVED ON THE COAST, FROM THE ELBE TO DENMARK.

 

THESE PEOPLE WERE CLOSELY RELATED TO ANGLES AND SAXONS. ANOTHER GROUP COMPRISED THE JUTES, WHO CAME FROM THE LOWER RHINELANDS. IT WAS FROM THESE TRIBES THAT THE ROMANS HAD ENLISTED AUXILIARY TROOPS.

 

THE JUTES SETTLED IN KENT AND THE ISLE OF WIGHT. WE KNOW THIS BECAUSE KENT HAS A HISTORY DISTINCT FROM THE REST OF ENGLAND.

 

ALTHOUGH AGRICULTURAL, RATHER THAN A PASTORAL PEOPLE, THEY SPREAD THROUGHOUT THE COUNTRY AND BY THE 4TH CENTURY HAD ESTABLISHED KINSHIP SETTLEMENTS RESEMBLING THOSE OF THE CELTS.

 

THERE LATER EMERGED A CLASS OF PROFESSIONAL WARRIORS, DISTINCT FROM AND HIGHER RANKING THAN THE PEASANTS.

 

THE PEASANTS WANTED TO TILL THE SOIL IN A PEACEFUL ATMOSPHERE. HOWEVER, IT WAS THE BEGINNING OF THE END FOR ESTABLISHED KINSHIPS, AS RAIDERS FORMED AROUND A CHIEF AND BECAME BOUND TO HIM BY PERSON RATHER THAN TO VILLAGE SOCIETY.

 

WEALTH WAS BEING FOUGHT FOR, AND, BY THE 5TH CENTURY, RAIDS WERE LESS IMPORTANT THAN MIGRATIONS THAT WERE TAKING PLACE ALONG THE COAST AND DANISH INVASION.

 

THE DANES HAD ALL BUT CONQUERED ENGLAND BY 871 AD AND BROUGHT WITH THEM NOT ONLY THEIR WOMAN AND CHILDREN, BUT NEW TECHNIQUES AND SUPERIOR EQUIPMENT FOR WARRIORS AND CULTIVATORS.

 

SETTLEMENTS WERE THEN FORMED INTO THREE GROUPS: WARRIORS, CULTIVATORS AND A NUMBER OF BRITONS WHO WERE FORCED TO BECOME SLAVES.

 

WE SEE THE DEVELOPMENT OF CLASSES AND KINGS’ AUTHORITY.

 

MUCH OF THIS PERIOD OF HISTORY HAS BEEN LOST. ROMAN LEGACY HAS BEEN BLOTTED OUT AS HAS THE STORY OF THE BRITONS WHO PRECEDED THE ANGLES, SAXONS AND DANES.

 

WHAT WE KNOW IS THAT BRITONS WERE LEFT IN THE MOUNTAINOUS REGIONS OF DEVON AND CORNWALL AND WALES AND CUMBERLAND (STRATHCLYDE). THIS AREA WAS REDUCED FURTHER, BUT NOT UNTIL THE MIDDLE AGES.

 

BY THE TIME THE ENGLISH HAD SETTLED INTO SMALL KINGDOMS WHOSE BOUNDARIES ADVANCED AND RECEDED WITH THE FORTUNES OF NEVER ENDING WARS, WE ENDED UP WITH THE ENGLISH SHIRES AS WE KNOW THEM TODAY.

 

THERE WAS YORKSHIRE, THE TEES TO THE FORTH AND EAST ANGLIA, CONSISTING OF NORFOLK, SUFFOLK AND PART OF CAMBRIDGESHIRE.

 

ESSEX, KENT AND SUSSEX REMAIN AS TODAY.

 

WESSEX LAY TO THE SOUTH OF THE THAMES AND WEST OF SUSSEX WITH BORDERS PUSHED INTO SOMERSET.

 

MERCIA OCCUPIED THE MIDLAND SHIRES WITH THE COTSWOLDS HOTLY CONTESTED WITH WESSEX.

 

HISTORIANS DIFFER, BUT SOME DEGREE OF CONSENSUS IS THAT MOST OF THE TOWNS WERE DESTROYED AND THE BRITONS WERE ALL BUT EXTERMINATED. NOT ONLY THAT, THE WHOLE POPULATION FELL DRAMATICALLY.

 

LONDON STILL EXISTED. ROADS TO IT REMAINED AS TRADE ROUTES.

 

MOST OF THE FOREST LAND CLEARED BY THE ROMANS WAS ABANDONED.

 

THE LANGUAGE OF THE CONQUEROR PREVAILED. IN ENGLAND, ALTHOUGH CELTIC WORDS AND PLACE NAMES ARE FEW IN THE WEST, THERE IS NO REASON TO SUPPOSE THAT THE BRITONS WERE COMPLETELY WIPED OUT.

 

EARLY ENGLISH LAWS MAKE PROVISIONS FOR WELSHMEN LIVING ALONGSIDE THEIR CONQUERORS.

 

IN SUFFOLK, AFTER 2,000 YEARS AND VARIOUS ROMAN, DANISH AND NORMAN INVASIONS, THE SHEPHERD STILL USES THE WELSH WORD FOR HIS SHEEP TO “COME HERE.”

 

ENGLISH WOMEN WERE CONSIDERABLY FEWER THAN ENGLISH MEN, AND MUCH INTER ‘MARRIAGE’ MUST HAVE TAKEN PLACE.

 

PERHAPS IT IS REASONABLE TO ASSUME THE BULK OF THE POPULATION WERE ENSLAVED ENGLISH - THE FURTHER WEST, THE GREATER THE NUMBERS?

 

HOWEVER, THEY TENDED TO COMPRISE THE LOWER CLASSES AND VILLAGERS, RATHER THAN TOWN DWELLERS. BUT WESSEX LAW DID ALLOW FOR THE EXISTENCE OF WELSH LANDOWNERS, WHO HAD THEIR PLACE IN SOCIETY AND A ‘WERGILD’ (A VALUE PLACED ON EVERY PERSON AND EVERY PIECE OF PROPERTY) HALF THAT OF THEIR ENGLISH COUNTERPARTS.THEY WERE THE LEAST ROMANISED, AND THERE WAS ANYHOW THE NARROWEST OF CULTURAL GAPS BETWEEN THEM AND THE ENGLISH.

 

119
34 Education- British Farming and Food - Introduction
Updated: 26 Aug 2012

BRITISH FARMING

Based on British Farming by Wilfred Willett
Comments by Giles Wynne

An account in four parts

1. Introduction
2. The Past
3. The Present
4. The Future

1. Introduction
“Bread is the staff of life”- It says so in the Bible

Man must grow his own food as the first necessity of his existence

Only after we are reasonably certain of a supply of these foods can we begin to do all the other things that make and advance civilisation.

If famine comes, work is slowed down or stops: money and riches except food loses value.

We don’t suffer famine in England as there is plenty of food in the shops.

The exception was the war and since millions of acres of land have gone out of cultivation, thousands have left the land, farmers used to be fined for over production, food was left to rot.

Something was and is wrong when we import £ billions of food most of which is not inspected and this affects England and the UK balance of payments.

We are net importers of all foodstuff we produce except cereals and that is about to change too.

( Net importers means we import more than we export of the food we produce )
( all foodstuffs means particularly Meat, Milk Vegetables and Fruit but applies to all we produce in the UK.)

All this yet farmers are going out of milk production, meat is a luxury and thousands live on the breadline here in the UK.

In 1934 7 million Chinese died because of famine while in the rest of the world, food went to waste. The Chinese now can feed its massive population.

A similar situation occurred in India though this famine was caused because profiteers exported rice at a time when they could have fed its own people.

Destruction of food and restriction of production continues today and history, real history, not that of Kings and Queens, Lords and Ladies, Dukes and Generals who are at most secondary characters.

Real history is the story of man’s continuous struggle to master natural forces of the earth, to harness it for his better security, ease and comfort of life so that increased prosperity comes from increased knowledge.

So there are always two struggles:-

a) To increase mastery over nature
b) Find a system of control best suited to use his increased mastery.

Progressing from one system to another that involves increased importation of food is sheer madness.

Necessary change is violent as nature is violent, and man is part of nature.

Examples include Human Birth, Hatching of an egg and the splitting of a seed.

To change the system involves a revolution, not necessarily violent or sudden,though history moves rapidly as does population growth

This is the history of evolution.

Next
2. The Past

131
35 Education- English History-Tribes & Legions-The Roman Twilight
Updated: 22 Aug 2012

CHAPTER I: TRIBES AND LEGIONS

SECTION 4: THE ROMAN TWILIGHT 
 
THE DISINTEGRATION OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE WAS INEVITABLE, AND RESULTED FROM A COMBINATION OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL CAUSES.
 
ITALY WAS ORIGINALLY A LAND OF SMALL PEASANT CULTIVATORS, HER TOWNS BEING SMALL TRADING CENTRES.
 
IN THE WARS BETWEEN ROME AND CARTHAGE (264-200 BC), THESE PEASANT HOLDINGS WERE DESTROYED AND REPLACED BY HUGE GANGS WHO CONTROLLED EVEN LARGER GANGS OF SLAVES.
 
THE PEASANT WAS DRIVEN FROM THE LAND, JUST AS THE ENGLISH PEASANT WAS IN THE 1500 AND 1600S, BUT WHILE THE DESTRUCTION OF PEASANT AGRICULTURE CONTINUED, THE GROWTH OF CAPITALIST INDUSTRY REPLACED IT.
 
THIS WAS NOT THE CASE IN ITALY, WHERE INDUSTRY REMAINED AT A LOW LEVEL OF DEVELOPMENT.
 
THE RISE OF THE MERCHANT AND USURER’S CAPITAL WITHOUT A CORRESPONDING INDUSTRIAL BASE LED TO A HUGE PARASITICAL PROLETARIAT WITH CITIZENS RIGHTS BUT NO SETTLED MEANS OF LIVELIHOOD.
 
THE SUCCESS OF THE REPUBLIC WAS NOW CORRUPTED. IT INVOLVED A CONTINUOUS FORWARD MOVEMENT TO PROVIDE SLAVES ON WHICH THE ARMY AND THE WHOLE ROMAN ECONOMY DEPENDED.
 
SLAVE PRODUCTION IS ALWAYS WASTEFUL AND FAILS TO REPRODUCE ITSELF, ESPECIALLY IN THE ARMY.
 
THIS FAILURE PRODUCED DEPOPULATION IN PLUNDERED AREAS, AND WHEN IT WAS MILITARILY IMPOSSIBLE TO SUSTAIN TERRITORY HELD OR ASSIMILATE FRESH TERRITORY, DECLINE WAS INEVITABLE.
 
IN ADDITION, THERE WAS INFIGHTING BETWEEN THE GENERALS OF THIS MILITARY DICTATORSHIP.
 
ALL OF THIS ULTIMATELY LEFT BRITAIN AN ISOLATED OUTPOST PROVINCE DRAINED OF HER MANPOWER.
 
MAXIMUS 383 AD and CONSTANTINE 407 AD WERE THE CULPRITS HERE.
 
HOWEVER, THE ROMAN EMPIRE PERSISTED, LARGELY DUE TO THE ABSENCE OF ANY OUTSIDE FORCE POWERFUL ENOUGH TO ATTACK IT.
 
IN THE 4th CENTURY AD, MIGRATORY MOVEMENTS WEST ACROSS  ASIA, AS A RESULT OF CLIMATE CHANGE THAT TURNED GRAZING LAND INTO DESERT, RESULTED IN THE HUN, A MONGOL TRIBE, SETTLING IN EUROPE.
 
AT FIRST, THESE TRIBES WERE ALLOWED AND EVEN ENCOURAGED TO ENTER THE EMPIRE, BUT AS THE CENTRAL HOLD OF ROME DIMINISHED, OUTLYING PROVINCES WERE RELINQUISHED.
 
ONE BY ONE, THEY WERE OVERRUN BY BARBARIAN TRIBES WHO SET UP INDEPENDENT KINGDOMS OF VARYING CHARACTER, SOME LARGELY ROMAN IN CHARACTER, OTHERS WHOLLY BARBARIAN.
 
BRITAIN, REMOTE AND EXPOSED, WAS AMONG THE EARLIEST TO FALL AWAY, AND ATTACK CAME NOT FROM THE GERMAN TRIBES ACROSS THE NORTH SEA, BUT FROM THE GOIDELIC CELTS OF SCOTLAND AND IRELAND.
 
SUCH ATTACKS HAD PREVIOUSLY EASILY BEEN BEATEN OFF, BUT IT WAS A SIGN OF ROMAN DECLINE THAT IN 360 AD VILLAS WERE BURNT AND PILLAGED, RIGHT UP TO THE SOUTHERN WALLED TOWNS AND EVEN LONDON.
 
AFTER THE DEPARTURE OF CONSTANTINE AND THE BULK OF TROOPS STATIONED IN BRITAIN, OTHER TRIBES INVADED BRITAIN FROM GERMANY VIA GAUL.
 
407 AD MARKS THE ROMAN DEPARTURE, BUT THERE WERE NO PLANS TO ABANDON BRITAIN. CONSTANTINE ONLY INTENDED TO ADD NEW PROVINCES TO HIS HAUL, YET BY THIS DATE THE REGULAR ARRIVAL OF GOVERNORS AND OFFICIALS CEASED.
 
IN THE SOUTH AND EAST OF BRITAIN, TRIBES THAT HAD VIRTUALLY BEEN DESTROYED, ALONG WITH NEW CIVILISATIONS THAT HAD BEEN WEAKENED, FACED A NEW ENEMY.
 
THE ANGLIAN AND SAXON TRIBES FROM THE GERMAN COAST APPEARED. THEY FIRST CAME AS DARING RAIDERS, BUT FROM 450 AD AS INVADING CONQUERORS AND SETTLERS. HOWEVER, THEY FOUND MUCH OF THE ROMAN LEGACY ALREADY UNDONE BY THE LOCAL TRIBES.
 
THE RICHEST LANDS WERE LAID WASTE BY LOCAL LANDLORDS OR MAGNATES AT THE HEAD OF ARMED BANDS. THESE FORCES WERE ALMOST AS RUINOUS AS THE ENEMIES FROM WHOM THEY CLAIMED TO BE PROTECTING INHABITANTS.
 
IT WAS LARGELY FOR THIS REASON THERE IS SO LITTLE TRACE OF ROMAN RULE IN BRITAIN

124
36 Education- Tom Mann- Working Class Hero
Updated: 22 Aug 2012

TOM MANN- Working Class Hero

 

Tom Mann was born in Coventry in 1856.

He left school at the age of nine to begin work as a quarry worker, later taking up an engineering apprenticeship.

His views were not determined simply by political theory – it was from practical experience gained over many years while working on every continent.

Mann’s religious belief was as strong as his politics, and he supported non-conformist organisations like the Salvation Army.

 Mann soon turned to socialism.

He moved to London in 1877 and by 1881 was a member of the Engineers Union ASE.


His first involvement in a strike came in 1884. Mann then published his pamphlet on the eight-hour day.

Mann helped organise the Match Workers’ strike of 1888 and he began producing a Socialist journal, the ‘Labour Elector’.

 The Gas Workers’ successful strike in 1889 for the eight- hour day was possibly the most political of all of the new union strikes that year.

The Gas Workers’ leader Will Thorne was ably assisted by Ben Tillett, Tom Mann, John Burns, Harry Hobbit, Harry Quelch and Herbert Burrows: a formidable team.

The skilled workers unions had been asking for the eight-hour day for decades, in fact, one of the first aims of the Trades Union Congress, formed in 1868, was to campaign for the eight-hour day; the difference being that once the so-called unskilled unions were formed, as in the case of the gas workers, they demanded the eight-hour day which they achieved through industrial action.

This demonstrated the difference between the liberal TUC and the Socialist inspired New Union movement.

Mann not only articulated the logic of the eight- hour day through his great oratory delivered throughout length and breadth of Britain, he wrote :- 

‘What a compulsory 8 hour working day means to the Workers’ in 1886".

The pamphlet was written three years before the successful strike for the eight hour day by gas workers in Beckton, East London.

.Mann was one of the leaders of the 1889 Dock Strike and was elected President of the Dock Wharf Riverside and General Labourers Union.

Along with Quelch and Tom McCarthy he acted as mediator with the all-important South London Dockers who were often alienated by Tillet’s dictatorial style.

Mann tried unsuccessfully to form a Super Union from the legions of unions that were formed in 1889 -1890 as a way to combat the coming power of the Multinationals.

 Unfortunately sectarian interests prevailed, weakening the Labour movement in the process.

In 1892, three years after the winning of the eight-hour day by the gas workers, and the formation of the New Union movement, Mann wrote:-

‘The Workers’ Demand The Eight Hour Day’.

The sceptics within the TUC and skilled workers unions were now silent: the dream of the eight-hour day now seemed realisable.

In 1895, Tom Mann, by now national figure, became a founder-member of the Independent Labour Party.

Not everybody agreed with Tom Mann’s views.

He had many enemies on the right of the Labour movement and was defeated in the ASE election where he stood for the post of Secretary.

 However, in 1896 he did become President of the International Transport Workers’ Federation which he had helped to create.

In 1898, along with Tom Chambers, he helped launch the Workers’ Union, a small but militant organisation.

Mann now started his International campaign, forming unions and preaching international solidarity and unity.

This did not go down well with the authorities and he was deported from a number of European countries on the grounds of sedition.

He first began agitating in New Zealand before moving onto Australia and organising for the Australian Labour Party.

He had his first taste of imprisonment in Australia, in 1906, the charge: again, sedition.

This did little to dampen Mann’s spirit – he moved to South Africa, where continued his activities organising and agitating.

Returning to the UK in 1910, Mann noted that many of the firebrands of the 1880’s had become reformist.

He argued that socialism could not be achieved without the trade unions playing a major role. It was during this period that Tom Mann was reunited with his old comrade from America ‘Big’ Bill Haywood (Mann had assisted Haywood’s IWW movement whilst in America).

They had long discussions on the way forward for the international labour movement.
Mann then founded the syndicalist education league.

It’s a misassumption to conclude that the English syndicalist movement was on a par with that in France in terms of ideology.

 Mann fully understood the loathing of political theory and ideology amongst organised labour: his was a very British syndicalism.

Despite their political and personal differences, Ben Tillett invited Mann to become an organiser in the 1911 Liverpool transport strike.

Tom Mann raced to the assistance of James Larkin, James Connolly and the Dublin strikers in 1913 -14, and again during this dispute linked up with comrade Bill Haywood.

The TUC was totally opposed to Larkin and the strike and withdrew its support leading to the defeat of the strike.

Mann was totally opposed to the First World War and was prosecuted for sedition.

 In 1917 he joined the British Socialist Party, and in that same year, was a firm supporter of the Bolshevik revolution.

In 1919, despite his earlier defeat over 20 years previously, he became the secretary of the Amalgamated Society of Engineers, retiring in 1921.

He was chairman of the rank and file National Minority movement which built a strong base in all sections of the trade union movement much to the annoyance of the TUC, and he was a founder member of the Communist Party in 1920.

He tried unsuccessfully to enlist in the International Brigade but was denied because of his age, although he raised funds and spoke on many occasions both in the UK and in Spain.

He also worked with Wal Hannington and the unemployed workers movement.

At the age of 75 he was indicted for sedition in Belfast after making inflammatory speeches.

Famously, the judge said to him before sentencing: “someone your age should know better.”

To which Tom Mann replied:

“Sir, the longer I live and the more I see here and around the world I know my course is right.”

Tom Mann died a poor man, at least in financial terms, in Leeds in 1941, but rich in terms of his legacy to the Labour and Trade Union movement.

Terry McCarthy.

131
37 Education-English History-Tribes & Legions- Roman Britain
Updated: 16 Aug 2012

CHAPTER I: TRIBES AND LEGIONS

SECTION 3: ROMAN BRITAIN 
 
HAVING CONQUERED GAUL IN 55 BC, CAESAR INVADED BRITAIN IN 53 BC, ATTRACTED BY TALES OF PEARLS AND CORN, THOUGH HIS MOTIVES WERE STRATEGIC RATHER THAN ECONOMIC.
 
BRITISH WARRIORS HAD CROSSED THE CHANNEL TO HELP GAULISH KINSMEN, AND BRITAIN BECAME A REFUGE FOR DEFEATED GAULS.
 
BUT CAESAR COULD NOT BE ASSURED OF THE CONTINUED ROMAN OCCUPATION OF GAUL.
 
ROMAN IMPERIALISM WAS BASED ON PREDATORY EXPLOITATION. IT NEEDED A CONSTANT FORWARD MOVEMENT TO PREVENT DECLINE AT THE CENTRE.
 
IT WAS NOT UNTIL NEARLY A CENTURY LATER THAT ROME WAS READY TO DIGEST BRITAIN. CAESAR’S FIRST TWO INVASIONS WERE LITTLE MORE THAN EXPEDITIONARY WITH SOME 10,000 MEN.
 
OPPOSITION WAS STRONG, THOUGH THE THAMES WAS CROSSED AND THE MAIN CASSIVELLAUNUS STRONGHOLD STORMED.
 
CAESAR THEN DEPARTED WITH HOSTAGES AFTER SECURING A PROMISE TO PAY TRIBUTE.
 
IN THE YEARS BETWEEN THE FIRST INCURSION AND THE INVASION OF AD 43, TRADE BECAME CONSIDERABLE. CORN AND HIDES WERE EXCHANGED FOR POTTERY AND LUXURY ARTICLES.
 
TRADERS AND COLONISTS SETTLED, AND TOWNS GREW SO CONSIDERABLY THAT ST ALBANS WAS GIVEN CIVIC STATUS AS A ROMAN SELF GOVERNING TOWN. THE WEALTHY BUILT IMITATION ROMAN STONE VILLAS THERE.
 
BOADICEA LED THE ICENI REVOLT IN AD 60 AND SACKED LONDON, COLCHESTER AND ST ALBANS WITH THE LOSS OF UP TO 70,000 LIVES
 
BUT THE EASE WITH WHICH BRITAIN WAS CONQUERED WAS MAINLY DUE TO EARLIER ECONOMIC PENETRATION BY THE ROMANS AND THE DISINTEGRATION OF CELTIC TRIBAL ORGANISATION.
 
ROMAN OCCUPATION LASTED ALMOST 400 YEARS, BUT QUESTIONS REMAIN CONCERNING ROMANISATION AND WHETHER IT LEFT A LASTING LEGACY.
 
ROMAN BRITAIN DIVIDED ITSELF INTO NORTH AND SOUTH. NETWORKS OF ROADS WERE BUILT WITH MILITARY OUTPOSTS AT YORK, LINCOLN, CHESTER, LEICESTER AND CAERLEON, BUT THERE WERE NO MAJOR TOWNS NORTH OF THESE. 
 
THE NATIVE POPULATION REVOLTED REGULARLY. THERE IS NO EVIDENCE THAT TRIBAL ORGANISATION WAS SERIOUSLY INTERFERED WITH.
 
FURTHER SOUTH, THE SITUATION WAS DIFFERENT, WITH LARGE AGRICULTURAL ESTATES AND TRADE BEING WELL DEVELOPED.
 
THE LATIN LANGUAGE AND ROMAN MODE OF PRODUCTION AFFECTED THE MASS OF THE PEOPLE, WHO BECAME GANGS OF SLAVES OR SEMI-SERVILE ‘COLONI’ WHO WERE ALLOWED TO CULTIVATE PATCHES OF LAND IN RETURN FOR FIXED RENTS AND SERVICES.
 
DEPOPULATION BECAME A LABOUR PROBLEM, AND THE ROMAN INABILITY TO FIND NEW SOURCES OF SLAVES MAY HAVE HELPED ACCELERATE THEIR DECLINE.
 
EVEN SO, LARGE AREAS OF WOODLAND AND FOREST WERE CLEARED FOR AGRICULTURE. THE HUGE DEMAND FOR FUEL FOR ELABORATE HEATING SYSTEMS TRANSFORMED WHOLE CIVIC DISTRICTS, INCLUDING POPULATIONS, INTO THE ROMAN PATTERN OF LIFE.
 
THERE IS NOT THE SLIGHTEST EVIDENCE THAT INHABITANTS THOUGHT OF THEMSELVES AS BRITONS, AS OPPOSED TO ROMAN PROVINCIALS.
 
HOWEVER, THE PERMANENT EFFECT OF ROMAN OCCUPATION WAS ASTONISHINGLY MEAGRE.
 
ROADS REMAINED, BUT TOWNS WERE LAID WASTE.
 
THE FEUDAL MANOR AND ECONOMIC STRUCTURE REMAINED, BUT WHEN CHRISTIANITY, INTRODUCED BY THE LEGIONS, REMAINED AND PENETRATED IRELAND, IT ALSO ACQUIRED A CURIOUSLY TRIBAL CHARACTER AND PLAYED A BIG PART IN MOULDING THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ANGLIAN KINGDOM OF NORTHUMBRIA.

 

113
38 Education- English History-Tribes & Legions - The Celts
Updated: 15 Aug 2012

CHAPTER I: TRIBES & LEGIONS

SECTION 2: CELTIC TRIBES
 
THE FIRST WAVE OF CELTIC INVADERS ENTERED BRITAIN AFTER 700 BC, PROBABLY FROM THE UPPER RHINELAND. 
 
CELTS WERE TALL AND FAIRHAIRED. THEY WERE WARLIKE TRIBES, WHICH OVERRAN MEDITERRANEAN CIVILISATION, MUCH AS THE LATER TEUTONS WERE TO OVERRUN THE ROMAN EMPIRE.
 
THEIR KNOWLEDGE OF THE PRODUCTION OF WEAPONS WAS FAR SUPERIOR. IT GAVE THEM THE EDGE.
 
THE LEAF SHAPED SWORD REPLACED THE DAGGER AND KNIVES OF THE EARLY AND MID BRONZE AGE.
 
ABOUT 390 BC, CELTIC TRIBES SACKED ROME AND SET UP A KINGDOM ON THE FERTLIE PLAINS OF LOMBARDY.
 
THERE WERE MOVEMENTS OF LARGE TRIBES, COMPOSED OF FREE WARRIORS UNDER TRIBAL CHIEFS AND ACCOMPANIED BY CONSIDERABLE NUMBERS OF WOMEN AND CHILDREN.
 
THEY WERE MIGRANTS RATHER THAN RAIDING BANDS, AND THEIR OBJECTIVE WAS CONQUEST AND SETTLEMENT RATHER THAN PLUNDER.
 
IN BRITAIN, CELTIC INVADERS COMPRISED THE GOIDELS AND GAELS AND LATER THE BRYTHONS, WHO LEARNED THE USE OF IRON.
 
THEY SPREAD THROUGHOUT THE SOUTHWEST INTO WALES AND IRELAND BUT ALSO THE HILLY PENNINES.
 
THEY BLENDED IN WITH THE IBERIANS OF THE SOUTHWEST, BUT IT WAS THE CELTS WHO SPREAD THROUGHOUT THE BRITISH ISLES.
 
THEIR ORGANISATION WAS TRIBAL, BUT DEVELOPED, EVENTUALLY INTO FEUDALISM. THE ROMAN INVASION WAS MERELY AN INTERRUPTION IN THIS PROCESS.
 
KINSHIPS OR ENLARGED FAMILIES JOINED TOGETHER FOR ECONOMIC NECESSITY, AND, AS THEY WERE MAINLY PASTORAL PEOPLE, THEY PRACTISED A CRUDE AGRICULTURE BASED ON THE HEAVY PLOUGH DRAWN BY FOUR OR, MORE COMMONLY, EIGHT OXEN.
 
THE PLOUGH WAS THE TECHNICAL KEY TO HOW MUCH LAND COULD BE WORKED, SO KINSHIP LAND WAS DIVIDED INTO ADULT MALE UNITS. HOWEVER, PLOUGHING WAS A COMMUNAL AFFAIR.
 
AS THE POPULATION GREW, FAMILIES SPLIT OFF AND FORMED OTHER KINSHIP OR ENLARGED FAMILY UNITS.
 
THERE WAS NO LACK OF LAND, THOUGH THERE MIGHT HAVE BEEN A SHORTAGE OF CLEARED LAND.
 
THE CELTS USED THE PLOUGH, WHILE THE IBERIANS PRACTISED TERRACED FARMING, BOTH SCRATCHING AT THE SOIL.
 
WHILE THE CELTIC TRIBES CANNOT BE DESCRIBED AS CLASSLESS, DIVISIONS WERE NOT SHARPLY MARKED OR OF DECISIVE IMPORTANCE.
 
THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN CHIEF AND FREE TRIBESMAN WAS ONE OF DEGREE RATHER THAN OF KIND AND SUBJECTION OF THE NATIVE POPULATION SEEMS TO HAVE BEEN THE MAIN CLASS DIVISION.
 
THE TECHNIQUE OF PRODUCTION WAS TOO CRUDE FOR SLAVERY TO BE ECONOMICAL.
 
WE KNOW FAMILIES LIVED SIDE BY SIDE IN FREE AND UNFREE HAMLETS.
 
THE NATIVE POPULATION WAS EXPLOITED BY CHIEFS AND LANDLORDS, WHO EMERGED AFTER SETTLEMENTS HAD DEVELOPED.
 
THE BASIS OF THE GROWING POWER OF THE CHIEFS WAS THE EXPLOITATION OF THE LARGE SEMI SERVILE CLASS. THIS DIVISION WAS MUCH SHARPER THAN THAT WHICH EXISTED BETWEEN CHIEF AND FREE TRIBESMEN.
 
THE COMING OF THE BELGAE MARKED AN IMPORTANT STAGE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF CELTIC BRITAIN DUE TO THEIR ABILITY TO DEVELOP AGRICULTURE AND CORN GROWING IN PARTICULAR.
 
THE TOWNS OF ST ALBANS AND COLCHESTER SPRANG UP, THOUGH NOTHING BETTER THAN STOCKADED VILLAGES.
 
THE BELGAE KEPT A CLOSE RELATIONSHIP WITH THE GAULS AND TRADED EXTENSIVELY.
 
WITH THIS CAME THE EARLIEST NATIVE COINED MONEY. WHILE THE BRYTHONS HAD SMALL IRON BARS, GOLD COINS WERE NOW STRUCK, BUT IT IS CURIOUS THAT THESE COINS BECAME EVER MORE CRUDE WITH EACH NEW MINTING.
 
LATER, NO GOLD COINS WERE STRUCK BETWEEN THE END OF ROMAN OCCUPATION AND THE REIGN OF EDWARD III.
 
WITH THE GROWTH OF AGRICULTURE, TRADE AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF TOWNS, POWERFUL CHIEFS BEGAN TO CLAIM KINGSHIPS OVER WIDE AREAS, AND, AT THE TIME OF CAESAR’S INVASION IN 53 BC, SOUTH EAST BRITAIN WAS, IN THEORY, SUBJECT TO A CERTAIN CASSIVELLAUNUS (CHIEFTAIN) WHOSE CAPITAL WAS COLCHESTER.

 

122
39 Education-English History- Tribes & Legions -The Iberians
Updated: 14 Aug 2012

A PEOPLE’S HISTORY OF ENGLAND
 
CHAPTER I: TRIBES & LEGIONS

SECTION 1: IBERIANS
 

 
EARLY MAPS SHOW BRITAIN AS A CLUSTER OF ISLANDS, SOME NEAR THE NORTH OF SPAIN, BUT NONE ON THE REGULAR TRADE ROUTES OF THE MEDITERRANEAN, WHICH LINKED CIVILISATION WITH THE NORTH.
 
IBERIAN OR MEGALITHIC MAN REACHED BRITAIN BETWEEN 3000–2000 BC.
 
THESE NEW STONE AGE MEN LEFT THEIR MARK MORE CLEARLY THAN THE CELT, ROMAN OR SAXON.
 
THE SIZE AND SPLENDOUR OF THEIR MONUMENTS SPEAK OF A NUMEROUS AND WELL ORGANISED PEOPLE, WHO STRETCHED OUT FROM THE SOUTH WEST, THROUGH THE IRISH SEA AND INTO THE OUTER HEBRIDES TO THE SHETLAND ISLANDS, COLONISING AREAS TO THE EAST OF IRELAND IN WALES, WEST OF ENGLAND AND WEST SCOTLAND.
 
THE ‘LONG BARROWS’, 200ft LONG, WERE THEIR BURIAL PLACES AND DEPENDED ON AN ABUNDANCE OF MEN WHOSE CHEAP, POSSIBLY SERVILE, LABOUR WAS AVAILABLE FOR SUCH WORKS.
 
THE PYRAMIDAL MOUNDS AT SILBURY AND MALBOROUGH WERE ALSO BARROWS FIT FOR CHIEFS OR NOBLES.
 
WE KNOW THESE IBERIANS WERE MAINLY UNWARLIKE, AS FEW FINDS CAN BE CLASSIFIED AS WEAPONS, AND NOT UNTIL THE CELT INVASIONS DO WE FIND EARTHWORKS AND DEFENCES OF THE LATE BRONZE AGE.
 
THE DIFFUSION OF IMPLEMENTS AND UTENSILS FOUND SHOWS CONSIDERABLE TRADE WENT ON BETWEEN BRITAIN AND SPAIN AND EVEN THE MEDITERRANEAN.
 
WHETHER METALS OTHER THAN GOLD, WHICH WAS MINED IN IRELAND, WERE KNOWN OF IS UNCERTAIN, SINCE IT IS DIFFICULT TO DRAW A LINE BETWEEN THE NEW STONE AGE AND EARLY BRONZE AGE, BUT WE DO KNOW THAT SOON AFTER 2000 BC A NEW RACE OF ALPINE STOCK ENTERED BRITAIN.
 
DUE TO THEIR CHARACTERISTIC POTTERY, WE NAMED THEM THE BEAKER FOLK.
 
THESE PEOPLE CERTAINLY USED BRONZE, AND IBERIANS AND BEAKER PEOPLES WORKED CLOSELY TOGETHER ALONG THE EAST COAST, EAST ANGLIA, THE THAMES VALLEY AND INTO WILTSHIRE
 
IT WAS THESE GROUPS THAT PRODUCED STONEHENGE AND SOMETIME BEFORE 1000 BC MINED TIN, COPPER AND LEAD IN CORNWALL AND WALES.
 
SO, ALTHOUGH A RESPECTABLE LEVEL OF CIVILISATION WAS REACHED BY THE MIDDLE BRONZE AGE, IT WAS ONLY SPREAD OVER A SMALL PART OF BRITAIN.
 
MOUNTAIN AREAS OF WALES AND THE NORTH WERE THINLY POPULATED, AND, MORE REMARKABLY, MUCH OF THE LOWLAND AREA THAT TODAY AFFORDS THE RICHEST AGRICULTURAL LAND WAS UNTOUCHED.
 
THESE AREAS WERE THEN COVERED WITH FORESTS OF OAK AND ASH, WITH THICK, UNPENETRABLE UNDERSCRUB.
 
SUCH FORESTS ON HEAVY WET CLAY SOIL WERE AN ABSOLUTE BARRIER TO MAN EQUIPPED WITH ONLY STONE OR BRONZE IMPLEMENTS AND, IN FACT, WERE NOT SERIOUSLY ATTACKED UNTIL ROMAN OCCUPATION AND NOT CLEARED UNTIL THE SAXON PERIOD.
 
PRE HISTORIC MAN KEPT TO THE DRY CHALK UPLANDS, NOT BECAUSE THEY WERE THE RICHEST, BUT BECAUSE THEY WERE THE BEST HE COULD OCCUPY WITH THE TOOLS AT HIS DISPOSAL.
 
NOT UNTIL THE ADVENT OF THE GREAT IRON AXE WERE THE RICHER AND MORE HEAVILY TIMBERED LOWLANDS CONQUERED.

 

229
40 Education-W.E.B.Du Bois-American Sociologist,Historian,Civil Rights Activist,Pan-Africanist,Author
Updated: 22 Jun 2012


From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

W. E. B. Du Bois

Born William Edward Burghardt Du Bois
February 23, 1868
Great Barrington, Massachusetts, U.S.

Died August 27, 1963 (aged 95)
Accra, Ghana

Residence Atlanta, Georgia; New York City

Fields Civil rights, sociology, history

Institutions Atlanta University, NAACP

Alma mater
• Fisk University
• Harvard University
• University of Berlin

Known for • The Souls of Black Folk
• Black Reconstruction in America
• The Crisis

Influences Alexander Crummell, William James

Notable awards • Lenin Peace Prize
• Spingarn Medal

Spouse Nina Gomer Du Bois, Shirley Graham Du Bois

Signature
 

William Edward Burghardt "W. E. B." Du Bois (pronounced /duːˈbɔɪz/ doo-BOYZ; February 23, 1868 – August 27, 1963) was an American sociologist, historian, civil rights activist, Pan-Africanist, author and editor.

Born in western Massachusetts, Du Bois grew up in a tolerant community and experienced little racism as a child.

After graduating from Harvard, where he was the first African American to earn a doctorate, he became a professor of history, sociology and economics at Atlanta University.

Du Bois was one of the co-founders of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) in 1909.

Du Bois rose to national prominence as the leader of the Niagara Movement, a group of African-American activists who wanted equal rights for blacks.

Du Bois and his supporters opposed the Atlanta Compromise, an agreement crafted by Booker T. Washington which provided that Southern blacks would work and submit to white political rule, while Southern whites guaranteed that blacks would receive basic educational and economic opportunities.

Instead, Du Bois insisted on full civil rights and increased political representation, which he believed would be brought about by the African-American intellectual elite.

He referred to this group as the talented tenth and believed that African Americans needed the chances for advanced education to develop its leadership.

Racism was the main target of Du Bois's polemics, and he strongly protested against lynching, Jim Crow laws, and discrimination in education and employment.

His cause included colored persons everywhere, particularly Africans and Asians in their struggles against colonialism and imperialism.

He was a proponent of Pan-Africanism and helped organize several Pan-African Congresses to free African colonies from European powers.

Du Bois made several trips to Europe, Africa and Asia. After World War I, he surveyed the experiences of American black soldiers in France and documented widespread bigotry in the United States military.

Du Bois was a prolific author. His collection of essays, The Souls of Black Folk, was a seminal work in African-American literature; and his 1935 magnum opus Black Reconstruction in America challenged the prevailing orthodoxy that blacks were responsible for the failures of the Reconstruction era.

He wrote the first scientific treatise in the field of sociology; and he published three autobiographies, each of which contains insightful essays on sociology, politics and history.

In his role as editor of the NAACP's journal The Crisis, he published many influential pieces.

Du Bois believed that capitalism was a primary cause of racism, and he was generally sympathetic to socialist causes throughout his life.

He was an ardent peace activist and advocated nuclear disarmament. The United States' Civil Rights Act, embodying many of the reforms for which Du Bois had campaigned his entire life, was enacted a year after his death.

Early life
 
As a child, Du Bois attended the Congregational Church in Great Barrington, Massachusetts. Church members collected donations to pay Du Bois's college tuition.[1]

William Edward Burghardt Du Bois was born on February 23, 1868, in Great Barrington, Massachusetts, to Alfred and Mary Silvina (née Burghardt) Du Bois.[2]

Mary Silvina Burghardt's family was part of the very small free black population of Great Barrington, having long owned land in the state; she was descended from Dutch, African and English ancestors.[3]

William Du Bois's maternal great-grandfather was Tom Burghardt, a slave (born in West Africa around 1730) who was held by the Dutch colonist Conraed Burghardt.

Tom briefly served in the Continental Army during the American Revolutionary War, which may have been how he gained his freedom.[4]

Tom's son Jack Burghardt was the father of Othello Burghardt, who was the father of Mary Silvina Burghardt.[4]

William Du Bois's paternal great-grandfather was an ethnic French-American, James Du Bois of Poughkeepsie, New York, who fathered several children with slave mistresses.[5]

One of James' mixed-race sons was Alexander, who traveled to Haiti, and fathered a son, Alfred, with a mistress there.

Alexander returned to Connecticut, leaving Alfred in Haiti with his mother.[6] Alfred moved to the United States sometime before 1860, and married Mary Silvina Burghardt on February 5, 1867, in Housatonic, Massachusetts.[6]

 Alfred left Mary in 1870, two years after William was born.[7] William's mother worked to support her family (receiving some assistance from her brother and neighbors), until she experienced a stroke in the early 1880s. She died in 1885.[8]

Great Barrington's primarily European American community treated Du Bois well, and he knew little discrimination. He attended the local public school and played with white schoolmates.

 Teachers encouraged his intellectual pursuits, and his rewarding experience with academic studies led him to believe that he could use his knowledge to empower African Americans.[9]

 When Du Bois decided to attend college, the congregation of his childhood church, the First Congregational Church of Great Barrington, donated money for his tuition.[10]
University education

 
Du Bois encountered Jim Crow segregation for the first time when he attended Fisk University in Tennessee.[11]
Relying on money donated by neighbors, Du Bois attended Fisk University, a historically black college in Nashville, Tennessee, from 1885 to 1888.[12]

His travel to and residency in the South was Du Bois's first experience with Southern racism, which encompassed Jim Crow laws, bigotry and lynchings.[13]

After receiving a bachelor's degree from Fisk, he attended Harvard College (which did not accept course credits from Fisk) from 1888 to 1890, where he was strongly influenced by his professor William James, prominent in American philosophy.[14]

 Du Bois paid his way through three years at Harvard with money from summer jobs, an inheritance, scholarships, and loans from friends. In 1890, Harvard awarded Du Bois his second bachelor's degree, cum laude, in history.[15]

In 1891, Du Bois received a scholarship to attend the sociology graduate school at Harvard.[16]
In 1892, Du Bois received a fellowship from the John F. Slater Fund for the Education of Freedmen to attend the University of Berlin for graduate work.[17]

While a student in Berlin, he traveled extensively throughout Europe.

He came of age intellectually in the German capital, while studying with some of that nation's most prominent social scientists, including Gustav von Schmoller, Adolph Wagner and Heinrich von Treitschke.[18]

After returning from Europe, Du Bois completed his graduate studies; in 1895 he was the first African American to earn a Ph.D. from Harvard University.[19]

Wilberforce and University of Pennsylvania

"Between me and the other world there is ever an unasked question: ...

 How does it feel to be a problem? ...

One ever feels his two-ness,–an American, a Negro; two souls, two thoughts, two unreconciled strivings; two warring ideals in one dark body, whose dogged strength alone keeps it from being torn asunder ...

 He would not Africanize America, for America has too much to teach the world and Africa.

He would not bleach his Negro soul in a flood of white Americanism, for he knows that Negro blood has a message for the world.

He simply wishes to make it possible for a man to be both a Negro and an American, without being cursed and spit upon by his fellows, without having the doors of Opportunity closed roughly in his face."

—Du Bois, "Strivings of the Negro People", 1897[20]


In the summer of 1894, Du Bois received several job offers, including one from the prestigious Tuskegee Institute; he accepted a teaching job at Wilberforce University in Ohio.[21]

At Wilberforce, Du Bois was strongly influenced by Alexander Crummell, who believed that ideas and morals are necessary tools to effect social change.[22] While at Wilberforce, Du Bois married Nina Gomer, one of his students, on May 12, 1896.[23]

After two years at Wilberforce, Du Bois accepted a one-year research job from the University of Pennsylvania as an "assistant in sociology" in the summer of 1896.[24]

He performed sociological field research in Philadelphia's African-American neighborhoods, which formed the foundation for his landmark study, The Philadelphia Negro, published two years later.

It was the first case study of a black community.

By its publication, he was teaching at Atlanta University.[25]

While attending the Negro Academy in 1897, Du Bois presented a paper in which he rejected Frederick Douglass' plea for black Americans to integrate into white society.

He wrote: "we are Negroes, members of a vast historic race that from the very dawn of creation has slept, but half awakening in the dark forests of its African fatherland".[26]

In the August 1897 issue of Atlantic Monthly, Du Bois published "Strivings of the Negro People", his first work aimed at the general public, in which he enlarged on his thesis that African Americans should embrace their African heritage.[27]


Atlanta University


In July 1897, Du Bois left Philadelphia and took a professorship in history and economics at the historically black Atlanta University.[28] His first major academic accomplishment was the 1899 publication of The Philadelphia Negro, a detailed and comprehensive sociological study of the African-American people of Philadelphia, based on the field work he did in 1896–1897.

The work was a breakthrough in scholarship, because it was the first scientific sociological study in the U.S., and the first scientific study of African Americans.[29]

In the study, Du Bois coined the phrase "the submerged tenth" to describe the black underclass, anticipating the "talented tenth" term he would popularize in 1903 to describe society's elite class.[30]

 Du Bois's terminology reflected his opinion that the elite of a nation, black and white, was the critical portion of society that was responsible for culture and progress.[30]

 Du Bois's writings of this era were often dismissive of the underclass, employing characterizations such as "lazy" or "unreliable", but he – in contrast to other scholars – attributed many societal problems to the ravages of slavery.[31]

Du Bois's output at Atlanta University was prodigious, in spite of a limited budget: He produced numerous social science papers and annually hosted the Atlanta Conference of Negro Problems.[32]

Du Bois also received grants from the U.S. government to prepare reports about African-American workforce and culture.[33]
His students considered him to be a brilliant, but aloof and strict, teacher.[34]


Booker T. Washington and the Atlanta Compromise

 
W. E. B. Du Bois in 1904
In the first decade of the new century, Du Bois emerged as a spokesperson for his race, second only to Booker T. Washington.[35]

Washington was the director of the Tuskegee Institute, and wielded tremendous influence within the African-American community.[36]

 Washington was the architect of the Atlanta Compromise, an unwritten deal he struck in 1895 with Southern white leaders who had taken over government after the failure of Reconstruction.

The agreement provided that Southern blacks would submit to discrimination, segregation, lack of voting rights, and non-unionized employment; that Southern whites would permit blacks to receive a basic education, some economic opportunities, and justice within the legal system; and that Northern whites would invest in Southern enterprises and fund black educational charities.[37]

Many African Americans opposed Washington's plan, including DuBois, Archibald H. Grimke, Kelly Miller, James Weldon Johnson and Paul Laurence Dunbar – representatives of the class of educated blacks that Du Bois would later call the "talented tenth".[38]

Du Bois felt that African Americans should fight for equal rights, rather than passively submit to the segregation and discrimination of Washington's Atlanta Compromise.[39]

Du Bois was inspired to greater activism by the lynching of Sam Hose, which occurred near Atlanta in 1899.[40] Hose was tortured, burned and hung by a mob of two thousand whites.[40]

When walking through Atlanta to discuss the lynching with a newspaper editor, Du Bois encountered Hose's burned knuckles in a storefront display.[40]

The episode numbed Du Bois, and he resolved that "one could not be a calm cool, and detached scientist while Negroes were lynched, murdered, and starved."[41]

Du Bois realized that "the cure wasn't simply telling people the truth, it was inducing them to act on the truth."[42]


In 1901, Du Bois wrote a review critical of Washington's book Up from Slavery,[43] which he later expanded and published to a wider audience as the essay "Of Mr. Booker T. Washington and Others" in The Souls of Black Folk.[44]

One of the major contrasts between the two leaders was their approach to education: Washington felt that African-American schools should limit themselves to industrial education topics such as agricultural and mechanical skills.[45]

However, Du Bois felt that black schools should also offer a liberal arts curriculum (including the classics, arts, and humanities), because liberal arts were required to develop a leadership elite.[46]

Niagara Movement

 Founders of the Niagara Movement in 1905. Du Bois is in middle row, with white hat.
In 1905, Du Bois and several other African-American civil rights activists – including Fredrick L. McGhee, Jesse Max Barber and William Monroe Trotter – met in Canada, near Niagara Falls.[47]

There they wrote a declaration of principles opposing the Atlanta Compromise, and incorporated as the Niagara Movement in 1906.[48] Du Bois and the other "Niagarites" wanted to publicize their ideals to other African Americans, but most black periodicals were owned by publishers sympathetic to Washington, so Du Bois bought a printing press and started publishing Moon Illustrated Weekly in December 1905.[48]

 It was the first African-American illustrated weekly, and Du Bois used it to attack Washington's positions, but the magazine only endured for about eight months.[49]

Du Bois soon founded and edited another vehicle for his polemics, The Horizon: A Journal of the Color Line, which debuted in 1907.[50]

The Niagarites held a second conference in August 1906, in celebration of the 100th anniversary of John Brown's birth, at the site of Brown's raid on Harper's Ferry.[49]

 Reverdy Cassius Ransom spoke and addressed the fact that Washington's primary goal was to provide employment to blacks: "Today, two classes of Negroes, ... are standing at the parting of the ways.

The one counsels patient submission to our present humiliations and degradations; ... The other class believe that it should not submit to being humiliated, degraded, and remanded to an inferior place ... it does not believe in bartering its manhood for the sake of gain."[51]

The Souls of Black Folk

Main article: The Souls of Black Folk

 Title page of the second edition of The Souls of Black Folk

In an effort to portray the genius and humanity of the black race, Du Bois published The Souls of Black Folk, a collection of 14 essays, in 1903.[52]

The book's import to African Americans, according to James Weldon Johnson, was comparable to that of Uncle Tom's Cabin.[53] The introduction famously proclaimed that "... the problem of the Twentieth Century is the problem of the color line."[54]

Each chapter begins with two epigraphs – one from a white poet, and one from a black spiritual – to demonstrate intellectual and cultural parity between black and white cultures.[55]

A major theme of the work was the double consciousness that African Americans faced: Being both American and black, a unique identity which, according to Lewis, had been a handicap in the past, but could be a strength in the future: "Henceforth, the destiny of the race could be conceived as leading neither to assimilation nor separatism but to proud, enduring hyphenation."[56]

Racial violence


Two calamities in the autumn of 1906 shocked African Americans, and helped Du Bois's struggle for civil rights to prevail over Booker T. Washington's accommodationism.

 First, President Teddy Roosevelt dishonorably discharged 167 black soldiers because they were accused of crimes as a result of the Brownsville Affair.

 Many of the discharged soldiers had served for 20 years and were near retirement.[57]

Second, in September, riots broke out in Atlanta, precipitated by unfounded allegations of black men assaulting white women, which compounded interracial tensions created by a job shortage and employers playing black workers against white workers.[58]

Ten thousand whites rampaged through Atlanta, beating every black person they could find, resulting in over 25 deaths.[59]

In the aftermath of the 1906 violence, Du Bois urged blacks to withdraw their support from the Republican party, because Republicans Roosevelt and William Howard Taft did not support blacks.

Most African Americans had been loyal to the Republican party since the time of Abraham Lincoln.[60]

Du Bois wrote the essay, "A Litany at Atlanta", which asserted that the riot demonstrated that the Atlanta Compromise was a failure because, despite upholding their end of the bargain, blacks had failed to receive legal justice.[61]

The Compromise was no longer effective because, according to historian David Lewis, white patrician plantation owners that originally agreed to the compromise had been replaced by aggressive businessmen who were willing to pit blacks against whites.[61]

These two calamities were watershed events for the African-American community, and marked the downfall of Washington's Atlanta Compromise and the ascendancy of Du Bois' vision of equal rights.[62]

Academic work


In addition to writing editorials, Du Bois continued to produce scholarly work at Atlanta University.

 In 1909, after five years of effort, he published a biography of John Brown.

 It contained many insights, but also contained some factual errors.[63]

The work was strongly criticized by The Nation, which was owned by Oswald Villard, an author who was writing a competing biography of John Brown.[64] Du Bois' work was largely ignored by white scholars.[64]

After he published a piece in Collier's magazine warning of the end of "white supremacy", he had difficulty getting pieces accepted by major periodicals; however, he continued to publish columns regularly in The Horizon magazine.[65]

"Once we were told: Be worthy and fit and the ways are open.

Today the avenues of advancement in the army, navy, and civil service, and even in business and professional life, are continually closed to black applicants of proven fitness, simply on the bald excuse of race and color."


Du Bois, Address at Fourth Niagara conference", 1908[66]


Du Bois was the first African American invited by the American Historical Association (AHA) to present a paper at their annual conference. He read his paper, Reconstruction and Its Benefits, to an astounded audience at the AHA's December 1909 conference.[67]

The paper went against the mainstream historical view that Reconstruction was a disaster, caused by the ineptitude and sloth of blacks; to the contrary, Du Bois asserted that the brief period of African-American leadership in the South accomplished three important goals : democracy, free public schools, and new social legislation.[68]

The paper further asserted that it was the federal government's failure to manage the Freedman's Bureau, to distribute land, and to establish an educational system, that doomed African-American prospects in the South.[68]

When Du Bois submitted the paper for publication a few months later in the American Historical Review, he asked that the word Negro be capitalized.

The editor, J. Franklin Jameson, refused, and published the paper without the capitalization.[69]

The paper was subsequently ignored by white historians.[68] Du Bois' paper would later evolve into his ground-breaking 1935 book Black Reconstruction.[67] The AHA did not invite another African-American speaker again until 1940.[70]

NAACP era

In May 1909, Du Bois attended the National Negro Conference in New York.[71] The meeting led to the creation of the National Negro Committee, chaired by Oswald Villard, and dedicated to campaigning for civil rights, equal voting rights, and equal educational opportunities.[72]

The following spring, in 1910, at the second National Negro Conference, the attendees created the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP).[73]

At Du Bois's suggestion, the word "colored", rather than "black", was used to include "dark skinned people everywhere."[74]

Dozens of civil rights supporters, black and white, participated in the founding, but most executive officers were white, including Mary Ovington, Charles Edward Russell, William English Walling, and its first president Moorfield Storey.[75]

The Crisis

 Du Bois c. 1911
NAACP leaders offered Du Bois the position of Director of Publicity and Research.[76] He accepted the job in the summer of 1910, and moved to New York after resigning from Atlanta University.

His primary duty was editing the NAACP's monthly magazine, which he named The Crisis.[77]

The first issue appeared in November 1910, and Du Bois pronounced that its aim was to set out "those facts and arguments which show the danger of race prejudice, particularly as manifested today toward colored people."[78]

The journal was phenomenally successful, and its circulation would reach 100,000 in 1920.[79]

Typical articles in the early editions included one that inveighed against the dishonesty and parochialism of black churches, and one that discussed the Afrocentric origins of Egyptian civilization.[80]

An important Du Bois editorial from 1911 helped initiate a nationwide push to induce the Federal government to outlaw lynching.

Du Bois, employing the sarcasm he frequently used, commented on a lynching in Pennsylvania: "The point is he was black. Blackness must be punished.

Blackness is the crime of crimes ... It is therefore necessary, as every white scoundrel in the nation knows, to let slip no opportunity of punishing this crime of crimes.

Of course if possible, the pretext should be great and overwhelming – some awful stunning crime, made even more horrible by the reporters' imagination.

Failing this, mere murder, arson, barn burning or impudence may do."[81]

The Crisis carried editorials by Du Bois that supported the ideals of unionized labor but excoriated the racism demonstrated by its leaders, who systematically excluded blacks from membership.[82]

Du Bois also supported the principles of the Socialist party (he was briefly a member of the party from 1910–12), but he denounced the racism demonstrated by some socialist leaders.[83]

Frustrated by Republican president Taft's failure to address widespread lynching, Du Bois endorsed Democratic candidate Woodrow Wilson in the 1912 presidential race, in exchange for Wilson's promise to support black causes.[84]

Throughout his writings, Du Bois supported women's rights,[85] but he found it difficult to publicly endorse the women's right-to-vote movement because leaders of the suffragism movement refused to support his fight against racial injustice.[86]

A Crisis editorial from 1913 broached the taboo subject of interracial marriage: Although Du Bois generally expected persons to marry within their race, he viewed the problem as a women's rights issue, because laws prohibited white men from marrying black women.

Du Bois wrote "[anti-miscegenation] laws leave the colored girls absolutely helpless for the lust of white men. It reduces colored women in the eyes of the law to the position of dogs.

As low as the white girl falls, she can compel her seducer to marry her ... We must kill [anti-miscegenation laws] not because we are anxious to marry the white men's sisters, but because we are determined that white men will leave our sisters alone."[87]

During the years 1915 and 1916, some leaders of the NAACP – disturbed by financial losses at The Crisis, and worried about the inflammatory rhetoric of some of its essays – attempted to oust Du Bois from his editorial position. Du Bois and his supporters prevailed, and he continued in his role as editor.[88]

Historian and author

The 1910s were a productive time for Du Bois. In 1911 he attended the First Universal Races Congress in London[89] and he published his first novel, The Quest of the Silver Fleece.[90] Two years later, Du Bois wrote, produced, and directed a pageant for the stage, The Star of Ethiopia.[91]

In 1915, Du Bois published The Negro, a general history of black Africans, and the first of its kind in English.[92] The book rebutted claims of African inferiority, and would come to serve as the basis of much Afrocentric historiography in the 20th century.[92] The Negro predicted unity and solidarity for colored people around the world, and it influenced many who supported the Pan-African movement.[92]

In 1915, Atlantic Monthly carried an essay by Du Bois, "The African Roots of the War", which consolidated Du Bois' ideas on capitalism and race.[93] In it, he argued that the scramble for Africa was at the root of World War I.

He also anticipated later Communist doctrine, by suggesting that wealthy capitalists had pacified white workers by giving them just enough wealth to prevent them from revolting, and by threatening them with competition by the lower-cost labor of colored workers.[94]


Combating racism

 
Du Bois included photographs of the lynching of Jesse Washington in the June 1916 issue of The Crisis.[95]
Du Bois used his influential role in the NAACP to oppose a variety of racist incidents. When the silent film The Birth of a Nation premiered in 1915, Du Bois and the NAACP led the fight to ban the movie, because of its racist portrayal of blacks as brutish and lustful.[96] The fight was not successful, and possibly contributed to the film's fame, but the publicity drew many new supporters to the NAACP.[97]

The private sector was not the only source of racism: under President Wilson, the plight of African Americans in government jobs suffered. Many federal agencies adopted whites-only employment practices, the Army excluded blacks from officer ranks, and the immigration service prohibited the immigration of persons of African ancestry.[98]

Du Bois wrote an editorial in 1914 deploring the dismissal of blacks from federal posts, and he supported William Monroe Trotter when Trotter brusquely confronted Wilson about Wilson's failure to fulfill his campaign promise of justice for blacks.[99]

The Crisis continued to wage a campaign against lynching. In 1915, it published an article with a year-by-year tabulation of 2,732 lynchings from 1884 to 1914.[100] The April 1916 edition covered the group lynching of six African Americans in Lee County, Georgia.[95] Later in 1916, the "Waco Horror" article covering the lynching of Jesse Washington, a mentally impaired 17-year-old African American.[95] The article broke new ground by utilizing undercover reporting to expose the conduct of local whites in Waco.[101]


The early 20th century was the era of the Great Migration of blacks from the Southern United States to the Northeast, Midwest and West. Du Bois wrote an editorial supporting the Great Migration, because he felt it would help blacks escape Southern racism, find economic opportunities, and assimilate into American society.[102]

World War I

As the United States prepared to enter World War I in 1917, Du Bois' colleague in the NAACP, Joel Spingarn, established a camp to train African Americans to serve as officers in the United States military.[103] The camp was controversial, because some whites felt that blacks were not qualified to be officers, and some blacks felt that African Americans should not participate in what they considered a white man's war.[104]

Du Bois supported Spingarn's training camp, but was disappointed when the Army forcibly retired one of its few black officers, Charles Young, on a pretense of ill health.[105] The Army agreed to create 1,000 officer positions for blacks, but insisted that 250 come from enlisted men, conditioned to taking orders from whites, rather than from independent-minded blacks that came from the camp.[106] Over 700,000 blacks enlisted on the first day of the draft, but were subject to discriminatory conditions which prompted vocal protests from Du Bois.[107]

 
Du Bois organized the 1917 Silent Parade in New York, to protest the East St. Louis Riot
After the East St. Louis Riot occurred in the summer of 1917, Du Bois traveled to St. Louis to report on the riots. Between 40 and 250 African Americans were massacred by whites, primarily due to resentment caused by St. Louis industry hiring blacks to replace striking white workers.[108]

Du Bois' reporting resulted in an article "The Massacre of East St. Louis", published in the September issue of The Crisis, which contained photographs and interviews detailing the violence.[109] Historian David Levering Lewis concluded that Du Bois distorted some of the facts in order to increase the propaganda value of the article.[110] To publicly demonstrate the black community's outrage over the St Louis riot, Du Bois organized the Silent Parade, a march of around 9,000 African Americans down New York's Fifth avenue, the first parade of its kind in New York, and the second instance of blacks publicly demonstrating for civil rights.[111]

The Houston Riot of 1917 disturbed Du Bois and was a major setback to efforts to permit African Americans to become military officers. The riot began after Houston police arrested and beat two black soldiers; in response, over 100 black soldiers took to the streets of Houston and killed 16 whites. A military court martial was held, and 19 of the soldiers were hung, and 67 others were imprisoned.[112] In spite of the Houston Riot, Du Bois and others successfully pressed the Army to accept the officers trained at Spingarn's camp, resulting in over 600 black officers joining the Army in October 1917.[113]

Federal officials, concerned about subversive viewpoints expressed by NAACP leaders, attempted to frighten the NAACP by threatening it with investigations.[114] Du Bois was not intimidated, and in 1918 he predicted that World War I would lead to an overthrow of the European colonial system and to the liberation of colored people world-wide – in China, in India, and especially in America.[114] NAACP chairman Joel Spingarn was enthusiastic about the war, and he persuaded Du Bois to consider an officer's commission in the Army, contingent on Du Bois writing an editorial repudiating his anti-war stance.[115] Du Bois accepted this bargain and wrote the pro-war "Close Ranks" editorial in June 1918[116] and soon thereafter he received a commission in the Army.[117] Many black leaders, who wanted to leverage the war to gain civil rights for African Americans, criticized Du Bois for his sudden reversal.[118] Southern officers in Du Bois' unit objected to his presence, and his commission was withdrawn.[119]

After the war


When the war ended, Du Bois traveled to Europe in 1919 to attend the first Pan-African Congress and to interview African-American soldiers for a planned book on their experiences in World War I.[120] He was trailed by U.S. agents who were searching for evidence of treasonous activities.[121] Du Bois discovered that the vast majority of black American soldiers were relegated to menial labor as stevedores and laborers.[122] Some units were armed, and one in particular, the 92nd Division (the Buffalo soldiers), engaged in combat.[123] Du Bois discovered widespread racism in the Army, and concluded that the Army command discouraged African Americans from joining the Army, discredited the accomplishments of black soldiers, and promoted bigotry.[124]

 
 
Du Bois documented the 1919 Red Summer race riots. This family is evacuating their house after it was vandalized in the Chicago Race Riot.
After returning from Europe, Du Bois was more determined than ever to gain equal rights for African Americans.[125] Black soldiers returning from overseas felt a new sense of power and worth, and were representative of an emerging attitude referred to as the New Negro.[125]

In the editorial "Returning Soldiers" he wrote: "But, by the God of Heaven, we are cowards and jackasses if, now that the war is over, we do not marshal every ounce of our brain and brawn to fight a sterner, longer, more unbending battle against the forces of hell in our own land."[126]

Many blacks moved to northern cities in search of work, and some northern white workers resented the competition. This labor strife was one of the causes of the Red Summer of 1919, a horrific series of race riots across America, in which over 300 African Americans were killed in over 30 cities.[127]

Du Bois documented the atrocities in the pages of The Crisis, culminating in the December publication of a gruesome photograph of a lynching that occurred during the Omaha, Nebraska race riot.[128]

 

The most egregious episode during the Red Summer was a vicious attack on blacks in Elaine, Arkansas, in which nearly 200 blacks were murdered.[129] Reports coming out of the South blamed the blacks, alleging that they were conspiring to take over the government. Infuriated with the distortions, Du Bois published a letter in the New York World, claiming that the only crime the black sharecroppers had committed was daring to challenge their white landlords by hiring an attorney to investigate contractual irregularities.[130]

Over 60 of the surviving blacks were arrested and tried for conspiracy, in the case known as Moore v. Dempsey.[131] Du Bois rallied blacks across America to raise funds for the legal defense, which, six years later, resulted in a Supreme Court victory authored by Oliver Wendell Holmes.[91]

Although the victory had little immediate impact on justice for blacks in the South, it marked the first time the Federal government used the 14th amendment guarantee of due process to prevent states from shielding mob violence.[132]


Darkwater: Voices From Within the Veil, first edition cover, 1920

In 1920, Du Bois published Darkwater: Voices From Within the Veil, the first of three autobiographies he would write.[133] The "veil" was that which covered colored people around the world. In the book, he hoped to lift the veil and show white readers what life was like behind the veil, and how it distorted the viewpoints of those looking through it – in both directions.[134]

The book contained Du Bois's feminist essay, "The Damnation of Women", which was a tribute to the dignity and worth of women, particularly black women.[135]
Concerned that textbooks used by African-American children ignored black history and culture, Du Bois created a monthly children's magazine, The Brownies' Book". Initially published in 1920, it was aimed at black children, who Du Bois called "the children of the sun."[136]

Pan-Africanism and Marcus Garvey


Du Bois traveled to Europe in 1921 to attend the second Pan-African Congress.[137] The assembled black leaders from around the world issued the London Resolutions and established a Pan-African Association headquarters in Paris.[138] Under Du Bois's guidance, the resolutions insisted on racial equality, and that Africa be ruled by Africans (not, as in the 1919 congress, with the consent of Africans).[138] Du Bois restated the resolutions of the congress in his Manifesto To the League of Nations, which implored the newly formed League of Nations to address labor issues and to appoint Africans to key posts. The League took little action on the requests.[139]

 

Another important African American leader of the 1920s was Marcus Garvey, promoter of the Back-to-Africa movement and founder of the Universal Negro Improvement Association (UNIA).[140] Garvey denounced Du Bois's efforts to achieve equality through integration, and instead endorsed racial separatism.[141]

Du Bois initially supported the concept of Garvey's Black Star Line, a shipping company that was intended to facilitate commerce within the African diaspora.[142] But Du Bois later became concerned that Garvey was threatening the NAACP's efforts, leading Du Bois to describe him as fraudulent and reckless.[143] Responding to Garvey's slogan "Africa for the Africans" slogan, Du Bois said that he supported that concept, but denounced Garvey's intention that Africa be ruled by African Americans.[144]

 

Du Bois wrote a series of articles in The Crisis between 1922 and 1924, attacking Garvey's movement, calling him the "most dangerous enemy of the Negro race in America and the world."[145] Du Bois and Garvey never made a serious attempt to collaborate, and their dispute was partly rooted in the desire of their respective organizations (NAACP and UNIA) to capture a larger portion of the available philanthropic funding.[146]

Harvard's decision to ban blacks from its dormitories in 1921 was decried by Du Bois as an instance of a broad effort in the U.S. to renew "the Anglo-Saxon cult; the worship of the Nordic totem, the disfranchisement of the Negro, Jews, Irishman, Italian, Hungarian, Asiate, and South Sea islander – the world rule of Nordic white through brute force."[147] When Du Bois sailed for Europe in 1923 for the third Pan-African Congress, the circulation of The Crisis had declined to 60,000 from its World War I high of 100,000, but it remained the preeminent periodical of the civil rights movement.[148]

President Coolidge designated Du Bois an "Envoy Extraordinary" to Liberia[149] and – after the third congress concluded – Du Bois rode a German freighter from the Canary Islands to Africa, visiting Liberia, Sierra Leone and Senegal.[150]

Harlem Renaissance


Du Bois frequently promoted African-American artistic creativity in his writings, and when the Harlem Renaissance emerged in the mid 1920s, his article "A Negro Art Renaissance" celebrated the end of the long hiatus of blacks from creative endeavors.[151] His enthusiasm for the Harlem Renaissance waned as he came to believe that many whites visited Harlem for voyeurism, not for genuine appreciation of black art.[152] Du Bois insisted that artists recognize their moral responsibilities, writing that "a black artist is first of all a black artist."[153]

He was also concerned that black artists were not using their art to promote black causes, saying "I do not care a damn for any art that is not used for propaganda."[154] By the end of 1926, he stopped employing The Crisis to support the arts.[155]

Socialism


"And herein lies the tragedy of the age: not that men are poor – all men know something of poverty; not that men are wicked – who is good? Not that men are ignorant – what is Truth? Nay, but that men know so little of men."

—Du Bois, "Of Alexander Crummell", in The Souls of Black Folk, 1903[156]

Nine years after the 1917 Russian Revolution, Du Bois extended a trip to Europe to include a visit to the Soviet Union.[157] Du Bois was struck by the poverty and disorganization he encountered in the Soviet Union, yet was impressed by the intense labors of the officials and by the recognition given to workers.[157] Although Du Bois was not yet familiar with the communist theories of Marx or Lenin, he concluded that socialism may be a better path towards racial equality than capitalism.[158]

Although Du Bois generally endorsed socialist principles, his politics were strictly pragmatic: In 1929, Du Bois endorsed Democrat Jimmy Walker for mayor of New York, rather than the socialist Norman Thomas, believing that Walker could do more immediate good for blacks, even though Thomas' platform was more consistent with Du Bois's views.[159] Throughout the 1920s, Du Bois and the NAACP shifted support back and forth between the Republican party and the Democratic party, induced by promises from the candidates to fight lynchings, improve working conditions, or support voting rights in the South; invariably, the candidates failed to deliver on their promises.[160]

A rivalry emerged in 1931 between the NAACP and the Communist party, when the Communist party responded quickly and effectively to support the Scottsboro Boys, nine African-American youth arrested in 1931 in Alabama for rape.[161] Du Bois and the NAACP felt that the case would be not particularly beneficial to their cause, so they chose to let the Communist party organize the defense efforts.[162]

Du Bois was impressed with the vast amount of publicity and funds the Communists devoted to the partially successful defense effort, and he came to suspect that the Communists were attempting to present their party to African Americans as a better solution than the NAACP.[163]

Responding to criticisms of the NAACP from the Communist party, Du Bois wrote articles condemning the party, claiming that it unfairly attacked the NAACP, and that it failed to fully appreciate racism in the United States.[164] The Communist leaders, in turn, accused Du Bois of being a "class enemy", and claimed that the NAACP leadership was an isolated elite, disconnected from the working-class blacks they ostensibly fought for.[164]

Return to Atlanta


Du Bois did not have a good working relationship with Walter Francis White, president of the NAACP since 1931.[165] That conflict, combined with the financial stresses of the Great Depression, precipitated a power struggle over The Crisis.[166] Du Bois, concerned that his position as editor would be eliminated, resigned his job at The Crisis and accepted an academic position at Atlanta University in early 1933.[167]

The rift with the NAACP grew larger in 1934 when Du Bois reversed his stance on segregation, stating that separate but equal was an acceptable goal for African Americans.[168] The NAACP leadership was stunned, and asked Du Bois to retract his statement, but he refused, and the dispute led to Du Bois's resignation from the NAACP.[169]

 

After arriving at his new professorship in Atlanta, Du Bois wrote a series of articles generally supportive of Marxism. He was not a strong proponent of labor unions or the Communist party, but he felt that Marx's scientific explanation of society and the economy were useful for explaining the situation of African Americans in the United States.[170] Marx's atheism also struck a chord with Du Bois, who routinely criticized black churches for dulling blacks' sensitivity to racism.[171]

In his 1933 writings, Du Bois embraced socialism, but asserted that "[c]olored labor has no common ground with white labor", a controversial position that was rooted in Du Bois's dislike of American labor unions, which had systematically excluded blacks for decades.[172] Du Bois did not support the Communist party in the U.S. and did not vote for their candidate in the 1932 presidential election, in spite of an African American on their ticket.[173]

Black Reconstruction in America
Main article: Black Reconstruction in America

Back in the world of academia, Du Bois was able to resume his study of Reconstruction, the topic of the 1910 paper that he presented to the American Historical Association.[174] In 1935, he published his magnum opus, Black Reconstruction in America.[175] The book presented the thesis, in the words of the historian David Levering Lewis, that "black people, suddenly admitted to citizenship in an environment of feral hostility, displayed admirable volition and intelligence as well as the indolence and ignorance inherent in three centuries of bondage."[176]

 Du Bois documented how black people were central figures in the American Civil War and Reconstruction, and also showed how they made alliances with white politicians. He provided evidence to show that the coalition governments established public education in the South, as well as many needed social service programs. The book also demonstrated the ways in which black emancipation – the crux of Reconstruction – promoted a radical restructuring of United States society, as well as how and why the country failed to continue support for civil rights for blacks in the aftermath of Reconstruction.[177]

The book's thesis ran counter to the orthodox interpretation of Reconstruction maintained by white historians, and the book was virtually ignored by mainstream historians until the 1960s.[178] Thereafter, however, it ignited a "revisionist" trend in the historiography of Reconstruction, which emphasized black people's search for freedom and the era's radical policy changes.[179][180] By the twenty-first century, Black Reconstruction was widely perceived as "the foundational text of revisionist African American historiography."[181]

In 1932, Du Bois was selected by several philanthropies – including the Phelps-Stokes Fund, the Carnegie Corporation, and the General Education Board – to be the managing editor for a proposed Encyclopedia of the Negro, a work Du Bois had been contemplating for 30 years.[182] After several years of planning and organizing, the philanthropies cancelled the project in 1938, because some board members believed that Du Bois was too biased to produce an objective encyclopedia.[183]

Trip around the world


Du Bois took a trip around the world in 1936, which included visits to Nazi Germany, China and Japan.[184] While in Germany, Du Bois remarked that he was treated with warmth and respect,[185] but on his return to the United States, he voiced his ambivalence about the Nazi regime.[186] He admired how the Nazis had improved the German economy, but he was horrified by their treatment of the Jewish people, which he described as "an attack on civilization, comparable only to such horrors as the Spanish Inquisition and the African slave trade."[187]


Following the 1905 Japanese victory in the Russo-Japanese War, Du Bois became impressed by the growing strength of Imperial Japan. He saw the victory of Japan over Tsarist Russia as an example of colored peoples defeating white peoples.[188] A representative of Japan's "Negro Propaganda Operations" traveled to the United States during the 1920s and 1930s, meeting with Du Bois and giving him a positive impression of Imperial Japan's racial policies. In 1936, the Japanese ambassador arranged a trip to Japan for Du Bois and a small group of academics.[189]


World War II


Du Bois opposed the U.S. intervention in World War II, particularly in the Pacific, because he believed that China and Japan were emerging from the clutches of white imperialists, and he felt that waging war against Japan was an opportunity for whites to reestablish their influence in Asia.[190] The government's plan for African Americans in the armed forces was a major blow to Du Bois: Blacks were limited to 5.8 percent of the force, and there were to be no African-American combat units – virtually the same restrictions as in World War I.[191] Blacks threatened to shift their support to President Franklin D. Roosevelt's opponent in the 1940 election, so Roosevelt appointed a few blacks to leadership posts in the military.[192]

 Dusk of Dawn, Du Bois's second autobiography, was published in 1940.[193] The title refers to Du Bois's hope that African Americans were passing out of the darkness of racism into an era of greater equality.[194] The work is part autobiography, part history, and part sociological treatise.[195] Du Bois described the book as "the autobiography of a concept of race ... elucidated and magnified and doubtless distorted in the thoughts and deeds which were mine ... Thus for all time my life is significant for all lives of men."[196]

 

In 1943, at the age of 76, Du Bois's employment at Atlanta University was abruptly terminated by college president Rufus Clement.[197] Many scholars expressed outrage, prompting Atlanta University to provide Du Bois with a lifelong pension and the title of professor emeritus.[198]

Arthur Spingarn remarked that Du Bois spent his time in Atlanta "battering his life out against ignorance, bigotry, intolerance and slothfulness, projecting ideas nobody but he understands, and raising hopes for change which may be comprehended in a hundred years."[199] Turning down job offers from Fisk and Howard, Du Bois re-joined the NAACP as director of the Department of Special Research.

Surprising many NAACP leaders, Du Bois jumped into the job with vigor and determination.[200] During the ten years while Du Bois was away from the NAACP, its income had increased fourfold, and its membership had soared to 325,000 members.[201]

Later life
 
United Nations
Du Bois was a member of the three-person delegation from the NAACP that attended the 1945 conference in San Francisco at which the United Nations was established.[202] The NAACP delegation wanted the United Nations to endorse racial equality and to bring an end to the colonial era.[203]

To push the United Nations in that direction, Du Bois drafted a proposal that pronounced "[t]he colonial system of government ... is undemocratic, socially dangerous and a main cause of wars."[203] The NAACP proposal received support from China, Russia and India, but it was virtually ignored by the other major powers, and the NAACP proposals were not included in the United Nations charter.[204]

 

After the United Nations conference, Du Bois published Color and Democracy, a book that attacked colonial empires and, in the words of one reviewer, "contains enough dynamite to blow up the whole vicious system whereby we have comforted our white souls and lined the pockets of generations of free-booting capitalists."[205]

In late 1945, Du Bois attended the fifth, and final, Pan-African Congress, in Manchester, England.[206] The congress was the most productive of the five congresses, and there Du Bois met Kwame Nkrumah, the future first president of Ghana who would later invite Du Bois to Africa.[206]

Cold War


When the Cold War commenced in the mid 1940s, the NAACP distanced itself from Communists, lest its funding or reputation suffer.[207] The NAACP redoubled their efforts in 1947 after Life magazine published a piece by Arthur Schlesinger, Jr. claiming that the NAACP was heavily influenced by Communists.[208]

 Ignoring the NAACP's desires, Du Bois continued to fraternize with communist sympathizers such as Paul Robeson, Howard Fast and Shirley Graham (his future second wife).[209]

Du Bois wrote "I am not a communist ... On the other hand, I ... believe ... that Karl Marx ... put his finger squarely upon our difficulties ...".[210]

In 1946, Du Bois wrote articles giving his assessment of the Soviet Union; he did not embrace communism and he criticized its dictatorship.[208]

However, he felt that capitalism was responsible for poverty and racism, and felt that socialism was an alternative that might ameliorate those problems.[208]

The soviets explicitly rejected racial distinctions and class distinctions, leading Du Bois to conclude that the USSR was the "most hopeful country on earth."[211]

 Du Bois's association with prominent communists made him a liability for the NAACP, especially since the FBI was starting to aggressively investigate communist sympathizers; so – by mutual agreement – he resigned from the NAACP for the second time in late 1948.[212]

After departing the NAACP, Du Bois started writing regularly for the leftist weekly newspaper the National Guardian, a relationship that would endure until 1961.[213]

Peace activism


Du Bois was a lifelong anti-war activist, but his efforts became more pronounced after World War II.[214] In 1949, Du Bois spoke at the Scientific and Cultural Conference for World Peace in New York: "I tell you, people of America, the dark world is on the move! It wants and will have Freedom, Autonomy and Equality. It will not be diverted in these fundamental rights by dialectical splitting of political hairs ... Whites may, if they will, arm themselves for suicide. But the vast majority of the world's peoples will march on over them to freedom!"[215]

In the spring of 1949, he spoke at World Congress of the Partisans of Peace in Paris, saying to the large crowd: "Leading this new colonial imperialism comes my own native land built by my father's toil and blood, the United States. The United States is a great nation; rich by grace of God and prosperous by the hard work of its humblest citizens ... Drunk with power we are leading the world to hell in a new colonialism with the same old human slavery which once ruined us; and to a third World War which will ruin the world."[216]

Du Bois affiliated himself with a leftist organization, the National Council of Arts, Sciences and Professions, and he traveled to Moscow as its representative to speak at the All-Soviet Peace Conference in late 1949.[217]
McCarthyism
 
Du Bois (center) and other defendants from the Peace Information Center prepare for their trial in 1951.[218]
During the 1950s, the U.S. government's anti-communist McCarthyism campaign targeted Du Bois because of his socialist leanings.[219] Historian Manning Marable characterizes the government's treatment of Du Bois as "ruthless repression" and a "political assassination".[220]

The FBI began to compile a file on Du Bois in 1942,[221] but the most aggressive government attack against Du Bois occurred in the early 1950s, as a consequence of Du Bois's opposition to nuclear weapons. In 1950 Du Bois became chairman of the newly created Peace Information Center (PIC), which worked to publicize the Stockholm Peace Appeal in the United States.[222]

The primary purpose of the appeal was to gather signatures on a petition, asking governments around the world to ban all nuclear weapons.[223] The U.S. Justice department alleged that the PIC was acting as an agent of a foreign state, and thus required the PIC to register with the federal government.[214] Du Bois and other PIC leaders refused, and they were indicted for failure to register.[224]

After the indictment, some of Du Bois's associates distanced themselves from him, and the NAACP refused to issue a statement of support; but many labor figures and leftists – including Langston Hughes – supported Du Bois.[225] After a trial in 1951, with defense attorney Vito Marcantonio arguing the case, the case was dismissed.[226] Even though Du Bois was not convicted, the government confiscated Du Bois's passport and withheld it for eight years.[227]

Communism


Du Bois was bitterly disappointed that many of his colleagues – particularly the NAACP – did not support him during his 1951 PIC trial, whereas working class whites and blacks supported him enthusiastically.[228][229] After the trial, Du Bois lived in Manhattan, writing and speaking, and continuing to associate primarily with leftist acquaintances.[228] His primary concern was world peace, and he railed against military actions, such as the Korean War, which he viewed as efforts by imperialist whites to maintain colored people in a submissive state.[230]

 
Du Bois meets with Mao Zedong in China in 1959.

In 1950, at the age of 82, Du Bois ran for U.S. Senator from New York on the American Labor Party ticket and received about 200,000 votes, or 4% of the statewide total.[231]

Du Bois continued to believe that capitalism was the primary culprit responsible for the subjugation of colored people around the world, and therefore – although he recognized the faults of the Soviet Union – he continued to uphold communism as a possible solution to racial problems.[232] In the words of biographer David Lewis, Du Bois did not endorse communism for its own sake, but did so because "the enemies of his enemies were his friends."[232]

The U.S. government prevented Du Bois from attending the 1955 Bandung conference in Indonesia.[233] The conference was the culmination of 40 years of Du Bois's dreams – a meeting of 29 nations from Africa and Asia, many recently independent, representing most of the world's colored peoples.[233]

The conference celebrated their independence, as the nations began to assert their power as non-aligned nations during the cold war.[233] In 1958, Du Bois regained his passport, and with his second wife, Shirley Graham Du Bois, he traveled around the world, visiting Russia and China.[234] In both countries he was celebrated and given guided tours of the best aspects of communism.[234]

Du Bois was blind to the defects of his host nations – even though he toured China during the tragic Great Leap Forward – and he later wrote approvingly of the conditions in both countries.[235]

 He was 90 years old.
Du Bois became incensed in 1961 when the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the 1950 McCarran Act, a key piece of McCarthyism legislation which required communists to register with the government.[236]

To demonstrate his outrage, he joined the Communist party in October 1961, at the age of 93.[236]

Around that time, he wrote: "I believe in communism. I mean by communism, a planned way of life in the production of wealth and work designed for building a state whose object is the highest welfare of its people and not merely the profit of a part."[237]

Religion


Although Du Bois attended the New England Congregational church as a child, he abandoned organized religion while at Fisk college.[238] As an adult, he described himself as agnostic or a freethinker, and biographer David Lewis concluded that Du Bois was virtually an atheist.[239]

When asked to lead public prayers, Du Bois would refuse.[240] In his autobiography, he wrote: "When I became head of a department at Atlanta, the engagement was held up because again I balked at leading in prayer ... I flatly refused again to join any church or sign any church creed. ... I think the greatest gift of the Soviet Union to modern civilization was the dethronement of the clergy and the refusal to let religion be taught in the public schools."[241]

Du Bois believed that churches in America were the most discriminatory of all institutions.[242] Du Bois occasionally acknowledged the beneficial role religion played in African-America life – as the "basic rock" which served as an anchor for African-American communities – but in general he disparaged African-American churches and clergy because he felt they did not support the goals of racial equality and they hindered the efforts of activists.[243]

 Although Du Bois was not personally religious, he infused his writings with religious symbology, and many of his contemporaries viewed him as a prophet.[244] His 1904 prose poem, "Credo", was written in the style of a religious creed and was widely read by the African-American community.[245]

Death in Africa

 
Du Bois (center) at his 95th birthday party in 1963 in Ghana, with President of the Republic of Ghana Osagyefo Dr. Kwame Nkrumah (right) and First Lady Fathia Nkrumah.
Ghana invited Du Bois to Africa to participate in their independence celebration in 1957, but he was unable to attend because the U.S. government had confiscated his passport in 1951.[246]

By 1960, Du Bois had recovered his passport, and was able to cross the Atlantic and celebrate the creation of the Republic of Ghana.[246] Du Bois returned to Africa in late 1960 to attend the inauguration of Nnamdi Azikiwe as the first African governor of Nigeria.[247]

While visiting Ghana in 1960, Du Bois spoke with its president about the creation of a new encyclopedia of the African diaspora, the Encyclopedia Africana.[246] In early 1961, Ghana notified Du Bois that they had appropriated funds to support the encyclopedia project, and they invited Du Bois to come to Ghana and manage the project there. In October 1961, at the age of 93, Du Bois and his wife traveled to Ghana to take up residence and commence work on the encyclopedia.[248]

In early 1963, the United States refused to renew his passport, so he made the symbolic gesture of becoming a citizen of Ghana.[249]

 His health declined during the two years he was in Ghana, and he died on August 27, 1963, in the town of Accra at the age of 95.[250] Du Bois was buried in Accra near his home, which is now the Du Bois Memorial Centre.[251]

 A day after his death, at the March on Washington, speaker Roy Wilkins asked the hundreds of thousands of marchers to honor Du Bois with a moment of silence.[252] The Civil Rights Act of 1964, embodying many of the reforms Du Bois had campaigned for his entire life, was enacted a year after his death.[253]

Personal life


Du Bois was organized and disciplined: His lifelong regimen was to rise at 7:15, work until 5, eat dinner and read a newspaper until 7, then read or socialize until he was in bed, invariably before 10.[254] He was a meticulous planner, and frequently mapped out his schedules and goals on large pieces of graph paper.[255] Many acquaintances found him to be distant and aloof, and he insisted on being addressed as "Dr. Du Bois".[256]

Although he was not gregarious, he formed several close friendships with associates such as Charles Young, Paul Laurence Dunbar, John Hope and Mary Ovington.[257] His closest friend was Joel Spingarn – a white man – but Du Bois never accepted Spingarn's offer to be on a first name basis.[258]

Du Bois was something of a dandy – he dressed formally, carried a walking stick, and walked with an air of confidence and dignity.[259] He was relatively short – 5' 5½" (1.7 m) – and always maintained a well-groomed mustache and goatee.[260] He was a good singer and enjoyed playing tennis.[261]

Du Bois was married twice, first to Nina Gomer (m. 1896, d. 1950), with whom he had two children, a son Burghardt (who died as an infant) and a daughter Yolande, who married Countee Cullen. As a widower, he married Shirley Graham (m. 1951, d. 1977), an author, playwright, composer and activist. She brought her son David Graham to the marriage. David grew close to Du Bois and took his stepfather's name; he also worked for African-American causes.[262]

The historian David Levering Lewis wrote that Du Bois engaged in several extramarital relationships.[263] But the historian Raymond Wolters cast doubt on this, based on the lack of corroboration from Du Bois's alleged lovers.[264]

Honors

 W. E. B. Du Bois, with Mary White Ovington, was honored with a medallion in The Extra Mile
• The NAACP awarded the Spingarn Medal to Du Bois in 1920.[265]
• Du Bois was awarded the International Lenin Peace Prize by the USSR in 1959.[266]
• The site of the house where Du Bois grew up in Great Barrington, Massachusetts, was designated a National Historic Landmark in 1976.[267]
• In 1992 and again in 1998, the United States Postal Service honored Du Bois with his portrait on a postage stamp.[268]
• In 1994, the main library at the University of Massachusetts Amherst was named after Du Bois.[269]
• The Du Bois center at Northern Arizona University is named in his honor.[270]
• A dormitory was named after Du Bois at the University of Pennsylvania, where he conducted field research for his sociological study "The Philadelphia Negro".[271]
• Africana: The Encyclopedia of the African and African-American Experience was inspired by and dedicated to Du Bois by its editors Kwame Anthony Appiah and Henry Louis Gates, Jr.[272]
• Humboldt University in Berlin hosts a series of lectures named in Du Bois's honor.[273]
• Scholar Molefi Kete Asante listed Du Bois in his 2002 list of the 100 Greatest African Americans.[274]
• In 2005, Du Bois was honored with a medallion in The Extra Mile, Washington DC's memorial to important American volunteers.[275]
• Du Bois is honored with a feast day, August 3, on the liturgical calendar of the Episcopal Church.[276]
Selected works
Non-fiction books
• The Study of the Negro Problems (1898)
• The Philadelphia Negro (1899)
• The Negro in Business (1899)
• The Souls of Black Folk (1903)
• The Talented Tenth, second chapter of The Negro Problem, a collection of articles by African Americans (September 1903).
• Voice of the Negro II (September 1905)
• John Brown: A Biography (1909)
• Efforts for Social Betterment among Negro Americans (1909)
• Atlanta University's Studies of the Negro Problem (1897–1910)
• The Negro (1915)
• The Gift of Black Folk (1924)
• Africa, Its Geography, People and Products (1930)
• Africa: Its Place in Modern History (1930)
• Black Reconstruction in America (1935)
• What the Negro Has Done for the United States and Texas (1936)
• Black Folk, Then and Now (1939)
• Color and Democracy: Colonies and Peace (1945)
• The Encyclopedia of the Negro (1946)
• The World and Africa (1946)
• The World and Africa, an Inquiry into the Part Which Africa Has Played in World History (1947)
• Peace Is Dangerous (1951)
• I Take My Stand for Peace (1951)
• In Battle for Peace (1952)
• Africa in Battle Against Colonialism, Racialism, Imperialism (1960)

167
41 Education- Connolly Revisited
Updated: 14 Jun 2012

Connolly revisited

 

Monday 29 May 2006
THE recent 90th anniversary of the 1916 Easter Rising set me thinking about the British labour movement's response to this globally significant landmark in the fight against rule by the British empire.

It's probably fair to say that, with notable exceptions, the British labour movement's understanding of and sympathy for those Irishmen and women whose objective has been to "break the connection" with Britain and who have dedicated themselves to ensuring that Ireland is able to take its place in the community of nations as a sovereign, independent and united country, has, at best, been faltering and partial.

At worst, inadequate understanding of the role of British imperialism and of the national question, particularly insofar as they relate to the 800-year-old struggle of the Irish to free themselves from English - and, subsequently, British - colonial domination, has resulted in responses ranging from incomprehension to hostility.

This is at least partially true in relation to the 1916 rising. However, a closer examination of the period reveals a more complex picture than orthodox commentaries suggest.

A one-foot-high pile of official and semi-official histories of the British labour and trade union movement on my own bookshelves reveals few references to Ireland, Connolly or the Easter Rising.

Only one, GDH Cole's A History of the Labour Party from 1914 specifically mentions the rising and then only in passing to say that the Easter Rising had followed "hard upon the Clyde deportations" and had cost "James Connolly, Sheehy Skeffington and other socialists their lives."

But this virtual absence of references to the rising appears less remarkable when one realises that Labour Party leader Arthur Henderson was a government minister and British Cabinet member at the time.

He was, therefore, directly implicated in the decisions to bombard Dublin during the rising and to execute Connolly and the other leaders in its aftermath - actions which were highly unpopular with the labour movement, irrespective of whether or not it agreed with or understood the participation of Connolly and the forces of militant Irish labour.

In Ireland Her Own, the English Marxist historian TA Jackson explains that, while the English labour movement was sympathetic to the Irish demand for Home Rule, at the time of the rising, its "orthodox upper strata" was "co-operating cordially in the prosecution of the (first world) war."

Being at odds with the anti-war left in Britain, both pacifist and revolutionary, it was hardly surprising that the very same labour leaders found little difficulty in accepting the pro-war view that the rebellion was totally unrepresentative of the main body of Irish opinion.

Even so, many on the left were clearly bewildered as to why, in their eyes, a socialist like Connolly should have abandoned his past beliefs and thrown in his lot with a bunch of reactionary nationalists to take part in an irresponsible and flawed military adventure that was always doomed to failure.

Some nominally on the left of the movement, like the leadership of the Independent Labour Party, opposed the first world war on pacifist grounds, but insisted on equating and condemning the "militarism" of both the Irish insurgents and the imperialists.

But while ILP leaders like Ramsey MacDonald, who was then well to the left of the Labour Party leadership, condemned the rebellion, opinion within the ILP was far from uniform.

Leading ILP figure Shapurji Saklatvala, a communist who was to become Britain's first black MP and champion of anti-colonial struggles, was openly sympathetic towards the rebellion, as was Welsh miners' leader Arthur Horner, who was to become a founder member of the Communist Party of Great Britain.

Horner evaded conscription and travelled to Dublin to join the Irish Citizen Army on hearing of the rebellion. Caught on his return to Wales, he was to serve six months hard labour in Wormwood Scrubs prison for his act of solidarity.

In Scotland, the left-wing journal Forward declared it "a mystery" as to how a socialist such as Connolly could have got mixed up with a nationalist rising.

Clearly unfamiliar or hostile to Connolly's writings on nationalism and socialism in the context of imperialism, it proclaimed that "a man must be either a nationalist or an internationalist."

The Plebs, the journal of the movement for independent working-class education in Britain, took a similar view.

Even Connolly's old mentor John Leslie misunderstood his participation and compounded matters by helping to perpetrate the erroneous "blood sacrifice" myth to which neo-unionist "revisionist" historians have clung in their desperate efforts to separate the rising from its social and political context.

But what of the voices of the revolutionary and anti-imperialist left?

Some of the most militant and politically advanced labour leaders in Britain, including Scottish communists John Maclean and Willie Gallagher, were in prison at the time of the rising following convictions for sedition as a result of the militant anti-war and labour agitation on the Clyde.

It is obvious from comments made after his release that Maclean saw the rising as the opening salvo in the struggle against British imperialism and, critically, essential to the success of British labour.

In Maclean's case, it has been argued that his use of an ultra-pacifist defence at his trial for sedition in 1915 points to a later "conversion" to support for the armed rebellion in Ireland.

Speaking in his own defence, Maclean was to refer to his "opposition" to the present military system "and to a conscientious objection to settling" national disputes "by military means."

But it seems perverse to suggest that his remarks were a comment on anti-imperialist struggles, as they were clearly directed at the imperialist war that was then raging - and, importantly and understandably, at securing an acquittal, which he did.

Sean O'Casey's polemical history of the Irish Citizen Army, published in 1919, also contains strong criticism of Connolly.

Yet he points to "the earnest sympathy expressed towards the Irish people by many of the leaders of thought among the English people, subsequent to the sad events of Easter week."

Although providing just one example, it is an important one as far as the question of British labour movement support for the struggle for Irish freedom is concerned.

At an event in 1917 in support of the Russian revolution, O'Casey records that the left-wing Labour leader George Lansbury echoed Lenin's anti-imperialist assessment of the rising and, referring to Ireland, reminded those assembled that "we British people have got to clear the Irish question up, because, until we do it, it is not for us to celebrate other people's triumphs over reaction."

O'Casey also refers to the "many English labour papers" which had quoted Connolly and published his songs, leading O'Casey to conclude that "the mind of the English working class has undergone a revolutionary change."

Support for Connolly and the rising was also to be found in the suffragette journal edited by Sylvia Pankhurst, The Women's Dreadnought. Pankhurst, a militant socialist and suffragette, was a friend and admirer of Connolly's.

It is obvious from the limited examples cited here that a thorough re-examination and reappraisal of British labour's response to the rising - and to the whole question of the relationship between British labour and Ireland's freedom struggle throughout the 20th century - would be of assistance in helping us, in the words of Lansbury, to finally "clear our own doorstep."

112
42 Education- Irish Potato Famine - June 1847
Updated: 10 Jun 2012

IRISH POTATO FAMINE – June 1847
 
Coffin Ships

During the Famine period, an estimated half-million Irish were evicted from their cottages.

Unscrupulous landlords used two methods to remove their penniless tenants.

The first involved applying for a legal judgment against the male head of a family owing back-rent.

After the local barrister pronounced judgment, the man would be thrown in jail and his wife and children dumped out on the streets.

A 'notice to appear' was usually enough to cause most pauper families to flee and they were handed out by the hundreds.

The second method was for the landlord to simply pay to send pauper families overseas to British North America.

 Landlords would first make phony promises of money, food and clothing, then pack the half-naked people in overcrowded British sailing ships, poorly built and often unseaworthy, that became known as coffin ships.
The first coffin ships headed for Quebec, Canada.

The three thousand mile journey, depending on winds and the captain's skill, could take from 40 days to three months.

Upon arrival in the Saint Lawrence River, the ships were supposed to be inspected for disease and any sick passengers removed to quarantine facilities on Grosse Isle, a small island thirty miles downstream from Quebec City.

But in the spring of 1847, shipload after shipload of fevered Irish arrived, quickly overwhelming the small medical inspection facility, which only had 150 beds. By June, 40 vessels containing 14,000 Irish immigrants waited in a line extending two miles down the St. Lawrence.

 It took up to five days to see a doctor, many of whom were becoming ill from contact with the typhus-infected passengers. By the summer, the line of ships had grown several miles long.

A fifteen-day general quarantine was then imposed for all of the waiting ships. Many healthy Irish thus succumbed to typhus as they were forced to remain in their lice-infested holds.

With so many dead on board the waiting ships, hundreds of bodies were simply dumped overboard into the St. Lawrence.
Others, half-alive, were placed in small boats and then deposited on the beach at Grosse Isle, left to crawl to the hospital on their hands and knees if they could manage.

Thousands of Irish, ill with typhus and dysentery, eventually wound up in hastily constructed wooden fever sheds.

These makeshift hospitals, badly understaffed and unsanitary, simply became places to die, with corpses piled "like cordwood" in nearby mass graves.

Those who couldn't get into the hospital died along the roadsides.

In one case, an orphaned Irish boy walking along the road with other boys sat down for a moment under a tree to rest and promptly died on the spot.

The quarantine efforts were soon abandoned and the Irish were sent on to their next destination without any medical inspection or treatment.

From Grosse Isle, the Irish were given free passage up the St. Lawrence to Montreal and cities such as Kingston and Toronto.

The crowded open-aired river barges used to transport them exposed the fair-skinned Irish to all-day-long summer sun causing many bad sunburns. At night, they laid down close to each other to ward off the chilly air, spreading more lice and fever.

Many pauper families had been told by their landlords that once they arrived in Canada, an agent would meet them and pay out between two and five pounds depending on the size of the family.

But no agents were ever found.

Promises of money, food and clothing had been utterly false. Landlords knew that once the paupers arrived in Canada there was virtually no way for them to ever return to Ireland and make a claim. Thus they had promised them anything just to get them out of the country.

Montreal received the biggest influx of Irish during this time. Many of those arriving were quite ill from typhus and long-term malnutrition. Montreal's limited medical facilities at Point St. Charles were quickly overwhelmed.

Homeless Irish wandered the countryside begging for help as temperatures dropped and the frosty Canadian winter set in. But they were shunned everywhere by Canadians afraid of contracting fever.

Of the 100,000 Irish that sailed to British North America in 1847, an estimated one out of five died from disease and malnutrition, including over five thousand at Grosse Isle.

Up to half of the men that survived the journey to Canada walked across the border to begin their new lives in America.

They had no desire to live under the Union Jack flag in sparsely populated British North America.

They viewed the United States with its anti-British tradition and its bustling young cities as the true land of opportunity.

 Many left their families behind in Canada until they had a chance to establish themselves in the U.S.

Americans, unfortunately, not only had an anti-British tradition dating back to the Revolutionary era, but also had an anti-Catholic tradition dating back to the Puritan era.

America in the 1840s was a nation of about 23 million inhabitants, mainly Protestant.

 Many of the Puritan descendants now viewed the growing influx of Roman Catholic Irish with increasing dismay.

One way to limit immigration was to make it more expensive to get to America.

Ports along the eastern seaboard of the U.S. required a bond to be posted by the captain of a ship guaranteeing that his passengers would not become wards of the city.

 Passenger fares to the U.S. in 1847 were up to three times higher than fares to Canada.

The British government intentionally kept fares to Quebec low to encourage the Irish to populate Canada and also to discourage them from emigrating to England.

Passenger Acts

American ships were held to higher standards than British ships by the U.S. Passenger Acts, a set of laws passed by Congress regulating the number of passengers ships coming to America could carry as well as their minimal accommodations.

Congress reacted to the surge of Irish immigration by tightening the laws, reducing the number of passengers allowed per ship, thereby increasing fares.

America, congressmen had complained, was becoming Europe's "poor house."

British shipping laws, by contrast, were lax.

Ships of every shape and size sailed from Liverpool and other ports crammed full of people up to double each ship's capacity.

In one case, an unseaworthy ship full of Irish sailed out of port then sank within sight of those on land who had just said farewell to the emigrants.

 

During the trans-Atlantic voyage, British ships were only required to supply 7 lbs. of food per week per passenger.

Most passengers, it was assumed, would bring along their own food for the journey.

But most of the poor Irish boarded ships with no food, depending entirely on the pound-a-day handout which amounted to starvation rations.

Food on board was also haphazardly cooked in makeshift brick fireplaces and was often undercooked, causing upset stomachs and diarrhea.

Many of the passengers were already ill with typhus as they boarded the ships.

Before boarding, they had been given the once-over by doctors on shore who usually rejected no one for the trip, even those seemingly on the verge of death.

British ships were not required to carry doctors.

Anyone that died during the sea voyage was simply dumped overboard, without any religious rites.

Belowdecks, hundreds of men, women and children huddled together in the dark on bare wooden floors with no ventilation, breathing a stench of vomit and the effects of diarrhea amid no sanitary facilities.

On ships that actually had sleeping berths, there were no mattresses and the berths were never cleaned.

Many sick persons remained in bare wooden bunks lying in their own filth for the entire voyage, too ill to get up.
Another big problem was the lack of good drinking water.

Sometimes the water was stored in leaky old wooden casks, or in casks that previously stored wine, vinegar or chemicals which contaminated the water and caused dysentery.

Many ships ran out of water long before reaching North America, making life especially miserable for fevered passengers suffering from burning thirsts.

Some unscrupulous captains profited by selling large amounts of alcohol to the passengers, resulting in "totally depraved and corrupted" behavior among them.

Refuge in Britain


The poorest of the poor never made it to North America.

They fled Irish estates out of fear of imprisonment then begged all the way to Dublin or other seaports on the East Coast of Ireland.

Once there, they boarded steamers and crossed the Irish Sea to Liverpool, Glasgow, and South Wales.

It was a short trip, just two or three hours and cost only a few shillings.

Pauper families sometimes traveled for free as human ballast on empty coal ships.

Others were given fare money by landlords hoping to get rid of them cheaply.

Relief funds intended for the purchase of food were sometimes diverted to pay for the fares.

For many Irishmen, crossing the sea to England was a familiar journey since they regularly worked in the harvest fields of England as seasonal laborers.

But for their wives and children, it was a jarring experience.

Crewmen scorned and herded them like animals onto crammed decks until the boat was dangerously overloaded.

In one case, a crowded steamer heading for Liverpool arrived with 72 dead aboard.

The captain had ordered the hatches battened down during a storm at sea and they had all suffocated.


Despite the dangers, the Irish knew that once they landed on Britain's shores they would not starve to death.

Unlike Ireland, food handouts were freely available throughout the country.

The quality of the food was also superior to the meager rations handed out in Ireland's soup kitchens and workhouses.


The Irish first headed for Liverpool, a city with a pre-famine population of about 250,000, many of whom were unskilled laborers.

During the first wave of famine emigration, from January to June of 1847, an estimated 300,000 destitute Irish arrived in Liverpool, overwhelming the city.

The financial burden of feeding the Irish every day soon brought the city to the brink of ruin. Sections of the city featuring cheap lodging houses became jammed.

Overflow crowds moved into musty cellars, condemned and abandoned buildings, or anywhere they could just lie down.

Amid these densely packed, unsanitary conditions, typhus once again reared its ugly head and an epidemic followed, accompanied by an outbreak of dysentery.


The cheap lodging houses were also used by scores of Irish waiting to embark on ships heading for North America. Three out of four Irish sailing for North America departed from the seaport at Liverpool.

Normally they had to sleep over for a night or two until their ship was ready to sail.

Many of these emigrants contracted typhus in the rundown, lice-infested lodging houses, then boarded ships, only to spend weeks suffering from burning fever out at sea.


On June 21, 1847, the British government, intending to aid besieged Liverpool, passed a tough new law allowing local authorities to deport homeless Irish back to Ireland.

Within days, the first boatloads of paupers were being returned to Dublin and Cork, then abandoned on the docks. Orders for removal were issued by the hundreds.

About 15,000 Irish were dragged out of filthy cellars and lodging houses and sent home even if they were ill with fever.


By the fall of 1847, the numbers of Irish entering Liverpool had slowed considerably and the housing crisis abated.

Glasgow, the second major port of entry, also resorted to deporting the Irish due to similar overcrowding and fever outbreaks.

The Irish then headed into the Lowlands and Edinburgh where yet another fever outbreak occurred.

Everyone feared fever and thus shunned the Irish no matter how much they pleaded for help.

Working men also viewed them as rivals for unskilled jobs.

To avoid deportation, the Irish moved further into the interior of England, Scotland and Wales.

 But wherever they went they were unwelcome.

 For the unfortunate Irish deported back home, the worst was yet to come.

Copyright © 2000 The History Place™ All Rights Reserved

165
43 Education- Irish History- St Colomba died on 9th June 597 AD
Updated: 10 Jun 2012

 On this day in Irish History 9 June 597 AD:

The death of Saint Columba on Iona

9 June 597 AD: The Death of Saint Columba (aka 'Colmcille' - Dove of the Church) on the island of Iona off the west coast of Scotland.

Columba was the son of Fedlimid and Eithne of the Cenél Conaill. He was probably born in Gartan, near Lough Gartan, in what is now County Donegal.

The earliest surviving evidence – that from his Vita/Life by Adomnán, written about a century after his death – tells us simply that:

‘the holy Columba was born of noble parents having as his father Fedelmid, Fergus’s son, and his mother, Eithne by name, whose father may be called in Latin "son of a ship''

When sufficiently advanced in letters he entered the monastery of Moville under St. Finnian, then at Clonard, governed at that time by Finnian.

Another preceptor of Columba was St. Mobhi, whose monastery was at Glasnevin near Dubhlinn[Dublin].

The pestilence that devastated Ireland in 544 AD caused the dispersion of Mobhi's disciples and Columba returned to the North.

However his following years were marked by the foundation of several important monasteries at Kells in the north midlands and at Derry in the North.

After political troubles at home for which he was found at fault Columba left Ireland and passed over to the island of Iona in 563 AD.

Conall, king of Dál Riata gave him the island to use as his base and there he founded his famous Monastry.

The people of Scottish Dál Riata shared a language, culture and political life with the Dál Riata of Ireland, and with Ireland as a whole.

It is virtually certain that they also shared the Christian faith. Colum Cille came, therefore, to a Scottish Dál Riata which had already accepted Christianity.

 We can assume that he came to a landscape already dotted with churches, where priests and even an occasional bishop already ministered to their people.

What Colum Cille brought to Scottish Dál Riata was not Christianity, therefore, but a monastic community of brothers who would live and work and pray together.

It is in this light above all that Adomnán seeks to portray him: as the father of monks, founding, teaching and guiding a community.

 He also portrays him as a man of power – not the secular power of kings and warlords, which Colum Cille had abandoned in Ireland, but the power of the ascetic, the contemplative.

He exercises the divine power that is given to those who have rejected wordly power.
Colmcille: Life in Scotland - St Columba Trail


After spending some years among the Scots of Dál Riata, who were related to the Gaels of north east Ulster, Columba began the great work of his life, the conversion of the Northern Picts.

After this the remaining years of Columba's life were mainly spent in preaching the Christian Faith to the inhabitants of the glens and wooded areas of northern Scotland.

Of course 'Scotland' as such did not exist then as a separate country and indeed the word Scotland comes from the Roman word for the Gaels of Ireland - Scotii.

Saint Columba was famous for his prophecies and on Iona he lived the life of an ascetic while also engaged in the business of the Church in Scotland.

Adomnán portrays Colum Cille as actively engaged with the kings of Dál Riata in western Scotland– not only obtaining land from them and blessing particular candidates for kingship, but even inaugurating Áedán mac Gabráin as king in the monastery of Iona.

He also kept in contact with Ireland too and he returned home on occasion even though he was formally exiled.

Adomnán says he went back to Ireland when he founded the monastery of Dair Mag (Durrow) between 585 and 597. He also got involved in the politics of the North once again .

 He returned to Ireland for a conference of kings at which were present Áed mac Ainmirech, king of the northern Uí Néill and eventually king of Tara, and Áedán mac Gabráin, king of Dál Riata.

Legend has it that having been told never to put his feet on the soil of Ireland again and agreeing to that he returned wearing shoes of sods of turf in order to keep his promise!

Adomnán describes Colmcille as using two separate buildings during his daily life - a writing hut and a hut where he slept and ‘where at night instead of straw he had bare rock and stone for a pillow’.

He is also credited with the initiation of a continuous record of Irish History as set down in the Annals- the Iona Chronicle - whose successor scribes recorded the History of Ireland on a year by year basis down to the 17th Century.

His 'Life' - Vita Columbae was written by his distant successor the 9th Abbot of Iona, Saint Adomnán.Columba is said never to have spent an hour without study, prayer, or similar occupations.

He is the greatest Saint to have come out of Ireland.http://irelandinhistory.blogspot.ie/

121
44 Education- "Why do men behave justly" -Plato
Updated: 04 Jun 2012

The Republic

Plato

 


Overview
WHY DO MEN BEHAVE JUSTLY?

Is it because they fear societal punishment?

Are they trembling before notions of divine retribution?

 Do the stronger elements of society scare the weak into submission in the name of law?

Or do men behave justly because it is good for them to do so?

 Is justice, regardless of its rewards and punishments, a good thing in and of itself?

How do we define justice?

Plato sets out to answer these questions in The Republic.

He wants to define justice, and to define it in such a way as to show that justice is worthwhile in and of itself.

He meets these two challenges with a single solution: a definition of justice that appeals to human psychology, rather than to perceived behavior.

Plato’s strategy in The Republic is to first explicate the primary notion of societal, or political, justice, and then to derive an analogous concept of individual justice. In Books II, III, and IV, Plato identifies political justice as harmony in a structured political body.

An ideal society consists of three main classes of people—producers (craftsmen, farmers, artisans, etc.), auxiliaries (warriors), and guardians (rulers); a society is just when relations between these three classes are right.

Each group must perform its appropriate function, and only that function, and each must be in the right position of power in relation to the others.

Rulers must rule, auxiliaries must uphold rulers’ convictions, and producers must limit themselves to exercising whatever skills nature granted them (farming, blacksmithing, painting, etc.)

Justice is a principle of specialization: a principle that requires that each person fulfill the societal role to which nature fitted him and not interfere in any other business.

At the end of Book IV, Plato tries to show that individual justice mirrors political justice.

He claims that the soul of every individual has a three part structure analagous to the three classes of a society.

There is a rational part of the soul, which seeks after truth and is responsible for our philosophical inclinations; a spirited part of the soul, which desires honor and is responsible for our feelings of anger and indignation; and an appetitive part of the soul, which lusts after all sorts of things, but money most of all (since money must be used to fulfill any other base desire).

The just individual can be defined in analogy with the just society; the three parts of his soul achieve the requisite relationships of power and influence in regard to one another.

In a just individual, the rational part of the soul rules, the spirited part of the soul supports this rule, and the appetitive part of the soul submits and follows wherever reason leads.

Put more plainly: in a just individual, the entire soul aims at fulfilling the desires of the rational part, much as in the just society the entire community aims at fulfilling whatever the rulers will.

The parallels between the just society and the just individual run deep.

Each of the three classes of society, in fact, is dominated by one of the three parts of the soul.

Producers are dominated by their appetites—their urges for money, luxury, and pleasure.

Warriors are dominated by their spirits, which make them courageous.

Rulers are dominated by their rational faculties and strive for wisdom.

Books V through VII focus on the rulers as the philosopher kings.

In a series of three analogies—the allegories of the sun, the line, and the cave—Plato explains who these individuals are while hammering out his theory of the Forms.

Plato explains that the world is divided into two realms, the visible (which we grasp with our senses) and the intelligible (which we only grasp with our mind).

The visible world is the universe we see around us.

The intelligible world is comprised of the Forms—abstract, changeless absolutes such as Goodness, Beauty, Redness, and Sweetness that exist in permanent relation to the visible realm and make it possible.

(An apple is red and sweet, the theory goes, because it participates in the Forms of Redness and Sweetness.)

Only the Forms are objects of knowledge, because only they possess the eternal unchanging truth that the mind—not the senses—must apprehend.

Only those whose minds are trained to grasp the Forms—the philosophers—can know anything at all. In particular, what the philosophers must know in order to become able rulers is the Form of the Good—the source of all other Forms, and of knowledge, truth, and beauty.

Plato cannot describe this Form directly, but he claims that it is to the intelligible realm what the sun is to the visible realm.

Using the allegory of the cave, Plato paints an evocative portrait of the philosopher’s soul moving through various stages of cognition (represented by the line) through the visible realm into the intelligible, and finally grasping the Form of the Good.

The aim of education is not to put knowledge into the soul, but to put the right desires into the soul—to fill the soul with a lust for truth, so that it desires to move past the visible world, into the intelligible, ultimately to the Form of the Good.

Philosophers form the only class of men to possess knowledge and are also the most just men.

Their souls, more than others, aim to fulfil the desires of the rational part.

After comparing the philosopher king to the most unjust type of man—represented by the tyrant, who is ruled entirely by his non-rational appetites—Plato claims that justice is worthwhile for its own sake.

In Book IX he presents three arguments for the conclusion that it is desirable to be just.

By sketching a psychological portrait of the tyrant, he attempts to prove that injustice tortures a man’s psyche, whereas a just soul is a healthy, happy one, untroubled and calm.

Next he argues that, though each of the three main character types—money-loving, honor-loving, and truth-loving—have their own conceptions of pleasure and of the corresponding good life—each choosing his own life as the most pleasant—only the philosopher can judge because only he has experienced all three types of pleasure.

The others should accept the philosopher’s judgement and conclude that the pleasures associated with the philosophical are most pleasant and thus that the just life is also most pleasant. He tries to demonstrate that only philosophical pleasure is really pleasure at all; all other pleasure is nothing more than cessation of pain.

One might notice that none of these arguments actually prove that justice is desirable apart from its consequences—instead, they establish that justice is always accompanied by true pleasure.

In all probability, none of these is actually supposed to serve as the main reason why justice is desirable.

Instead, the desirability of justice is likely connected to the intimate relationship between the just life and the Forms.

The just life is good in and of itself because it involves grasping these ultimate goods, and imitating their order and harmony, thus incorporating them into one’s own life.

 Justice is good, in other words, because it is connected to the greatest good, the Form of the Good.
Plato ends The Republic on a surprising note.

Having defined justice and established it as the greatest good, he banishes poets from his city.

Poets, he claims, appeal to the basest part of the soul by imitating unjust inclinations.

By encouraging us to indulge ignoble emotions in sympathy with the characters we hear about, poetry encourages us to indulge these emotions in life.

Poetry, in sum, makes us unjust. In closing, Plato relates the myth of Er, which describes the trajectory of a soul after death.

Just souls are rewarded for one thousand years, while unjust ones are punished for the same amount of time.

Each soul then must choose its next life

125
45 Education- Professor Eric Hobsbawm-Interview Transcript
Updated: 31 May 2012

Professor Eric Hobsbawm

Interview Transcript

This interview took place at the interviewee's home, London, 17 June 2008

 
Download this interview file (MP3, 23.2MB)

Project Officer: This interview is being conducted for the project ‘Making history: the discipline in perspective’, and the Project Officer Danny Millum will be speaking to Professor Eric Hobsbawm about his experience of, and views on, changes in the discipline and the academic profession of history.

Professor Hobsbawm, may we start with your giving us some brief biographical information?

Eric Hobsbawm: I was born during World War One, in Egypt, which has no relevance to my subsequent life because I left it when I was two.

More relevant is that I had my primary and part of my secondary education in Austria, and then for a couple of years in Germany, and came to England (not, I want to say, as a refugee, because my family was British) in 1933, where I finished my secondary schooling and then got a scholarship to Cambridge.

Before I’d had much chance for research the war broke out. After the war I returned briefly to do my research, but almost immediately, in 1947, got a job as a lecturer at Birkbeck, presumably on the basis of my undergraduate career and references.

And basically I stayed there until my retirement in 1982, after which I then went on and taught in New York for another 13 years or so.

There were intervals of visits, and temporary things which could be combined with staying in London, teaching in various American universities, and in Latin America. And in the 1970s and early 1980s I also taught at the Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes and the College de France.

The intellectual background was peculiar.

My father’s family were immigrants from Poland, then Russia, who were actually workers, artisans and woodworkers.

Cabinetmaking was the family trade.

Until my generation none of them had a fulltime progress to university.

So I was the first person to do that, on the strength of a scholarship.

My mother’s side was Viennese assimilated Jewish bourgeoisie or middleclass, with a very strongly developed literary and cultural atmosphere, so these young years in both Austria and Germany were very significant.

After that there was Cambridge.

The first thing I published was just a collection of documents, but I first started publishing in journals in this country in 1947 or 1948.

My first books were 1959, since which time (you can see the bibliography) I’ve been publishing this, that and the other.

PO: And how did you come to be a historian?  What were the factors involved in that?

EH: Well, I became very interested in history in general through becoming a schoolboy Marxist and reading the Communist Manifesto.

The history I was taught at that time in Germany was totally uninteresting and traditional, and while at one time I knew the list of names and dates of all the German emperors, I’ve forgotten them all.

However, in the immediate short-term I became an academic historian because my history teacher at the British grammar school (St Marylebone Grammar School) thought I was good at it, and decided at a certain stage to put me up.

I was still not fixed on becoming a historian when I went up to Cambridge.

I might have done English and I might have done Modern Languages, but it struck me having looked round Cambridge and the literature, that most of what I would I learn in Modern Languages or English Literature, I could do privately by reading, whereas the stuff that was being taught in History I had never been taught before and so it seemed worthwhile to concentrate on that.

PO: What would you say were your influences? I suppose in terms of teachers and in terms of intellectual influences?


EH
: At school?


PO
: From school, and in terms I suppose of your early career as well.


EH
: It’s very difficult to say apart from Karl Marx, who provided the impetus for me to go into history, and also of course, some of my historical interests.

As well as being as it were a socialist and leftist who took an interest in popular history, the history of the common people and the workers. Which is not implicit in Marxism – the Marxist message is not necessarily confined to this, but I was.

The intellectual history itself?
Certainly at school there was a practical influence of my teacher, the late Llewellyn Smith, who pushed me and in fact leant me his own books, and referred my essays to his father’s friends, like the Webbs.

 But he was no influence intellectually.

In Cambridge the major influence was Munia Postan, who was Professor of Economic History then.

Otherwise there weren’t very many Cambridge historians that I was particularly taken with, at least in my field, although I tried a lot of them.

Postan’s were the only lectures I really went to systematically.

 

But as I may have written somewhere else, in Cambridge the great advantage is that good students teach each other, this practice of sticking around and discussing and improving things.

It was particularly so in the Socialist Club there, where we set up faculty groups.

I should add that we actually being encouraged to be good students by our political mentors.

PO: OK. That’s interesting.


EH: Yes. For instance in France this was not the case.

You were supposed to go out and become a militant as soon as you possibly could.

Whereas this was not the case in England.

PO: And that was the Communist Party of Great Britain who were instructing you in that way?


EH: That’s right, very strongly.

 Which I joined in 1936 when I went up to Cambridge.

Otherwise, I mean most of the influences came through reading, though of course there was the influence of people like Marc Bloch, to whom Postan had directed our attention.


PO: And the Annales?


EH: And the Annales.

I was quite impressed for a time with Elie Halévy, the History of the English People in the Nineteenth Century, particularly the first volume on England in 1815.

Mostly I would have thought my influences were French. The German influences were not so much historians as social thinkers and sociologists like Max Weber. 

Possibly France because I was there at the International Congress of Historical Sciences in 1950 (the first post-war Conference).

Curiously enough being put up, in spite of my total lack of any kind of experience, as chairman of a session on modern social history.

This must have been on the recommendation of Postan, who I think was about the only important British historian who was involved at that time in the international business.

PO: You’ve spoken of the insularity of the English historical profession at that time.

EH: Very much so, very much so. But the Congress was I think very important for me because it put me in contact with the French.

And the other major influence of course was, again in the ten years after the Second World War, the so-called Historians Group of the Communist Party, which contained quite a number of people who later on became quite well known in the field.

 The discussion within that, the combination of both regular discussion and friendship, was enormously stimulating and helpful and helped us to push forward our own historical development.

PO: You’ve spoken of your experiences before the war, in meeting with other students and discussing history, and then, as you say, you mention the Communist Party Historians Group.

Do you think that that is unusual amongst British historians to have those tight-knit groups?

EH: I can’t really judge, I can’t think of any other formal group.

The clever or the bright kids always find a way to each other and then informally discuss things during their undergraduate period, sitting in the cafeteria together and talking.

I should say that that stopped in those days once you did research.
Being a research student in those days was an activity which was completely isolated.

There weren’t any seminars, there was actually very little training for anything, but there was no real attempt to get the postgraduates together.

Unlike in the United States as I later on found, where of course there were graduate schools within which you had the same sort of thing developing as we had in the undergraduate field.

 

PO: That’s interesting. Well, maybe we’ll come back to that, but I wanted to move on and ask you a little bit about – difficult to pigeonhole as it is – your own field of study within history.

And I wondered, again looking I suppose across the span of your career, what important figures you might see in the development of the study of labour history, or the use of the Marxist approach to historical study?

EH: Well, as far as labour history is concerned, and of course I did most of my teaching and things within that range, one has to go back I think to the pioneers, which were the Webbs.

Not so much the History of Trade Unionism as Industrial Democracy, which is absolutely the best thing written about 19th-century unions.

And in fact I spent a good deal of my research on the Webb collection, which they had originally used to do this. And G. D. H. Cole. These were people who we respected.

Otherwise there weren’t many young professional historians who went in for labour history until the 1950s or even the 1960s.

When we founded the Society for the Study of Labour History in 1960 we already had a certain number.

Of course the Marxist ones were involved, who weren’t necessarily academics, though some of them became academics, people like Edward Thompson.

My own angle was in fact not so much the narrative history of the labour movement, which had been the tradition, but the structural history of working-class organisations.

 What they did, and including to some extent the importance of those that were not organised in labour, but that was a fairly new angle.

I think probably the young Marxists were the main pioneers in the 50s of this, because there were no others. At the same time, to some extent the LSE had plenty of experts in these fields.

There was a very influential professor who did a lot of social and labour history, though he never really published very much.

Later on we had him as a sort of advisor or associate with the new Society for the Study of Labour History. Somebody like Asa Briggs could probably give you more.


There were other people in labour history, or the history of socialism, but they were not really interested in the working class. I’m thinking of the late Henry Pelling, who was also very much involved in the narrative history of these things.

I mean, there were a number of people who knew their stuff, but didn’t influence I don’tthink the main current of labour history.

PO: Were there any figures subsequent to that, say from the 1960s and 1970s onwards who you think have been significant in this field?

EH: In labour history? Well, I mean the obvious case is Edward Thompson of course. That’s clear.

The older members of my generation or slightly younger went on doing labour history to some extent. Of the younger, there was a bunch of characters who took to labour history under the impact of the radicalisation of the 60s.

They were interested in party politics, international socialism, or what they termed various Trotskyist groups, partly because it came from that kind of background.


PO: Do any names stand out there?


EH: One of the names that stands out is one of the guys that I supervised, Chris Wrigley.

He has become rather a key figure in the publication and organisation, for a time he was also president of the Historical Association.

And James Hinton in Warwick, a number of those kind of Warwick people. Some of these people of course weren’t historians, but sociologists or something like this.


Of course you’ve found that there is a Labour History Review. When we actually founded the Society we didn’t want a review, we wanted a bulletin, we would have preferred people to publish as part of general history. But eventually it’s turned into a full-scale journal.


PO: So you’d hoped not to develop it as a niche subject, but to-


EH
: We had a special Society for the Study of Labour History in order to put the thing on the agenda, and also of course to make it easier to exchange views.

But we did not simply want niche publications, so we wrote in the bulletin bibliographical stuff, surveys and critiques, but we hoped general stuff wouldn’t be published there.


The French partly under our influence, developed quite a lot of labour history, around Le Mouvement Social, and some of the major works in this field, the big ones, were French, rather than British, because the British didn’t come out with huge things.

This was not yet the period when publishers got onto historians to write big general books, and now the reason why they don’t about labour history is because labour history is no longer as central as it once was.


The Americans became very active in labour history, again mostly the left-wingers, but not only the left-wingers. I think people like David Montgomery and Herbert Gutman were very important in the 1960s and 1970s particularly, and we knew about them. I don’t think we were that much influenced by them, largely because the situation was very different .


PO: And you’ve mentioned individuals there, and you’ve also mentioned the Society for the Study of Labour History. I was wondering, were there any other institutions that you see as having been important in the development of this area of history?


EH: The institutions which have been valuable in the fields that I know about are first of all the big international conferences. The ones in 1950, 1955, 1960 even 1965, were before the huge increase in universities and therefore in the number of people.

And so it was very important and young historians could actually make contact with others. Later on they could no longer do so because it was much too big.

PO: Right, the weight of numbers.


EH: The weight of numbers.

Secondly, in Britain the Economic History Society, on the Council of which I was for a bit. This was where we operated. Here again, the reason being not so much that the Economic History Society had a line, but that the field got together, and you knew who everybody was. It had its drawbacks because it meant that any young historian had only a limited number of referees.

Within limits, the Society for the Study of Labour History. I myself was never that influenced by the social history people, Social History Society. I joined it but other people were much more active in it. I maintained my own view that social history should not be a niche subject but should be widened into the history of society, and once wrote a paper on this.


If you talk of journals, obviously the History Workshop Journal has been very significant since the 1970s in this field. But earlier on, you musn’t forget Past and Present, which was set up at a very bad time, but did act in some ways as the equivalent of the Annales, though without the institutional tie-up that Annale eventually acquired. The young, active, anti-traditionalist historians found themselves drawn into this, and it established itself very rapidly indeed.


PO: You mention anti-traditionalists. It brought together both Marxists and non-Marxists who were opposed to the very traditional-


EH: The old conventional history. Dates, cabinets, wars, battles, and to some extent institutions. Very little on the social side, very little on the cultural side, and so on.

A few months ago at the centenary Creighton lecture Robert Evans said if you want to compare the changes that have been made look at something like the standard Grant and Temperley textbook of European history, and compare it with my Age and Revolution which in a sense replaced it as the new type of survey of the long period.

The people who went into Past and  Present we were all young, but some were even younger like John Elliott. John Elliott had not the faintest ideological interest, but he was quite clear that from the beginning he was interested in the Catalan revolution.


Similarly Lawrence Stone, who belonged more to my generation, and a lot of the other men who came in then. That showed to that extent it had a function. Unlike the Annales it never acquired a centre of its own because we didn’t have any finance.


PO: But you’d see the development whereby John Elliott and Lawrence Stone and others joined around 1958, as a positive move for the journal, that it had expanded…


EH
: Well, that was actually their move. They were very keen on the journal, but they wanted something that was less specifically Marxist in its orientation. And since this also fitted into what we had originally planned, we had really planned as it were a popular front of young modernising historians.

The main issue was whether we should continue to be called ‘a journal of scientific history’. They didn’t like that, not much was lost by dropping it, and in fact so far as you can see it made no difference to the content.

But the interesting thing is that while this was a collective before and after the sort of injection of these other people, at no stage can I remember ideological arguments about articles.


PO: So there wasn’t a split along Marxist and non-Marxist lines?


EH: No. Initially when it was launched, the only people who would do it were the reds. That was the time when the Institute of Historical Research refused to take it.


PO: Ironically given that’s where I’ve come from now to interview you!


EH: Well, they did eventually take it, but it took a few years.


PO
: And was this an attempt on behalf of the history establishment to try and isolate declared communists or left-wingers?


EH: I think it was a sort of anti-communist reaction. Initially the bulk of the board and committee were communists. One or two people like Wittkower, the historian of art who wanted to join us had been told specifically ‘It won’t do you any good joining that sort of thing’.

So just a few brave old radicals like H. M. Jones (the Classics man from Cambridge) and Betts (from the School of Slavonic Studies) came in as a matter of principle. So at one stage did Geoffrey Barraclough.

PO: Okay.


EH: Anyway. Initially we had given the non-communist members of the Board virtually a veto. If any of the non-communists said no to an article we wouldn’t print it.


PO: And was that to reassure them that they weren’t going to be co-opted?


EH: That’s right – to make it certain. Later on of course that was no longer necessary.


PO: And the communists on the board would be yourself, Rodney Hilton, Christopher Hill?


EH: Certainly those were the three of us. Theoretically I think Maurice Dobb was on the board but never turned up. The archaeologist Gordon Childe was for a while, who incidentally I thought was probably the most original English Marxist writer from the days of my youth.


Anyway, it was Rodney and Christopher and myself, all from the Historians’ Group, and John Morris, of course, who was technically the editor.


PO
: Whom you’ve written of in your piece on the beginnings of Past and Present I think.


EH
: Yes.


PO
: And what did impact did 1956 have on the Communist Party Historians Group and I suppose also on Past and Present as well?


EH
: It had no impact on Past and Present, for the reasons that I’ve just explained. It had a major impact on the Communist Historians because most of the important figures in the Communist Party Historians Group left, or were expelled from, the Communist Party.

Although several of them remained, most of them remained on the left and several remained Marxists. And relations between all of us remained friendly and collaborative until the end.

So to that extent the old Communist Group didn’t disintegrate, it went on, but for quite a long time it didn’t really do very much. It still exists as a Socialist History Society somewhere, but not as a major sort of contribution.


PO: Ah, that’s interesting. So it evolved but…the roots of the Socialist History Society are in that original Communist Party Historians Group?


EH: That is a linear descendant. The major period of the group was 1946–56 precisely. After that the number of people who went on with it was much more restricted. I mean I didn’t play any significant part in it after that either, because it was no longer the same sort of thing.


PO
: Of course. And I suppose maybe we’ve covered this already, but I was just wondering if we could come back to the major debates and points of contention, again in this area of labour history and Marxist history. What do you see those as being over the time of your career?


EH: Well, I don’t want to single out labour history. In the first place I don’t think there were any specific problems of Marxist history which were not shared by non-Marxists in this period. I must repeat and I’ve said it before that the generation of the 1950s and 1960s, to which I was lucky enough to belong, and which transformed the teaching and research of history, internationally speaking belonged to different ideologies.


For instance there was only one significant Marxist historian there in France. Bloch and the Annales had very different ideological roots. Admittedly some of the Germans were influenced by the British example.

The Americans were, and the Germans were. The so-called Historische Gesellschaftswissenschaft  (the historical social science) people like Wehler and Kocka at the new university at Bielefeld were in fact influenced by things like Past and Present. However, they were not themselves Marxist in any sense. They tended to be mostly on the left, these people, but not necessarily.

I mean nobody could tell what Braudel was like, politically speaking. I assume he was a republican, but he wasn’t identified, and he was a good enough politician not to let himself be identified with any specific party. The other great and institutionally-based historian, Labrousse, claimed that he was a Marxist, of a fairly economic materialist type. A great historian, and certainly political. He had been Leon Blum’s chef de cabinet.

PO: In the Popular Front government in France?


EH: Yes, when Leon Blum was in government. So – the problems that were then being faced.

I think the Marxists specifically tried to face the problem of the transition from feudalism to capitalism, but even the non-Marxists, who didn’t accept this, were apt, particularly if they were social and economic historians, to face the problem of the transition from the Middle Ages to modern.

PO: So different names, but essentially.

EH: In essence, you knew what you were talking about, you see. This was to some extent in my view the by-product of the 1930s period of the Great Depression. We thought in terms of large-scale crises, and growth.

As did the Germans. And almost everybody who was involved in economic history (social history had not yet emancipated itself) could see the problem of the contrast between the 14th/15th century on the one hand and the 16th century.

And, a debate developed for instance about the so-called 17th century crisis. I think one originally heard about it from some of the French who had been involved in it. There was a debate on this in Past and Present, there was a book about it, and it continued for a while.

Several volumes have been published. The debate was so important that even the people that didn’t agree with it came in on it, like Hugh Trevor-Roper. Although Trevor-Roper in his early days was actually influenced by this sort of Marxist-type approach to the whole business.

So that was one thing, the transition to, if you like, modernity, or modern industrial or commercial society, which concerned us and most other economic historians. They didn’t quite know what to do about the 18th century but thanks to people like Hatcher and others this has since become very much more an active period.


PO: And that was a product you say of to a certain extent of a shared outlook of people who had grown up in the 1930s?


EH: You see the major change was introducing social elements into history. The social sciences – demography, economics, sociology and all that kind of stuff. And so to speak the socialising of history. That was I think behind most of the changes in this generation. They did it in different ways but that’s what they were trying to do.


For instance the French were much more militant against political history than people ever were in England, or in America. So whether you defined it in Marxist terms or in other terms this is the way the whole thing went, and this is why it was comparatively easy for people like us English Marxists to get on the right kind of terms with people like the French, say, the Braudel people.

Paradoxically because the French communists were against the Braudel people. But they weren’t interested in professional history, you see.

So there was that. As far as labour history is concerned the big problem which ties up with economic development, was I think the standard of living problem. Which first became explosive if you like in the 50s.

That originally goes back to people like the late Professor T. S. Ashton, who took the view that everything was going better and better all the time, if only slowly. Industrialisation automatically brought improvement rather than pressure, whereas here the Marxists and other labour people took the view that the workers were exploited.

Well, the famous exchange between myself and Max Hartwell on the standard of living, in the Economic History Review, was only the beginning. Since that time there have been a large number of developments, mostly on the basis of new sources, such as anthropometric history, and of course the history of consumption, and so on.

But most of the running in these things has been made by the Americans; by Fogel (although he collaborated with my former colleague Roderick Floud, who was very much into this field) and Williamson and others.

This has continued quietly among economic historians, but hasn’t really that much affected people since the 1970s.

The other big question as far as labour is concerned is the one if you like raised by Edward Thompson on the nature of class, and class as an activity. But on the whole while there’s been quite a lot of people talking in general about class I don’t think it’s contributed a tremendous amount to the development of the profession.

PO: The debate on class has been conducted by historians who you might see as being influenced by what’s known as the cultural turn. And in the 1970s and 1980s people were looking at the very terminology of the word class, and-

EH
: Yes, that’s what I’m saying. It kept on and on this debate. The main thing about the cultural turn is that it’s been an attempt to eliminate the social very largely from history – which I think is bound to fail. The linguistic turn isn’t that new, the linguistic turn is in my view just a reflection of the provincialism of Great Britain. Whereas in almost any German historical seminar they would have been aware of those problems from way back.


PO: So it’s more that the English feel that they’ve suddenly come across them?


EH
: Yes, the English suddenly discovered that you might have to investigate the nature of the language and all the rest of it. But the cultural turn is more important. There’s no question that our generation in the 1950s and 1960s, while they didn’t completely neglect culture, did not actually give it sufficient weight in our analyses. I think this must be so.

Yet to show you the width to which this whole movement went, in art history, for instance, the late Francis Haskell (who became the most eminent art historian since Gombrich in this country) published in Past and Present right from the beginning, and as it so happens I know he was a passionate anti-communist. He was passionate about a lot of things, you know. We’re very old friends, but that’s another matter.

The main trouble about the cultural turn is that an awful lot of it tends to move away not merely from the social element in history, but also from the real history. For instance, the enormous range of studies of memory in the 1970s and 1980s which are quite new, which didn’t happen in our day.

Well, memory is about today, memory isn’t about what happened, it’s about what people later on think happened.

PO
: It’s a completely different sort of source to a primary source from the time, of course?


EH
: Either a primary source of even an attempt to reconstruct what really happened on the ground. I mean what people thought afterwards is very important, but it’s important for the period in which they think and not for the period about which they think.


PO: Yes, I see the distinction that you’re making there.


EH
: That’s the point. I mean the problem for instance today is the enormous amount about the memory of World War One. The question is, why have we rediscovered World War One, which is a long long time ago, and what does it mean. But whatever’s written about the memory of the Battle of the Somme is not the same as actually-


PO
: It actually concerns 21st century Britain more than it does 20th century Britain.


EH
: That’s exactly what I was saying, yes.

Well, I could also say that some of the cultural history moves into areas which are very difficult to fit into an evolutionary history. For instance, there is a fashion now for things like the history of sentiments, or the history of bodies, stuff like this. I think this was like many other things pioneered in France – not actually by the Annales people but by one or two people associated.

But a subject like the history of masturbation – I think that it has been written – or the history of crying, is obviously very interesting, and if you find somewhere an interesting historical question on which it can throw light fine, but it’s really comparing and contrasting rather than saying how did one thing turn into another.

PO
: Again, a different sort of history. I think you’ve said that this has moved history into a realm where no distinction is being made between the significant and the trivial.


EH
: Well, that’s one of things that I mean, yes. On the other hand, what is significant depends on what questions you ask about history. When the new people went back to political history, back to narrative history, they were all against asking the big questions. How does one society change into another? How did the Middle Ages change into…?

Well if you’re thinking in terms of the big questions, of course if you like you can start with the word go, with human beings leaving Africa and spreading all over the world. How did they get from there to now?
If you don’t ask any of these big questions there remain an enormous number of things which are fascinating, and some of which you may write about because you feel great empathy with them, and you can certainly write about them in a scholarly fashion, but they don’t help to answer the big questions.

That is the view that my generation would have taken of it. I mean, that’s to say even the younger people who came up in the 1950s and 1960s.

PO
: No, that makes perfect sense. I wanted to move quickly, because I know we’ve spoken for a long time about that, just to look briefly at some questions about the profession itself, and again see to what degree you have an opinion on these. I wanted to begin with asking what you thought about the pressures on academics and how you’d seen that changing over your career or over your lifetime in history.


EH
: The pressure that’s been increasing most is the pressure of bureaucracy. Filling in forms, all sorts of things like this. I’ll give you an example. When I first came to Birkbeck, in the early 1950s or thereabouts, the place had about 2500 students.

The registry was run part-time by one of my colleagues in the history department with one secretary. There was a finance officer somewhere, there was a general secretary, a clerk. But if you actually looked at the number of people employed in administration – it was ridiculous by modern standards. This pressure, which is probably political as well as bureaucratic, has increased very sharply I think since my retirement.

I mean take the Research Assessment Exercise only, and the amount of things that you have to keep, that somebody wants you to report on - that’s increased.

I don’t think political pressures have particularly increased. I don’t think they were ever very serious, with the exception of a certain amount of anti-communism in the period from 1948 to 1960. Where on the whole communists who had got jobs, which they could do up to 1947 in the universities, didn’t get promotion, and no known communists were being hired. But I mean that was a special case.

PO
: And post-1960 that relaxed then?


EH
: Yes, I think so.


PO
: So that would be the period in your career where being a card-carrying member of the Communist Party meant that you would be denied promotion?

EH: Well, certainly in the early days. I got my chair in, I suppose, 1971 or thereabouts, which was comparatively late, considering that by that time I’d established quite a good reputation in the field. I mean I’d even got to the stage of getting honorary degrees and stuff like that.

But I think that maybe it wasn’t only political. I think it was partly due to the head of my department, who in those days was an unusually conventional medieval historian, who honestly didn’t really believe that anything after 1400 was not journalism. So that was a special case. As soon as he went, there was no problem.


PO
: So it’s hard to generalise from that?


EH
: I wouldn’t generalise.

Pressures otherwise I couldn’t think of. Financial pressure of course, but I mean financial pressure on the basis of having rather more money in the history departments and universities than we had used to have.
I’m not talking about salaries, though you could say there’s that too, because up to I suppose the early 1970s academic salaries were roughly speaking supposed to keep pace with civil service salaries. So a reader was supposed to have roughly the same as whatever it is, an assistant secretary, or even more. And from the 1970s on that disappeared, and of course that produced economic pressure, which hasn’t really yet been completely removed. Anyway, the comparability has now gone.

PO
: That link has broken?


EH
: The link, yes.


PO
: We were talking earlier, we mentioned the insularity of the British University as you came to it in the 1930s. I wanted to ask you about institutional changes since then and I suppose whether that insularity has dissipated or what other changes you might have seen?


EH
: I don’t think the insularity has dissipated because of institutional change. I think institutional change has reflected to some extent the fact that British historians became less insular. I suppose partly because of the experience of my generation, the 1950s/1960s people, who were very much internationally engaged, certainly with the French, but partly also because of the policy of some governments since the war of encouraging research on their field.

For instance the West German Federal government encouraged English historians to study Germany. And several leading English historians of Germany  benefited from this. Certainly the number of people who went in for foreign history has increased.

On the hand I think one must put on the debit side the dramatic decline in the knowledge of foreign languages, in general and in universities. When I first wrote Age of Revolution I automatically put in the list for further reading works in French. I can’t remember whether I did so in the mid-1970s for Capital, but I don’t think so. At a certain stage it became quite clear that it was useless. That the people that you’d expect to read it would no longer be able to read, or even make their way through, literature in a foreign language. You might as well give them a reference to Ancient Greek. So that’s the negative side to it.


Otherwise institutionally the major thing of course is the huge expansion of the universities. Since the mid-1960s but even more later on. It wasn’t that much in the mid-1960s, there were four or five new universities – Warwick, York, Sussex, East Anglia and Essex. Certainly part of the expansion was also the expansion of the old relatively small university colleges (which used to work for the London external degrees) into independent universities, with therefore greater ambitions, greater size and all the rest of it. Exeter, Southampton, Hull – those kind of places.


Within that of course there’s the enormous increase in size, obviously, of historians, to which I think we’ve already made some earlier mention. So that, it is no longer possible to say that a young historian could quickly discover everybody in his own field, or for that matter even who the leading historians were in all the universities.


PO
: That’s it, the numbers of fellow professionals have depersonalised-


EH
: It may not have been depersonalised within an individual university, it simply means that relations across Britain have changed.


The third institutional change which affects this incidentally is (relatively recently, since Thatcher) the decline or abolition of tenure, and therefore the rise of short-term, tempory and part-time teachers. This does affect it because those people are not necessarily integrated in the same way as the older people were. I must give you an example. When I started at Birkbeck there were altogether I would think five people in the history department, we had to teach the whole lot, such as it was. Well I suppose today we’ve got (I can’t remember the exact figure) fifteen, but including part-timers it’d be 20 or 25 people teaching history altogether.


PO
: So a four or five-fold expansion?


EH
: I think so. It’s a very general trend, at least in a lot of universities. Of course in some universities they didn’t have any at all, so it is arising anew. On the other hand of course there is pressure on these, because history is not necessarily a priority, and increasingly has become less of a priority in universities in which is not already established, such as a lot of the former polytechnics. That is also an institutional change which I think affects us.


I don’t know to what extent the way in which the departments are run has changed. I suppose it’s become slightly more egalitarian. Heads of departments rotate, you know. But I must say by international standards we have always been easy-going and relatively open, if you compare it with the total control of departments by the senior professor that you found in Germany, in France, in Italy, in wherever.


PO
: OK, that’s interesting. So compared to the continent-


EH
: Compared to the continent we’ve always been more open. I mean, young research students coming over from the continent and finding themselves talking to the big man! You know!


PO
: Would be unheard of over there.


EH
: It would, it’s much less formal, and the formality indicated centralised power from above.


PO
: Right


EH
: The other major institutional change is of course the enormous increase in postgraduate work. Taught postgraduate MAs, and of course with the increase in the size of the profession doctoral candidates, and in some instances post-docs. But I retired so long ago that these developments, which became really acute in the 1990s and 2000s I have not much direct experience of.


PO
: But you can definitely see how different the situation was to the 1940s?


EH
: Oh yes. Completely different. In the 1940s the number of people in the profession was tiny. There is this guy in the University College London who’s done the history of the Economic History Society, which gives you the increase in members and circulation and stuff like that.


PO
: Is that Negley Harte?


EH
: Negley Harte. Yes.

There are specific problems in places like London University where the all-university faculty has been broken up into separate faculties, and on the examination side, where the standard old-fashioned examination of three hours of essay questions has been broken up either into modules or into undergraduate dissertations. Which lends itself far more to plagiarism, particularly nowadays.
PO: With the internet as well.

EH
: I suppose an additional thing is that increasingly universities rely for their prestige on attracting outside funding. History is somewhat less affected by this than other things, but even in history it would be much better for a university to have a particular history thesis funded by the Wellcome Foundation than the guy just going around and producing a PhD afterwards.


PO: Yes, the funding skews priorities to a certain extent.


EH
: The funding is a huge priority, and of course that must affect the profession one way or another.


PO
: I also wanted to ask you, very quickly, about something else that you’ve mentioned in interviews with you that I’ve read before, about the relationship between academic history and popular history, and again, how you think that that’s changed?


EH
: Well, that’s changed dramatically. History sells, in a big way sometimes. In the past some publishers were interested in general history, some had small series, like the Hutchinson university series and others, for small introductions, but on the whole there was not a great demand for history books by serious scholars for general readers. Except conceivably in special fields like classical antiquity or Egyptian, where people were interested in Tutankhamen or Julius Caesar.


Whereas today every publisher would be willing to have, and many of them actually commission, these important books. You know, a book like this for instance, has just come out. Splendid book.


PO
: Hitler’s Empire : Nazi Rule in Occupied Europe (Mark Mazower).


EH
: I doubt whether it would have been written but for being commissioned by Penguin, who’ve been very good at it.


PO
: So the publishers have been driving this development to a certain extent.


EH
: The publishers are making the running. They’re very keen to.

On the other hand, the traditional way of publishing, namely the historical monograph, has found it increasingly difficult. Partly because there’s so many more of them, but partly also because in a sense the potential public is relatively limited.
PO: Of course

EH
: I mean, we at Past and Present have had a series since 1980 or thereabouts with the Cambridge University Press (I think we’re shifting it over to the OUP or something like that) of either historical monographs or translations. A lot of these books that have been translated simply would not have been published over here. I mean, who the hell wants to know about, would take the risk of a book on royal rituals in Hungary.


PO
: It’s not going to be on the bestseller list.


EH
: It’s not going to be. In the past a lot of booksellers, bookshops, and publishers were prepared to take heavy stuff and subsidise it if it added to their prestige. Whereas nowadays they’re not, and in fact the classical, basic PhD or similar monograph is having no end of trouble, as witness all the discussions, particularly in America, about on-line publications, and would that be accepted by the authorities.


In that sense, general history is enormously flourishing. I don’t know if you’ve seen, but look at the list of the Wolfson History prize, which has been going since 1972. Which is in a sense serious history, invariably being judged by serious professional historians, but which has been aimed at readers who are not necessarily professional historians. You’ll see that it is a very respectable, very high class series of things. It’s been mostly first-class works, but first-class works that are written for the general public.


There is of course as I pointed out a tradition of writing for the general public, although at one time there was a tendency, like in economics, to say you can’t do this. You’ve either got to do it in equations or you’ve got to do it in a lingo that nobody understands.

But we’ve always had people going back to Trevelyan.

PO
: But whereas they might have been isolated cases before, or less frequent, it’s more prevalent now?


EH
: I think it covers a wider range of history and covers a broader public. I mean I suppose Trevelyan was one of the very few people who could be relied on to sell widely or to be distributed widely in this country. And there were a few other people, some of them non-professional historians, who did it, mostly on the biographical side. And this kind of thing existed in most most countries, although generally not practiced by professional historians.


Still, history has flourished enormously and so does the public for it, not to mention radio and television and things like that, although the value of some of the television things is not so clear.

PO: I suppose that brings me onto my final question, which when you talk about history flourishing in this way, I was just wondering if you had any other thoughts on the future of the discipline, or indeed of the profession?

EH
: Well, we’re certainly not going to run out of subject matter. So to that extent the future of history as a profession is guaranteed. There was a tendency at one time, and still is I suppose, to downgrade it at the at the secondary school level, and that’s a bad thing I think clearly. Because if it’s not taught to some extent at secondary school very few people are likely to go in for it in the same way.


Which doesn’t mean that the subject is going to die. I mean, subjects like anthropology exist which are never taught at secondary school level, but which are much smaller.


I’m inclined to think that at the moment there is no danger of history falling down the plughole because there are so many new countries trying to make, invent or reinterpret their history, and consequently there’s considerable demand for this.


That doesn’t necessarily mean that history is in good shape. In my view for instance Scots history has been very disappointing. Much worse than Welsh history. Welsh historians have it seems to me been onto interesting and important issues.

So have Irish historians. Whereas the Scots have a tendency to fit in with, or create, a Scottish national tradition, and with Scots nationalism growing there’s likely to be more of them. As indeed there may be in English history too. Nationalist stuff. That I don’t think is a good idea, since the whole function of history is precisely to be a pain in the arse for national myths.


PO
: Yes. Not to buttress it.


EH
: Yes.

267
46 Education- "The Muddle Class" by The Radical
Updated: 20 May 2012

The Muddle Class

 

“I look up to him because he is Upper Class

I am Muddle Class.


I look down on him because he is Working Class.

I know my place”

But does he ?

Know his place, I mean ?

 

And how does a person define himself as Muddle Class

 

We all think we know what Upper class is

Or do we mean Ruling Class

The Ruling Elite ( in China )

The Overclass

The Superclass

The Monarchy

The Oligarchy

The Squirearchy

All these people control societies political policies?

 

What we knew as The Feudal Lords in Feudalism and Slave Owners in Slavery.

 

This Ruling Class are the capitalists who own the means of production and therefore dominate and exploit labour to increase not only their profits but their control on the state and government and corporate media because it almost always reflects their interests.

No wonder some are in a muddle.

Just when they thought they were aspiring to greater things along come the boot and kicks them in the teeth.

Oh yes, we have side shows, “Leveson” is one and the Lottery is another though most people are not stupid enough to know that the crumbs are anything more than crumbs.

That change is superficial and the Ruling Classes have been getting away with murder since since,

well ? Trench warfare, Mining disasters and the Work House.

(Now it’s profit before people’s health with the Health Bill or hasn’t that caught up with you yet or is it you don’t care because you are selfish?)

Real change can only come when the "rats" give up racing and recognise that unity of the people in the “working class” can make society more equal more fair and more pleasant for everyone.

Having relieved the Ruling Classes of their £ Billions first.

So in order to get there we must understand who are working class and dispel the theory that man is inherently greedy.

If you are not one on the list shown under Ruling Class you are as Marx described  Working class.

Whether you are a small businessman or a large businessman is not relevant.

A successful businessman will be swallowed up and you can try to be as greedy as you like but if you try and get something for nothing the law will very soon catch up with you. ( Unless you are Ruling Class)

You say there is the 0.01 % who win the jackpot and you are living longer to test the theory.

So you keep buying the Lottery ticket or gamble on the Stock Exchange until you discover there are nicer things in life to spend/lose your time and money on.

Discover you cannot take it with you and that getting it doesn’t necessarily make you happier or a better person.

Back to the Muddle Class, who now own a big car they cannot afford to run, who discover the super executive job came to an abrupt end when another re-organisation displaced it, when school fees exceeded their degree of snobbery and their home drifted down into negative equity as a result of the overstretched borrowing plan.

And you looked for sympathy only to discover that the friends you left behind are in the same boat at different levels and are too shy or ashamed to call.

Gone are the days of the Working Men’s club now that you are Muddle Class and to the extent that you don’t speak to your neighbours.

Some really get the Big Brother is watching you disease too.

Fear from tanks on the streets and spies in the skies.

These people are afraid to go out after dusk.

Then of course the "upwardly mobile" and not so "upwardly mobile",- just “a better class of person"- vote for these capitalists, (though strangely, I find it harder these days to find anyone admitting to voting for Thatcher,) or believe because they read the Times instead of the Sun, and watch BSkyB  only to discover that Rupert and James ( Dial M for Murdoch) influences their every thought.

Oh stop being so gullible. Even the psychologists know that what is headlines of the Sun or Times is the talking point of the day. Propaganda with a small and large P.

We are not taught to think for ourselves when we can set one group off against another and are fed this daily tripe.

So the Muddle class, middle along, believing and saying “yes sir” “three bags full sir” will help them survive.

And it does because they cannot see beyond their nose that they are controlled from cradle to grave.

If you really want to be controlled try prison said a Muddle Classer not realising he was in a prison without bars.

Recognising that one’s “time” or pension age is further in the distance, that the pension pot will be smaller but that the insurance costs are escalating, has angered some, who previously had believed they were Muddle Class but found solidarity on the streets with their colleagues from different walks of life and that we are really in it all together as the Working Class.

That is except the millions who are out of work who of course are also the “Working Class”.

Not to mention those with children and those struggling in part time labours.

And so how does one come to terms with the media fodder?

Start with www.peopleinhistory.co.uk so you know where you are coming from and then read www.rightsandwrongs.co.uk every day so you know where you are going to.

Is it as simple as that ?

No! Your struggles are just beginning, but you just became a Thinker and that my friend is another story –

The Struggle for Change, an Alternative and best of all you just became a member of the Human race.

The Radical

125
47 Education- DigitalUnite- Has Free Computer Learning Advice for the Silver Surfer
Updated: 23 Apr 2012

http://digitalunite.com/

About us

Hello and welcome to Digital Unite!
We are passionate about supporting people to realise the benefits of using technology.

Everything we do is geared towards achieving that, whether it’s through giving individual learners access to great online content and support, or working with those who then inspire and teach others to use technology.

We don’t believe that people have to use technology.

But we would like everyone to have the opportunity to, and we would also like everyone to have accurate, easy to understand information and about what they might find useful and why.

Since 1996, we’ve been working in a number of ways to promote our beliefs.

• We provide loads of free learning content and we’ve also got an online community where learners can ask questions, share ideas, support each other - and just chat.

• We provide home visit tuition through a network of local Digital Unite Tutors who are recruited, trained and supported by us.

• We provide training for organisations – be they public or private sector - through community learning programmes, staff training programmes and the development of digitally-orientated customer care services.  We work with all sorts of organisations including social housing providers, libraries, unions, community organisations and multinational PLCs.

• We offer structured skills development for those who deliver digital literacy to others. Our Digital Champion ITQ (DC ITQ) is delivered through our online Academy, with dedicated tutor support, and can lead to a level 2 qualification.

• We campaign to promote the benefits of being online to older people – our Spring Online with Silver Surfers’ Day campaign has been running for 11 years. It’s the longest running and biggest digital literacy campaign for older people in the UK. In 2011, we galvanised hundreds of local people and organisations to run over 2,500 digital taster sessions.

Find out more about all our services by browsing through this website. If in doubt, ask a question. Use widely and with enthusiasm any of the learning resources you find.
And enjoy – you don’t have to be an expert to get excited about using digital technology!
Emma

127
48 Education- The Kinder Scout Trespass -80 years on
Updated: 23 Mar 2012

Mass trespass of Kinder Scout

 

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
alt
Commemorative plaque at Bowden Bridge Quarry in 2007
alt
North flank of Kinder Scout

The mass trespass of Kinder Scout was a notable act of willful trespass by ramblers.

 It was undertaken at Kinder Scout, in the Peak District of Derbyshire, England on 24 April 1932, to highlight that walkers in England and Wales were denied access to areas of open country.

Political and conservation activist Benny Rothman was one of the principal leaders.

A commemorative plaque marks the start of the trespass at Bowden Bridge quarry near Hayfield (which is now a popular area for ramblers).

 It was unveiled in April 1982 by an aged Benny Rothman during a rally to mark the 50th anniversary.

The trespass proceeded via William Clough to the plateau of Kinder Scout, where there were violent scuffles with gamekeepers.

The ramblers were able to reach their destination and meet with another group.

On the return, five ramblers were arrested, with another detained earlier.

Trespass was not, and still is not, a criminal offence in any part of Britain, but some would receive jail sentences of two to six months for offences relating to violence against the keepers.

(Some "Keepers" were employees of he Water Board it was discovered later)

The mass trespass had a far-reaching impact, some of which is still playing out today.

This culminated in the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000, which legislates rights to walk on mapped access land (see Open Country). The rights apply only to mapped access land.

The phrase right to roam refers to a campaign by the Ramblers Association in the 1990s, which has subsequently been adopted by the media.

 Introducing the CROW Act 2000 was a key promise in the New Labour manifesto which brought them to power in 1997.

Poet and folk singer Ewan MacColl celebrated these events in his song "The Manchester Rambler", and it is also the subject of the song "You Can (Mass Trespass, 1932)" on Chumbawamba's 2005 album A Singsong and a Scrap.

Each year a combination of Wardens and Rangers from both the National Trust and Peak District National Park Authority run a walking event to mark the anniversary of the trespass

156
49 Education- The Mass Trespass of Kinder Scout -80 years on -How breaking the law achieved change
Updated: 23 Mar 2012

Mass trespass on Kinder Scout· Battle with keepers
·

Police detain six men

but 80 years on ....How breaking the law achieved change

 

guardian.co.uk, Monday 25 April 1932 12.57 BST

 

Four or five hundred ramblers, mostly from Manchester, trespassed in mass on Kinder Scout to-day.

They fought a brief but vigorous hand-to-hand struggle with a number of keepers specially enrolled for the occasion.

This they won with ease, and then marched to Ashop Head, where they held a meeting before returning in triumph to Hayfield.

 Their triumph was short-lived, for there the police met them, halted them, combed their ranks for suspects, and detained five men. Another man had been detained earlier in the day.

For a week past Hayfield has been looking forward with anxiety to to-day's events.

Last Sunday members of the British Workers Sports Federation, which has no connection at all with the Ramblers' Federation, distributed handbills among Hayfield's usual Sunday population of ramblers urging them to "take action to open up the fine country at present denied us."

County Police Called In

This morning chalked notices on the roads, and leaflets distributed at the station, urged ramblers to meet on the Recreation Ground at two o'clock for a meeting before the much advertised mass trespass.

Forewarned is forearmed, and the Hayfield Parish Council at its meeting on Tuesday had taken steps to stop this meeting.

Numbers of Derbyshire county police had been called in, and special new copies of the by-laws, one of which prohibits meetings there, had lavishly been posted in the Recreation Ground.

The Deputy Chief Constable of Derbyshire and Superintendents McDonald and Else came to see that this regulation was observed, and Mr. Herbert Bradshaw, the clerk of the Parish Council, was there to read the by-law publicly if the ramblers attempted to make speeches.

They thought better of it, and punctually at two o'clock the four hundred or more ramblers who had gathered there set off for Kinder reservoir and Kinder scout.

 As they marched they sang.

They sang the "Red Flag" and the "International."

By the time we got to Nab Brow we saw our first gamekeepers dotted about on the slopes below Sandy Heys on the other side of William Clough.

 In a few moments the advance guard-men only, the women were kept behind -dropped down to the stream and started to climb the other side.

I followed. As soon as we came to the top of the first steep bit we met the keepers.

There followed a very brief parley, after which a fight started-nobody quite knew how. It was not an even struggle.

There were only eight keepers, while from first to last forty or more ramblers took part in the scuffle.

The keepers had sticks, while the ramblers fought mainly with their hands, though two keepers were disarmed and their sticks turned against them.

Keeper Injured

Other ramblers took belts off and used them, while one spectator at least was hit by a stone.

There will be plenty of bruises carefully nursed in Gorton and other parts of Manchester to-night, but no-one was at all seriously hurt except one keeper, Mr. E Beaver, who was knocked unconscious and damaged his ankle.

He was helped back to the road and taken by car to Hayfield and to Stockport Infirmary.

He was able to return home to-night after receiving treatment.

After the fight the police chiefs, who had accompanied the mass trespassers, left them alone to their great though premature relief.

The fight over, we continued up-hill, passing on the way a police inspector bringing down one rambler, who was subsequently detained at Hayfield Police Station.

Soon we turned to the left and continued along the hillside towards Ashop Head, the summit of the public footpath from Hayfield to the Snake Inn on the Glossop-Sheffield road.

Before we regained the footpath a halt was made for tea, and the Manchester contingent was joined by a party of about 30 from Sheffield, who had marched from Hope over Jacob's Ladder, from the top of which they had watched the battle with the keepers.

 The trespassers were urged not to leave any litter about, and to their credit it must be said they were particularly neat in this matter.

On Ashop Head itself a victory meeting was held, and the leader who at an earlier stage had asked us to trespass in spite of all danger now congratulated us on having trespassed so successfully.

We were warned that some ramblers might be unfortunate enough to be fined, and for their future benefit the hat was passed around.

The March Back

This done we made our way back to Hayfield, keeping religiously to the footpath this time. Near the Stockport Corporation Water Works we met the police once more.

One policeman made a move as if to detain one of the leaders, but he immediately took to his heels and was closely followed by a large number of ramblers, who so crowded the way that the policeman could not have got near him if that had indeed been his intention.

At the first beginnings of the village the ramblers were met by a police inspector in a "baby" car.

At his suggestion the ramblers formed up into column and marched into Hayfield, still over 200 strong, singing triumphantly, the police car leading the procession.

It was their last happy moment. When they got properly into the village they were halted by the police.

Still they suspected no ill, and it was not until police officers, accompanied by a keeper, began to walk through their ranks that they realised they had been caught.

Five men were taken to the police station and detained.

The rest of the now doleful procession was carefully shepherded through Hayfield while, as the church bells rang for Evensong, the jubilant villagers crowded every door and window to watch the police triumph.

143
50 Education-Hard Times by Charles Dickens
Updated: 08 Feb 2012

From The Socialist newspaper, 21 October 2009

 

Hard Times by Charles Dickens, reviewed by Linda Taaffe

 

IN 1854 Charles Dickens' weekly magazine Household Words serialised his novel Hard Times.

People looked forward to each episode just as nowadays they await the latest edition of TV serials.

Workers' conditions 150 years ago were brutal.

Dickens devoted his literary talent to making them central to this novel.

People still use the term "Dickensian" to refer to the poverty-stricken lives of poor workers today.

Dickens was not a socialist.

 Hard Times makes deprecatory comments about the union agitator character Slackbridge, and features a non-union mill weaver as the main worker character.

Neither did he pose a fundamental change in society.

But even this story, for popular consumption, would have been seen as an attack on the establishment and an open condemnation of capitalism.

Greedy employers such as Josiah Bounderby looked for the slightest signs of discontent that could lead to the "Hands" - real people reduced to mere units of labour - wanting "to be set up in a coach and six, and fed on turtle soup and venison with a gold spoon."

 Such men were marked out for transportation.

Karl Marx loved Dickens, who graphically highlighted working conditions and workers' efforts to form combinations (early trade unions).

 Dickens worked briefly in a Manchester shoe polish factory, experiencing the conditions that Friedrich Engels brilliantly documented in Conditions of the Working Class in 1844.

Dickens vowed to "strike the heaviest blow in my power" to help those toiling there.

This wonderful short novel uses satire to comment on class, laws and parliament.

Dickens presents two ways of seeing life - the mean, utilitarian, cash nexus, as opposed to treating people decently and letting human relations flower.

MPs were already getting a bad name.

Dickens describes Thomas Gradgrind MP as "throwing of dust about into the eyes of other people," and described politicians as people in the service of the rich.

He was sickened by inhuman conditions in the factories where children's bodies were regularly mangled.

Even the factory inspectors were shackled.

"Government gentlemen come and mak's report. Fend off the dangerous machinery, box it off, save life and limb, don't rend and tear human creeturs to bits in a Chris'en country.

 What follers? Owners sets up their throats, cries out 'Onreasonable! Inconvenient! Troublesome!'

Gets to Secretaries o'State wi' deputations and nothing's done.

When do we get there wi' our deputations..."

What about deputations on pay, housing, health today, let alone the petitions of millions who demonstrated against war?

Cabinet ministers are still deaf to workers' pleas. Secretaries of State still cry "Onreasonable" over our cry for decent pensions.

Gradgrind wants to mould everyone and everything to serve self-interested capitalist exploitation for naked profit. His school in Coketown, "a town of machinery and tall chimneys," was founded on "facts".

He advises the teacher Mr M'Choakumchild to "plant nothing else, and root out everything else."

The "little vessels...are arranged in order, ready to have imperial facts poured into them until they were full to the brim."

Governments today still try to harness education strictly to employers' needs.

Teachers talk about the Gradgrind curriculum when campaigning against Sats tests for young children, and against the use of numbers and scores in league tables as the crucial measure for educational institutions.

Real education, most teachers agree, should be based on the ability to think for oneself.

This debate has been held for generations.

Albert Einstein failed at school, but his enquiring mind pushed the boundaries of science and he came to the conclusion that "Imagination is more important than knowledge."

Dickens juxtaposed Sleary's Circus to Gradgrind and Bounderby.

The circus characters empathise with others and help each other, despite their poverty. Imagination, emotions and colour make for real human relations.

They show that life is about the common interest, and lending a helping hand.

The circus girl Sissy Jupe helps sort out the problems in the story, not the wealthy, powerful or educated, for all their knowledge and vanity.

Dickens' novel reminds us how little has fundamentally changed.

 Workers are still exploited by employers as units to make profits - and brutally discarded when not needed.

The cash nexus has penetrated every aspect of life, debasing human relations even more.

One character in Hard Times bemoans: "All's in a muddle," ie society is in a mess. It still is today.


 

205
51 Education- Was Dickens Really a Socialist ? (Certainly he was Anti-Capitalist)
Updated: 08 Feb 2012

William E. Pike

Was Dickens Really a Socialist?

December 2006 • Volume: 56 • Issue: 10 •

 I have been an avid fan of Charles Dickens’s works since before entering high school.

I have also adhered to the freedom philosophy for about as long.

Therefore, as the years passed and I read more and more commentators lauding Dickens as a catalyst for collectivist economics and state-centered social programs, I grew discouraged and disquieted.

I have come to find, however, that by and large these commentators were not interpreting Dickens at face value, but were in effect putting words into his mouth.

Did Dickens stand up for the poor?

Yes. Did Dickens speak out on the conditions in his time?

Yes. Was he anti-capitalist?

Were his views socialist?

Did he advocate for government welfare programs? No.

Compared to most great novelists, Dickens has inspired an inordinate mass of biographies, and interest in his life, apart from his works, has been unceasingly strong. One reason for this is simply that Dickens lived life fully.

He traveled abroad often and made many public appearances. He was an oft-seen figure (though many times anonymous) in the streets of London , exploring the city and meeting people of all backgrounds and walks of life. He was comfortable among England ‘s highest society and among its lowest classes. His understanding of the human condition, therefore, was comprehensive.

It is no surprise, then, that in both his fiction and his nonfiction Dickens went to great lengths to present his readers with the full range of English society, including many of its most downtrodden.

We should not draw political conclusions from the fact that Dickens had a heart—that he painted vivid pictures of those suffering poverty, disability, abuse, and homelessness.

That he would try to win his readers’ hearts to the likes of these says nothing about his views on how they should be helped.

Such inferences are made today by self-serving ideologues eager to enlist an ever-popular writer into their ranks.

Dickens presented his readers with some of literature’s most touching characters:

Tiny Tim, whose handicap would doom him to a youthful death without costly treatment;

Oliver Twist, the orphan forced to endure hunger, cruelty, and childhood labor;

Mr. Micawber, the genial debtor tragically forced into prison;

Little Nell and Jo, who would die well before their time.

In presenting such characters Dickens meant to force us to face the plight of society’s least members, but he did not prescribe a collectivist solution to ending their miseries.

Nor does he blame their plight on the still-evolving capitalist economy of his day.

We are used to thinking of Dickens as an enemy of capitalism largely because of his timeless lampooning of certain men of business.

What he was really doing, however, was attacking the vice of greed.

In Our Mutual Friend he blasts the Lammles, who marry each other solely for money (only to find out that neither has any).

In the same novel he forced the “mercenary” Bella Wilfer to undergo a transformation before finding happiness.

In Martin Chuzzlewit relatives of the title character are ridiculed for their scheming at inheritance.

And then there is the prototype of the heartless capitalist—Ebenezer Scrooge.

But as with other characters, Dickens does not attack Scrooge as a capitalist but as a miser.

As Daniel T. Oliver put it in The Freeman (December 1999):

Scrooge’s character defect is not so much greed as miserliness.

He hoards his money even at the expense of personal comfort.

While many remember the single lump of coal that burns in the cold office of his assistant Bob Cratchit, the fire in Scrooge’s own office is described as “very small.”. . . Dickens gives us no reason to believe that Scrooge has ever been dishonest in his business dealings.

He is thrifty, disciplined, and hard-working.

What Dickens makes clear is that these virtues are not enough.

Though the protagonist throughout A Christmas Carol might be Bob Cratchit, there are sympathetic characters who are in fact capitalists.

Fezziwig, a man of business, nevertheless treats his employees like family.

And then there are the easily overlooked “portly gentlemen, pleasant to behold,” collecting money to “buy the Poor some meat and drink, and means of warmth.”

Indeed, Scrooge himself, on that transformative Christmas morning, does not renounce capitalism. Instead he promises to be a better man.

He will live a fuller life and share his good fortune with those close to him.

Many libertarians and other supporters of the free market will interject that Scrooge is already benefiting society as an effective businessman.

The argument is also made that in lampooning Scrooge’s personality, Dickens also distorts the realities of the labor market. Michael Levin has written:

Let’s look without preconceptions at Scrooge’s allegedly underpaid clerk, Bob Cratchit.

The fact is, if Cratchit’s skills were worth more to anyone than the fifteen shillings Scrooge pays him weekly, there would be someone glad to offer it to him.

Since no one has, and since Cratchit’s profit-maximizing boss is hardly a man to pay for nothing,

Cratchit must be worth exactly his present wages.

Both arguments have merit—Scrooge, like your local banker or financier, benefits society through his business. And yes, Dickens does not express, and most likely did not fully comprehend, the realities of the labor market.

But the tale of Scrooge is of personal redemption. It is not particularly realistic nor well-versed in economics.

Dickens is not attempting to argue against capitalism, nor is he arguing against a free market for labor.

He is arguing against personal callousness and against misanthropy.

In chapter 33 of Socialism Ludwig von Mises lamented Dickens’s characterizations of utilitarianism and of true liberalism.

However, if Dickens’s words were later co-opted to promote a socialist agenda, that is hardly his fault. Utilitarianism can be the basis of a solid capitalist economy.

It can also be mutated into a communist state. Dickens might not have understood that, but he did know that utilitarianism without reasonable judgment can turn society—and the state—into something monstrous.

Private Philanthropy, Not Public Welfare

A Christmas Carol exemplifies, on a personal level, what Dickens was really arguing for.

He was not calling for state intervention, nor for economic regulations.

Instead, he argued on behalf of personal philanthropy.

In the end, Scrooge helps Tiny Tim not because of socialist ideals, but because his humanity is reawakened, causing him to care for this child. Quite frankly, he does the right thing.

In fact, a survey of Dickens’s novels shows that his protagonists and his happy endings often have something in common—a person with means helps persons of limited or no means out of the goodness of his heart. Oliver Twist is adopted by Mr. Brownlow.

In Our Mutual Friend the Boffins relinquish their fortune to the rightful heir.

Martin Chuzzlewit provides for his long-neglected grandchild and his true love.

Mr. Pickwick forgives dishonest friends and helps them to establish a new life.

And Sydney Carton gives up his very life for a pair of lovers in A Tale of Two Cities.

One can search in vain through Dickens’s works for calls for government control of the economy or social-welfare structures.

 As Lauren M. E. Goodland writes in Victorian Literature and the Victorian State regarding Dickens’s treatment of sanitation in Bleak House:

Here sanitary reform becomes fundamentally necessary to the nation’s moral and physical well-being.

Yet it would be a mistake to infer from such remarks that Dickens had become a staunch proponent of the state’s duty to intervene in the lives of individuals and communities.

 Bleak House memorably dramatizes the need for pastorship in a society of allegedly self-reliant individuals.

But it by no means clearly endorses state tutelage, nor, indeed, any other form of institutionalized authority.

In reality Dickens often criticized state-sponsored institutions.

The Ghost of Christmas Present, for instance, chastises Scrooge for relying on such institutions rather than being philanthropic himself.

Using Scrooge’s own words he mocks him:

 “Are there no prisons?

 Are there no workhouses?”

Among Dickens’s most moving writings is a nonfiction article called “A Walk in a Workhouse.”

In a few short pages he describes the pathetic scene of a state-sponsored parish workhouse, Victorian England’s solution to almost every social burden—orphans, abandoned children, the sick, the aged, the infirm, the insane.

The problem of course was that the workhouse took away both a person’s liberty and dignity—not to mention his future.

In all these Long Walks of aged and infirm, some old people were bedridden, and had been for a long time; some were sitting on their beds half-naked; some dying in their beds; some out of bed, and sitting at a table near the fire.

A sullen or lethargic indifference to what was asked, a blunted sensibility to everything but warmth and food, a moody absence of complaint as being of no use, a dogged silence and resentful desire to be left alone again, I thought were generally apparent.

Such was how Dickens viewed the state’s involvement in society’s welfare.

He took great pains to laud the nurses of the workhouse, who cared deeply about their wards.

But the place itself—the institution—was an abomination.

So don’t believe the English professors and the literary theorists.

Charles Dickens was not a socialist at heart.

Far from being an early proponent of the welfare state, he was sounding alarms for all of us.

Let us finally heed his warning.

166
52 Education- Tom Paine - Writer and Revolutionary
Updated: 28 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

28th January 2012

Concluded

Paine, now an old man, was not so able to look after himself.

He wrote imploringly to Jefferson, asking the American Government to reward him financially for his work for the Revolution, but to no avail.

Paine was even refused the right to vote in 1806,officialdom saying that he was not in fact an American citizen. Paine turned increasingly to drink to dull his pain.

However, Paine’s contemporaries noted what brilliant sparkling company he still was on his lucid days.

By 1808, Paine was living in squalor, desperately sick and largely unable to move or converse. In his will, he left the bulk of his estate to Mme Bonneville.

On June 8th ,1809, Thomas Paine breathed his last, and was buried on his farm in New Rochelle.

Tragically, his body was later exhumed and his bones lost; to this day, his final resting place remains unknown. Paine affirmed that “ …my country is the world, and my religion is to do good.”

 His legacy lives on in his writings and in his profound influence on citizenship and modern democracy.

End.

152
53 Education- Tom Paine-Writer and Revolutionary- continued
Updated: 27 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

27th Jan 2012

Continued

During Paine’s final years in France, he drew up plans for the invasion of England, with the aim of liberating the English people from the shackles of the Georgian monarchy, as he saw it.

He was even to show initial support for Napoleon Bonaparte.

However, this was a political flirtation that was to cool quickly, Paine later renouncing Napoleon as a cool quickly, Paine later renouncing Napoleon as a tyrant and “the completest charlatan that ever existed.”

After the peace of Amiens in 1802 Paine decided to return to America.

A warm public letter to Paine from the new President, Thomas Jefferson, was received by many in America with scorn.

Having been away for fifteen years, Paine spent time assessing the political climate.

 He wrote a series of open letters criticising the backbiting and conflict in American government, and the misuse of the press.

Paine was saddened that citizens had forgotten how the American Revolution had come about, and the principles upon which America had been founded.

His despair was exacerbated  by ill health, poverty and old age

Nevertheless, he continued to give public lectures, and write articles.

He planned to publish an anthology of his works, but this never came to fruition.

To be concluded

125
54 Education-Tom Paine- Writer and Revolutionary-continued
Updated: 26 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

 

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

26th Jan2012

 

In December of that year, Paine was arrested and thrown into the Luxembourg prison, once a royal palace and now a prison for “enemies” of the Revolution.

Paine’s cell was small, dark and damp, but he was lucky in that he could afford candles by which to write.

The horror of the Luxembourg would have tried the courage of all but the bravest- a door would be flung open, a soldier would read out a list of names – then men, women and children would be dragged out to the guillotine.

It was noted that Paine was a calming influence and offered support to his fellow prisoners in their final hours.

The severe stress and terrible conditions eventually caused Paine to fall seriously ill.

It was the custom for the turnkeys to mark a cross on the door of those cells whose occupants were to be guillotined.

At the height of Paine’s fever, his comrades asked for his cell door to be left open, and in so doing the fatal cross was hidden from view, and he escaped death.

Paine wrote repeatedly to Gouverneur Morris (American Minister to France) insisting that he should be freed.

Some suspected that the Americans were not anxious to see Paine at liberty to cause trouble between France and America. However, at last, in 1794, the new American envoy to France, James Monroe, secured his release.

Pain was now ill, unkempt and grey from his ten month ordeal, but he soon recovered his health and for the following years wrote many pamphlets on a variety of subjects.

He lived with the Bonneville family in Paris, and Madame Bonneville translated for him.

Paine now harangued Washington, in the American press, accusing Washington of abandoning him whilst he lay languishing in prison.

continued

127
55 Education-Tom Paine- Writer and Revolutionary - continued
Updated: 25 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

 

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

25th Jan 2012


continued

Struggles for power between the Jacobins and the Girondins now gathered pace.

Some delegates wanted  the king executed, others, including Paine,

favoured exiling him.

Paine worked feverishly to influence the deputies to a compromise solution.

 In his address, Paine reiterated his hatred of monarchy,

but warned against revenge and blood-letting which

was not becoming for a democratic republic.

The address fell on deaf ears .

On 21 January 1793 King Louis XVI was guillotined.

Now began the Reign of Terror .

All those deputies who had voted against the death sentence for Louis XVI were in

grave danger, including Paine himself.

Paine was trapped.

He could not return to either England or America .

He began work on another very controversial pamphlet The Age of Reason ,

an account of his views on religion.

Many of his friends had by this time been guillotined and Paine must have been

keenly aware of his mortality at this time

This work revealed that Paine believed strongly in

a benevolent Maker (‘I believe in one God, and

more; and I hope for happiness beyond this life’) but

was highly critical of organized religion:

All national institutions of churches…appear to me no

other than human invention, set up to terrify and

enslave mankind, and monopolise power and profit.

 

The Age of Reason quickly became a bestseller when published in 1793.

125
56 Education- Robert Burns by J.R.Campbell
Updated: 25 Jan 2012

On the 200th Anniversary of the birth of Robert Burns
 
 

Written by J.R.Campbell on 24th January 1959 in World News.

For the occasion of the bi-centenary of Robert Burns we are better able to understand the man and the poet than ever before and to see what contribution he made to literature and to life.  
 
It is impossible to be neutral about Bums and it has always been difficult to make a balanced  estimation, but in this age of revolutionary change, those who are striving to promote that change are in an excellent position to understand Bums’ position in similar circumstances at the end of the eighteenth century.

Unfortunately for Burn’ reputation, the period after his death when the first biographies were being written was one of political reaction, when it was difficult to take a firm stand for the radical democracy which was Burns’ ideal.  

The French Revolution had first attracted and then repelled the intelligentsia and sympathy for radical change was on the wane. So Burns’ politics were on the whole played down. 

“His politics smelt . . .” The remark “his politics smelt of the smiddy” [smithy] took the place of a serious analysis of his opinions. It was also an age of religious reaction. 

The British ruling class had been thoroughly shaken by the French Revolution, which they attributed in part to the irreligious teachings of the Encyclopedists. 

If a similar misfortune were not to befall Britain, then everything possible must be done to ensure that the people were indoctrinated with religion.

 In the Scots Churches there was a swing back, from the liberal interpretations of Christian doctrine which Burns  had  backed in his own lifetime, to the stern discipline of Calvinism. 

The rapidly forming proletariat had to be kept in “decency and order”.

Those aspects of Burns’ poetry which did not fit in with this new social climate were consistently underplayed.

Burns’ first biographer, Dr.Currie, was more than pained at the poet’s addiction to, and praise of,strong drink and was only too eager, in the manner of later temperance advocates, to cite the poet as an example to be avoided.

In addition he was prepared to water down anything in Burns’ past life that might not fit in with the current political reaction. 

 Burns’ good friends in Dumfries were only too anxious to ensure that Dr.Currie’s forthcoming volumes had the widest possible sale and that in their opinion was most likely if they offended nobody.

The more extensive the sale of this work, the more there would be to support Burns’ widow, Jean Armour Burns, and to educate his children.  
So Dr. Currie got in first with the legend of Bums as a chronic alcoholic and little attention was paid to those who sought to paint another picture. 

A stained glass picture.  If the radical poet could be presented as a harum-scarum reprobate, who by some queer accident wrote very good poetry, it might prevent anyone from being greatly interested in his politics. 

When the rebellion against this false picture came, it went  to  the  other extreme.

A stained-glass picture of the poet became common.

He was represented as a sentimentalist almost too good for this wicked world.    

The famous portrait by Nasmyth, which certainly did not represent Bums “warts and all”, was constantly reproduced and each successive reproduction made Burns more and more of a cissy.

For this ethereal poet an ethereal lover was invented and we have, alongside the poet’s earthly lady loves, that creature of stardust,“Highland Mary”.  

It is not necessary to follow recent biographers in denigrating Mary.

The sober fact is that hardly anything is known about her one way or another.

So to the exceedingly ethereal picture of Burns, legend had to add the equally ethereal picture of his Highland goddess Bible in hand.

The emerging bourgeoisie and petty bourgeoisie in the nineteenth century annexed Burns.

Their annual Burns dinners became ritualised. It was an occasion for listening to Bums’ songs and poems the more sentimental preferably and for testing the qualities of strong drink. 

A curious feature of some of these ceremonies which still survives, is that they give scope for toasts not only on “The Immortal Memory” or “the Lassies” but also on “the Town and Trade” in which some local employer or magistrate gives his views on the economic situation.

In the middle of enjoying Burns, it was necessary not to forget business.

Those gatherings are well summed up by Hugh MacDiarmid when he describes them as voicing:  Burns’ sentiments o’ universal love, In pidgin English or in wild-fowl Scots,  And toasting ane wha’s nocht to them but an  Excuse for faitherin’ genius wi’ their thochts. 

It is therefore significant to note what was put in.

Burns was hoping for support by the local gentry for the first edition of his poems, yet the landlord and their ladies are not spared in the Twa Dogs. 

But gentlemen an’ ladies warst  Wi’ ev’n down want o’ wark are crust, 
They loiter lounging, lank an’ lazy,
Tho’ deil-haet ails them, yet uneasy: 
Their days insipid, dull and tasteless,
Their nichts unquiet, lang an’ restless, 
The men cast out in party-matches 
Then sowther a’ in deep debauches 
Ae nicht they’re mad wi’ drink and  whoring
Niest day their life is past enduring.    

If that was Burns when he was trying to be cautious, you can guess what he was like when he was reckless (as he frequently was).

Or take his address to George the Third in A Dream: 
Far be’t from me that I aspire, 
To blame your legislation 
Or say ye wisdom want, or fire 
To rule this mighty nation. 
But faith I muckle doubt, my Sire, 
Ye’ve trusted ministration 
To chaps, wha in a barn or byre 
Wad better fill their station 
Than courts yon day.    

Mr.Daiches complains that “at intervals a note of vulgar familiarity emerges, which would have been offensive even if the poem had been addressed to a fellow farmer.”

But surely Burns meant to be more offensive to George the Third than he would ever dream of being to a fellow farmer. 

To the Duke of Clarence, who was running around with a well known actress.

Burns indicates that he ought to marry the girl.

The Duke, like many royal dukes since, was pretending to be a sailor: 
Young royal Tarry Breeks,.
I learn  Ye’ve lately come athwart her, 
A glorious galley, stem and stern, 
Well rigged for Venus barter, 
But first hang out that she’ll discern, 
Your Hymeneal charter, 
Then heave aboard your grapple airn  
And large, upo her quarter, 
Come full that day.

Burns was living in what was frankly and openly an oligarchy.

Most modern poets congratulate themselves on living in a democracy where speech is free. 

 Yet they are with few exceptions much more scared of the Establishment than Burns was.

Imagine them venturing on the theme of the Abdication of Edward VIII with all its opportunities for sentimentality or satire. 

Burns was in a measure expressing the republican sentiments of his native Ayrshire, which had stood on the very left of the Covenanting movement  and so he was intellectually prepared to support the Great French Revolution when  it materialised. 

But by this time he had ceased to be an independent, if  precariously situated, young farmer. 

He was now an Exciseman and infinitely victimisable.  

So he had to manoeuvre, but each retreat was followed by a daring counter-blow. No one could keep Burns quiet for long. 

His  two heaviest counter-blows “Scots wha hae" and “Is there for honest Poverty” were published at the time when the  supporters of political  reform were being harried in Scotland. 

Still the sense of being hemmed  in was with Bums in his last years and growing ill-health added to his difficulties.

But there he was, in fair days and foul, labouring away at Scots songs. 

Those who alleged that his intellectual powers were declining should read the remarkable series of letters, which he sent along to George Thomson in Edinburgh.

For their understanding of Scots song they remain unequalled even today.

Years before he had written: 
Even then a wish (I mind its power) 
A wish that to my latest hour -  Shall strongly heave my breast, 
That I, for poor auld Scotland’s sake, 
Some useful plan or book couldmake 
Or sing a sang at least. 

That wish was at least fulfilled but he would have accomplished more if he had not been frustrated by political repression and by the constant menace of victimisation. 

This reflection will not prevent the present Establishment in Scotland and England (in their own right no mean exponents of victimisation) from delivering their orations and toasting the Immortal Memory.
Communist Party World News 1959

EXTRA NOTES

 Robbie Burns was a supporter and identified with the French Revolution, in his poem

" Why Should we idly waste our Prime?" he states:

"Proud Priests and Bishops we'll translate And canonise as Martyrs;

The guillotine on Peers shall wait;
And Knights shall hang in garters.
Those Despots long have trod us down, And judges are their engines;
Such wretched minions of a Crown Demand the People's vengeance!

Today tis theirs.
Tomorrow we Shall don the Cap of Libertie!"

Burns also wrote a short poem in 1792, entitled

The Slave's Lament,
describing the homesickness of a man snatched from Senegal and put towork on a Virginia plantation

166
57 Education-Tom Paine-Writer and Revolutionary-continued
Updated: 24 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

24th Jan 2012

Continued

Rights of Man stirred up much anti-government and anti-monarchist feeling.

Paine’s views on the English Government were clear:

 

All this seems to show that change of ministers amounts to nothing.

One goes out, another comes in, and still the same measures, vices and extravagance are pursued.

It signifies not who is minister.

The defect lies in the system.

 

The authorities determined to harass Paine and crush every sign of dissent.

Incidents of burning or hanging Paine’s effigy occurred everywhere.

He was lampooned in news-sheets, and tailed by government agents.

In 1792 Paine was charged with seditious libel.

 The authorities were trying to force him to leave the country or withdraw his opinions from public circulation.

Paine decided it would be safer if he left.

He made his way to Dover quayside through a hostile crowd.

Embarking on the packet bound for Calais, Paine left England, never to return.

In France he was welcomed once more, and offered French citizenship, which he accepted.

Wherever he went there were cries of “Vive Thomas Paine”.

Most of the people of France in 1792 had accepted the Revolution, but the question of the king had not been settled.

The monarchy had been suspended, but France was not yet a republic.

The motion that “royalty be abolished in France” was eventually passed unanimously.

continued

129
58 Education-Tom Paine-Writer and Revolutionary-continued
Updated: 23 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

 

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

23rd Jan 2012

 

 The first part of Rights of the Man was publish in 1791.

Paine’s opponents criticized  his plain and  ‘vulgar’ writing style, but officials chose at first to  ignore him, not wishing to incite even greatrevolutionary clamour .

Paine dedicated Rights of Man  to Washington , but he was not impressed and in fact distanced himself from Paine in the months ahead.
                                  
 Paine, glowing with literary success, returned to  France in 1791, sensing that revolutionary feeling was  running high.

However, on one occasion  Paine was briefly mistaken for a royalist and set upon by the volatile crowd.

He was almost dragged to the nearest lamp-post and hung.

Luckily for Paine, friends were  able to placate the mob, but not without Paine receiving some injuries.
                                      
 Paine and several friends plastered Paris with copies of a republican manifesto.

They also published and distributed a journal of revolutionary writings.
                     
 Paine returned to London ,convinced that revolution was imminent.

He was the talk of the country, and the King even commissioned a scurrilous biography to be written, to harm Paine’s reputation
                                
Burke responded to Rights of Man publicly and Paine responded further with the second part of Rights of Man.

This proved much harder to get into print, as  publishers feared imprisonment.

 It eventually reached the public in 1792 and was distributed by The London  Corresponding Society.

121
59 Education- Tom Paine- Writer and Revolutionary - continued
Updated: 22 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

22nd Jan 2012

Continued

Burke’s Reflections was aimed at the English aristocracy whom he hoped to awaken politically.

Paine decided that his work would be stylistically simple, In contrast to Burke’s, and “in language as plain as the alphabet.” Rights of Man would publicly challenge the view that the ruling political class was accountable to itself alone.

Rights of Man was not only an answer to Reflections, but was an appeal to his countrymen to replace aristocratic institutions with new liberal ones based on merit, and not on the hereditary principle.

Paine did not mince his words:

When we survey the wretched condition of man under the monarchical and hereditary systems of government, dragged from his home by one power, or driven by another, and impoverished by taxes more than enemies, it becomes evident that those systems are bad, and that a general revolution in the principle and construction of governments is necessary.

Paine also laid out his ideas on civil rights;

Man did not enter into society to become worse than he was before, nor to have fewer rights than he had before, but to have those rights better secured.

His natural rights are the foundation of all his civil rights.

He was to develop these ideas in his last major work, Agrarian Justice (1795).

Paine’s forward looking proposals in Agrarian Justice can perhaps be seen as the early roots of the welfare state, in which provision is made for the very young, the sick and the elderly.

continued

136
60 Education- Tom Paine- Writer and Revolutionary - continued
Updated: 21 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

20th January 2012

Continued.

As well as being a political writer, Paine was keenly interested in designing models of bridges.

In May 1787, Paine returned to France to sell some of his designs.

Unfortunately, he could not secure financial backing and decided to return to England.

Paine came back to Thetford and saw his mother after thirteen years away.

Sadly, his father had died during his absence so the reunion must have been tearful.

When he left he made an allowance of 9s a week to his mother.

Meanwhile, a great revolution was fermenting in France, where promised reforms had not come, and thousands were suffering hunger and poverty.

This was a scenario that enthralled Paine and which appealed to all his radical sympathies.

Paine began writing a commentary on the French Revolution, and wrote to Edmund Burke about his hopes for spreading revolutionary fervour.

Burke reacted with horror, publishing Reflections on the Revolution in France in 1790, in part as a public reply to Paine’s invective.

Paine was hugely angered by Burke’s writings.

He retired to the Angel Inn in Islington, and worked feverishly on his reply.

This was to become the bestselling book in the history of publishing-Rights of Man

Continued

143
61 Education-Tom Paine-Writer and Revolutionary-continued
Updated: 20 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

20th Jan 2012

Continued

The war with Britain raged on, and Paine received the news that John Laurens had been killed.
This fuelled Paine’s writings and persuaded him that to defeat Britain the revolution must be brought to      Englishmen on their own soil.
 By 1783, the war had ended and with it the motivation for Paine’s writings
and actions.
He felt weary and disillusioned with the new United States of America .
Congress asked him to write a history of the America Revolution, but this
Did not appeal to Paine, especially as payment would have come much later.

Paine now spent some time with Washington .
They had served together in the war, and sustained a mutual respect.
Washington once reputedly giving Paine one of his own coats.
 
 In 1784 Congress granted Paine a sequestered 300 acre farm at New Rochelle in New York State, which he rented out to make an income.
He kept up the pressure on Congress to reward him for his revolutionary writings, and eventually Congress gave him a grant which was to set a precedent for honouring literary figures.
 
Yet this was not enough to keep Paine in America .
He was once more at loggerheads with his contemporaries, this time over the Bank of North America.
Paine saw this institution as a means to regulate the personal fortunes of the rich. Paine was unjustly accused of being in the pay of the Bank, and
the continual slander he faced eventually persuaded him to return to Europe.

continued

152
62 Education-Tom Paine - Writer and Revolutionary
Updated: 19 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

Jill Scholey

19th Jan 2012

Continued

Paine started planning to go undercover to England to rouse the  English towards their own revolution.

He was dissuaded by friends who thought the idea too dangerous.

Then an opportunity arose for him to journey to France with John Laurens, to ask the French government for aid to fight against the British.

Paine and Laurens set sail in the winter of 1781.

The passage was traumatic, and the ship nearly ran into icebergs.

However, Paine arrived in France a month later, unkempt but in good spirits.

Paine received a hero’s welcome from the French monarchist government despite his overt republicanism.

He worked as an unofficial Secretary to Laurens who, with Benjamin Franklin, was arranging military aid.

Once the aid was secured, Paine returned to America ,landing back at Boston in August 1781.

As a political writer, Paine’s role in public life was less secure the closer that America travelled towards peace.

He strengthened his friendship with General Washington, the future President of America.

He also befriended Robert Morris, a powerful politician, and it was through these friendships that Paine managed to secure employment.

Paine wrote an essay entitled Letter to the Abbe Raynal, on the Affairs of North America in 1782 (Raynal had written a history of the America Revolution).

Paine’s essay developed his ideas that revolution should spread throughout Europe.

Paine viewed himself as a world citizen, and firmly believed America could act a model for other countries.

 

continued

144
63 Education- Tom Paine - Writer and Revolutionary-continued
Updated: 19 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

18th Jan 2012

In 1777, Paine was appointed Secretary to the Committee of Foreign Affairs, not without opposition from his critics .

However, this was the first official recognition of Paine’s might as a political writer.

In the autumn of 1777 another British  attack came at the Battle of Brandywine.

Over a thousand Americans were killed or wounded.

Even as the British were advancing, Paine was busy scribbling the fourth America Crisis paper and paid for the publication out of his own pocket.

Although the paper advocated fearlessness, it was not enough to keep the Philadelphia citizens from fleeing. Paine soon realised that he must either flee or face death.

Paine was now homeless and under constant threat.

 He rode along back roads, and witnessed much fighting and bloodshed.

Paine seemed loved and hated in equal measure, not least because he spoke out against corruption. In one such incident, a man named Silas Deane was caught profiteering from the selling of arms.

Paine’s public scorn of Deane and others was viewed by some as being damaging to Congress, and events eventually led to Paine’s resignation.

In 1779, Paine became Clerk to the Assembly.

This enabled him to contribute more substantially to the anti-slavery legislation of the time.

continued

140
64 Reference- Debate-This House believes Britain should leave the EU
Updated: 17 Jan 2012

DEBATE -THIS HOUSE BELIEVES THAT BRITAIN SHOULD LEAVE THE EU

 

The Economist

 

 

Defending the motion Daniel Hannan 

Conservative member of the European Parliament for South East England


One of the reasons the EU's GDP is shrinking as a proportion of world GDP is that deeper integration means less competition among the member states, which in turn means higher taxes and more regulation.

Against the motion Douglas Alexander 

Shadow secretary of state and Labour MP, Paisley and Renfrewshire South

 The confluence of these dynamics—a changing European architecture and an America looking to Asia rather than Europe—means that the next few years risk seeing a collapse in Britain's influence abroad.


The moderator's rebuttal remarks Jan 16th 2012 | Tom Nuttall 

 

In his second statement, Daniel Hannan acknowledges the comments from non-British European readers, such as Saint Just, Michel_Berlin and OLDIE, who have grown tired of British intransigence within the European Union and urge a quick departure.

As Mr Hannan points out, it is hardly surprising that Britain's hesitant and sometimes hostile attitude might generate resentment.

But, as some other comments suggest, there is more to this story.

Many EU countries, particularly the central and eastern European ones that joined in 2004 and 2007, have seen Britain as a natural ally.

They know that a British departure will tilt the political centre of gravity within the EU, and not necessarily to their advantage.

"German dominance of the EU is not a good thing," says Gdansk, whose username suggests he or she is writing from Poland.

Britain, after all, was (and remains) the big champion of EU enlargement. It shares an Atlanticist, free-trade outlook with many of the newer members.

Like most of them, and unlike most of the "old" EU-15, it has not joined the euro.

What sometimes gets forgotten in this debate is the weight that Britain carries in the EU.

It is the third most populous member and the third biggest economy of the club. Unlike every other member barring France, it can project serious military force. It has a permanent seat on the UN Security Council.

Adding Norway or Switzerland to the EU would not make much difference to its political dynamics.

Taking Britain away would. "It would be a great loss for the EU," says pedrolx2.

Britain's drift away from the EU also changes the nature of the Franco-German relationship, the most important one within the EU.

At the fateful December summit, Angela Merkel, Germany's chancellor, was reportedly furious with David Cameron for forcing her into the arms of Nicolas Sarkozy, the French president, and his plans for tighter integration at the euro-zone (rather than EU) level.

Such arguments are unlikely to carry much weight within Britain itself. Mr Hannan and Douglas Alexander both focus on the costs and benefits to Britain of EU membership.

As elected British politicians, this is how it should be.

Yet in a sense they are talking past each other, and that is because very different assumptions lie at the heart of their arguments.

Mr Hannan argues that leaving the EU would not damage Britain's economic interests.

An EU that exports far more to Britain than it imports from it would have no interest in restricting trade.

And as the examples of Hong Kong and Monaco show, wealth (in per-person GDP terms) does not depend on size or influence.

Britain can thrive outside the EU—so why not leave?

Such arguments baffle commenters like jUDxQ4Jnq7, a Frenchman (or woman) living in London, who expresses surprise that "the question of EU membership is an economic one" in his or her adopted home.

But that is not always true.

Mr Alexander does not directly challenge Mr Hannan's contention that British withdrawal from the EU would not harm its economic interests.

 Instead, channelling a different strain of British foreign-policy thinking, he frames his argument in internationalist terms.

As America slowly shifts its strategic attention towards Asia and away from Europe, and the global balance of economic power moves ever-eastwards, it will, Mr Alexander believes, become steadily more important for Britain to be able to "amplify" its voice via the EU.

These two visions are not easily reconciled.

But in their final statements I would like our speakers to try on each other's clothes (briefly).

Mr Hannan might address those Britons, including plenty within his own Conservative Party, who have bigger ideas for their country than to be merely a Switzerland with nukes.

And Mr Alexander might consider how to convince those Eurosceptics who have no problem with Britain's international vocation, but believe it is best pursued outside a declining, bureaucratic club.

The proposer's rebuttal remarksJan 16th 2012 | Daniel Hannan 

 Douglas Alexander advances two arguments in support of EU membership: first, that we should not "cut ourselves off from a market of 500m people": and second that we need to be "part of a £10 trillion economy rather than just a £1.5 trillion economy".

To take them in turn, no one—no one—is suggesting that Britain should turn away from European commerce.

I tried to anticipate this absurd charge in my opening statement, but, to repeat, withdrawal from the EU's political structures does not imply withdrawal from the market.

Under Article 50 of the Lisbon treaty, the EU is obligated to negotiate a trade accord with a state that leaves.

Britain might choose to remain in the European Economic Area, like Norway. Norwegian exports to the EU in 2010 were twice as much per head as Britain's.

Or it might prefer to leave the EEA, too, and rely on bilateral free-trade accords, like Switzerland.

Swiss exports to the EU in 2010 were four times as much per head as Britain's.

Some might protest that, while this is the legal position, an acrimonious split could leave the EU looking for ways to erect unofficial non-tariff barriers against British trade.

Why on earth should it want to do so, though, when the balance of such trade is overwhelmingly to the advantage of continental exporters?

Over the past 40 years, Britain has run a cumulative trade surplus with every continent on the planet except Europe.

Between 2005 and 2010, the EU accounted for 92% of our trade deficit (see pdf for the full figures).

It is hard to imagine that other EU states would wish to restrict trade with what would be, by a long way, their single biggest export market.

As for the second claim, the idea that we are too small to survive on our own, it rests on a misconception.

If size were a prerequisite of prosperity, China would be wealthier than Hong Kong, France than Monaco, Indonesia than Brunei—the EU, for that matter, than Switzerland.

All the evidence suggests that the opposite is the case.

In global league tables, the ten states with the highest GDP per person all have populations below 7m.

What matters to a modern economy is not its size, but its tax rate, its regulatory regime and its business climate.

One of the reasons the EU's GDP is shrinking as a proportion of world GDP is that deeper integration means less competition among the member states, which in turn means higher taxes and more regulation.

Too small to survive? Britain is the seventh largest economy in the world, the fourth largest military power and the fourth largest exporter.

It is a member of the G8 and one of five members of the UN Security Council.

It enjoys close links to America and the Commonwealth (which, unlike the EU, is growing impressively).

If 7m Swiss and 4m Norwegians are able not simply to survive outside the EU, but to enjoy arguably the highest living standards on Earth, surely 60m Britons could manage.

British voters have worked this out for themselves. As the shadow foreign secretary acknowledges, public opinion has turned against EU membership.

The difference between us is that I do not see public opinion as an obstacle to be overcome: I see it as a reason to change direction.

The three main British political parties have repeatedly promised referendums on one aspect or another of European integration; all three have abandoned their commitments when the time has come.

These repeated broken promises have done a great deal to weaken the legitimacy of our representative institutions.

Finally, a note to the many readers from other EU countries who have posted comments along the lines of 'good riddance, the quicker Britain leaves, the better'.

I quite understand your frustration.

British policy over the past 40 years has indeed been lamentable: we have protested against every new initiative, then threatened to veto it, then sulkily given in, and then complained.

Better by far to negotiate a new and more honest relationship.

We should say to our allies in the EU:

"If you want to establish a deeper union among yourselves, do it with our goodwill and our blessing.

You will always be able to rely on us as friends, as trading partners, as supporters in international forums and as military allies.

We simply wish to recover control of our domestic affairs.

 We apologise for the misunderstandings of the past 40 years, and look forward to a much improved relationship.

You will lose a bad tenant and gain a good neighbour."

The opposition's rebuttal remarksJan 16th 2012 | Douglas Alexander 

 This may be rather embarrassing for both of us, but there are elements of Daniel Hannan's analysis that I agree with even though I think he draws completely the wrong conclusion.

First, he is right to highlight the fact that the rationale for Europe has changed and at times the political conversation has been too slow to catch up.

To my parents' generation, the case for Europe was establishing peace and stability on the continent after a century scarred by two wars.

This was a cause with a powerful emotional resonance that people could understand and sympathise with.

For the 20 years after Britain joined the European Community, however, that emotional cause was supplemented by a somewhat drier one: that being part of Europe would help reverse Britain's post-war decline and would help boost our prosperity and productivity.

Jacques Delors's call in the 1980s for a social Europe aimed at a broader vision, but, despite all the rhetoric, welfare safety nets have to a large degree remained a part of the national, not the European, debate in each member state.

It is also fair to acknowledge that Britain's rising prosperity during the long boom that began in the 1990s contributed to a growing sense of national self-confidence.

Britain was suddenly growing faster and starting to accuse some others in Europe of lagging behind for a variety of reasons.

Taking this longer view, it is clear that in the sphere of geoeconomics, the global economy has changed fundamentally since the European Union's architecture was designed in the early 1990s.

My concern is that Britain risks becoming less relevant to a European Union consumed by the consequences of a crisis in a currency we correctly decided not to join—at the same time as also becoming less relevant to an America weary of ten years of war in Afghanistan and Iraq and now rebalancing its priorities from the Atlantic to the Pacific.

The confluence of these dynamics—a changing European architecture and an America looking to Asia rather than Europe—means that the next few years risk seeing a collapse in Britain's influence abroad.

But I do not believe that in order to prevent that we should leave the EU. On the contrary, I believe that we need a new European approach that reflects this new era.

And I also believe that some of these changes have left Britain with a good opportunity to lead the debate rather than falling behind by getting distracted by talks about withdrawal.

For a start, Germany and France are wrestling with a crisis in their currency that has already prompted a downgrade, even in Germany's growth forecasts.

There is at least a possibility that German and French leadership in Europe will be focused in the coming years on holding together the single currency rather than the wider issue of the single market.

And, in circumstances of low growth across Europe, there is also a scenario that, rather than all unifying around a Franco-German model, euro and non-euro members will continue to have a heterogeneous set of views on the single market.

I genuinely believe that the nature of British engagement—whether it is committed and sustained or whether it is focused on negotiating with Conservative Eurosceptics—could tip the scales one way or the other.

We should always be looking to find ways to amplify Britain's voice to make sure we are heard.

As America shifts its attention to the Pacific, we will need to work even harder with our European allies to preserve security in Europe and its neighbouring regions.

And again, to be able to export, say, British creative industries, we need to ensure our voice is heard by players as big as the Chinese government on issues like intellectual property.

The best way to amplify that voice with these large emerging economies is to work with our European partners. This is vital to prise open markets in these countries.

With WTO negotiations stalled, the EU continues to be crucial to opening new markets.

What I find revealing about the position of those who wish to withdraw from Europe is that they are obliged—as Mr Hannan is—to spend so much time talking about the immediate steps they would take after withdrawal to reintegrate with elements of the EU.

While it is right, of course, that those people who want us to withdraw should provide a detailed plan for the day after, it does also reflect that the rationale for a European Union is not quite as outdated as Mr Hannan suggests.

172
65 Education-Tom Paine-Writer and Revolutionary- continued
Updated: 18 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

 Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

17th Jan 2012

Continued

It was later said of Paine that he was no soldier and kept out of harm’s way while he scribbled his war reports.

Others acknowledged that Paine’s passionate writings kept the fighting men motivated.

Paine walked alone to Philadelphia, some thirty- five miles, to disseminate his writings further.

He began his essay The American Crisis (the first of a series of sixteen pamphlets) which has been called one of

the finest essays in English Language on fearlessness:

 

These are the times that try men’s souls. The summer soldier and the sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink

from the service of their country; but he that stands it now deserves the love and thanks of man and woman.”

 

The pamphlet was published and hastily distributed.

Heartened by its lofty and stirring language, soldiers marched on Trenton and under George Washington were

victorious.

Paine then wrote the second American Crisis paper, which proposed civility and integrity, not vengefulness.


At this time he also met with several Native American tribes, and acted as an intermediary between them and Congress.


Paine became more involved in local politics, always trying to steer a course between extreme radical and conservative views.

After publishing the third American Crisis paper, Paine shifted his attention to the war and national politics.

 

continued

133
66 Education- Tom Paine-Writer and Revolutionary-Continued
Updated: 18 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

16th Jan.2012

Continued

In Common Sense, Paine elucidates brilliantly how societies and governments form, and why governments and monarchs can easily lose their accountability to their citizens.

Common Sense was one of the first pamphlets to propose a model of a civil society run by the people themselves, a far cry from who Paine saw British rule in the colonies.

Paine systematically challenges all the arguments for maintaining relations with Britain, arguing that:

“Even the distance at which the Almighty hath placed England and America, is a strong and natural proof that the authority of the one over the other, was never the design of Heaven”

In Common Sense, Paine also utterly disparages the system of monarchy, arguing that republican countries are generally more peaceful than those headed by kings and queens, Paine abhors the idea of hereditary succession, arguing that “a thirst for absolute power is the natural disease of monarchy.”

Many people were converted to the cause by Paine’s rousing words, and in July 1776 the Declaration of Independence was signed; war was subsequently declared by Britain.

Paine volunteered for military service, and marched with fellow soldiers to a point off Staten Island where he witnessed a vast number of British ships sent to quell the rebellion.

Some of the Pennsylvania troops were so demoralised that they deserted their posts.

Paine handed out copies of Common Sense to stiffen the resolve of the remaining soldiers.

Continued

128
67 Education- Tom Paine - Writer and Revolutionary-continued
Updated: 18 Jan 2012

Tom Paine

 

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

15th Jan 2012

Continued..

 

The turning point came in April 1775 when a group of American militiamen were attacked by a band of British redcoats on Lexington Green.

This incident was to mark the beginning of the War of Independence, and made Paine extremely angry.

He wrote “When the country into which I had just set my foot, was set on fire about my ears, it was time to stir”.

As Paine developed as a writer, he found himself parting ways with Aitken.

More and more, Paine wished to concentrate his attention on rousing Americans to fight for their liberty and independence.

As a Quaker, Paine had been brought up to avoid violence, but he recognised the dilemma.  "I am thus far a

Quaker that I would gladly agree with all the world to lay aside the use of arms, and settle matters by

negotiation, but unless the whole will, the matter ends, and I take up my musket and thank heaven

He has put it in my power."

Paine published Common Sense in 1776, which was to have an overwhelming influence on the colonies.

It was an immediate success and sold more copies than any other pamphlet of the time.

Not only was it published in America but in Europe too.

Paine estimated that 150,000 copies were sold in America alone.

Continued

152
68 Education- Tom Paine- Writer And Revolutionary-Continued
Updated: 18 Jan 2012

Tom Paine -1737 – 1809

 

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

14th Jan.2012

Continued

Mr Ollive died in 1769. Paine eventually took over the business and married the daughter Elizabeth in 1771.

It seemed that he was not a good business man.

His marriage too failed and in 1774 he declared himself bankrupt.

Paine visited London again and met Benjamin Franklin, the American agent- general in London, and a noted scientist and inventor.

This meeting was to inspire Paine to leave for America. Franklin gave Paine a letter of introduction to his son in law in Philadelphia.

In September 1774 Paine embarked on a ship bound for America.

After an eight week voyage and attacked by typhus, an incapacitated Paine arrived on American soil.

However, he had a strong constitution and before long was presenting his letter of introduction to Franklin’s son in law, Richard Bache.

Paine soon became acquainted with local bookshop owner, Robert Aitkin,who offered him the post of executive editor of a new journal The Pennsylvania Magazine. Paine accepted with enthusiasm.

This magazine was to be produced in the British colony of America, by and for the colonists.

Under Paine’s editorship of the magazine, circulation grew.

Though many colonists fretted against British rule and resented the King’s taxes and laws, they were generally loyal to the crown.

However, antagonism against the British was growing, and Paine’s own radical views were being honed in this new country.

To be continued

145
69 Education- Tom Paine - Writer and Revolutionary -continued
Updated: 13 Jan 2012

Tom Paine -1737 – 1809

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

13th January 2012

 

Continued

Paine was initially positioned at Grantham, Lincolnshire, to gauge brewers casks as a junior excise officer, a dull undertaking for such a man of ideas.

Later, he worked in Alford, but this job was also short lived.

He was sacked unfairly at the hands of corrupt excise men, a situation that surely contributed to the development of his radical sympathies.

Paine returned briefly to Thetford, penniless and jobless, before moving to Diss to continue stay-making.

Yet he hankered to be reinstated as an excise man, so he journeyed to London to plead with his employers.

Whist waiting for a new vacancy, he scraped a living by teaching.

He also preached to the poor and uneducated, and renewed his friendships with the scientific and radical thinkers who had so inspired him previously.

Paine was eventually posted to Lewes,Sussex, where he continued his excise duties, and became involved in local politics.

He lodged with Samuel Ollive and family, who owned a tobacconist and general store.

Paine joined the Headstrong Club, a debating society, which exists to this day.

At their meetings, Paine further developed his revolutionary political ideas and debating skills.

Some of the excise men asked Paine to present a petition to Parliament to ask for better wages and conditions. Paine went to London to lobby MP’s.

The petition was largely ignored, except by the Commissioners of Excise, Paine’s employers.

They were furious and he was instantly dismissed.

To be continued

139
70 Education- Tom Paine- 1737- 1809 -continued
Updated: 12 Jan 2012

Thomas Paine 1737 – 1809

By Jill Scholey

Continued 12th Jan 2012

In 1757,Paine returned to London, Solvent and keen to establish himself.

He was able to live for sometime on his privateer earnings, and set about frequenting bookshops, science, astronomy and philosophy lectures and befriending some of the influential men of the day.

Paine’s radical political views (such as the freedom of the individual to organise against injustice) quickly developed.

However, Paine was soon forced to work again as a staymaker, this time in Dover and Sandwich, Kent.

He also preached as a Methodist minister to the poor, in plain language that they could understand.

Paine met and married Mary Lambert in 1759. It was a happy but short lived marriage.

Whilst Mary was pregnant, the couple moved to Margate.

Tragically, mother and baby died in childbirth.

This must have been devastating for Paine, but he never referred to it in his writings.

Paine’s staymaking business was also failing, so widowed and penniless he returned again to Thetford.

Mary’s father had been an excise man, a hard and dangerous calling, and this may have influenced Paine to change his career.

Smuggling was a deadly game of cat and mouse.

Excise men would lie in wait for the lawbreakers on lonely, windswept coasts.

Fierce fights would ensue, often resulting in deaths on either side.

 

To be continued.....

140
71 Education- Tom Paine- Writer and Revolutionary
Updated: 13 Jan 2012

Thomas Paine 1737 -1809

Writer and Revolutionary

By Jill Scholey

11th Jan 2012

Thomas Paine was born in Stretford,Norfolk to a Quaker father and an Anglican mother.

Thetford was a Rotten Borough,where only a few people had the power to vote,and corruption was rife.

As a young boy growing up, Paine would often have witnessed men and women chained by the ankles, being led to Gallows Hill to be hanged, perhaps for stealing a loaf of bread or a packet of tea.

Much in the England of Paine’s youth was unjust and cruel, and made a deep impression on him,one that he was never to forget.

As a young boy , Paine attended Thetford Grammar School, where he was an avid student.

Paine left school in 1749 to be apprenticed to his father’s trade of stay or corset maker.

By 1756, the Seven Years’ War had broken out and Paine’s apprenticeship was coming to an end.

He saw an advertisement in a local news-sheet asing for volunteers to sail against the French on a privateer named The Terrible.

Filled with wanderlust, Paine travelled to London to board the privateer, but his father followed and dissuaded him.

This was providential,as shortly afterwards The Terrible was captured by the French privateer Vengeance in a bloody battle,with most of the crew being captured or killed.

Paine sought work as a staymaker in bustling and crowded Covent Garden.

However,it was not long before he found another privateer to join, The King of Prussia, and shortly set sail to try his fortune.

Paine sailed as part of the crew for six months, capturing enemy ships and rescuing friendly vessels.

Life at sea was perilous,cramped and dirty,and battles  between ships was brutal and terrifying.

To be continued.

147
72 Education - Quotes on Fair Pensions
Updated: 16 Nov 2011

“Pension’s offer security for older people and we have an obligation to provide a fair pension for all “

Tony Benn

 

“The Pension Crisis is a human crisis.

 A crisis of caring.

A crisis of sharing.

A crisis that is soluble.

A crisis that unites the 99%.

A crisis of today that we must solve tomorrow

A crisis that this pamphlet tackles. Read It “

Richard Murphy

Tax Research UK

 

"You worked for it, you fought for it, you contributed to it, so you are entitled to it.

 Fair pensions for all to live out life in comfort, dignity and security"

The Radical

187
73 Education- Fair Pensions for ALL- What the Day of Action is all about
Updated: 16 Nov 2011

FAIR PENSIONS FOR ALL

A CRISIS OF FAIRNESS

There is an economic crisis in the UK, but it was not caused by excessive
public spending or the ‘gold-plated’ pensions and pay of public sector workers.

It was caused by a recession triggered by the banking collapse of 2007.

Now there is another crisis: a crisis of fairness in which those who caused the economic mess
are forcing everyone else in society to pay for it.

It is clear whose side Cameron’s cabinet of millionaires is on.

Trade unions represent people in the public, private and voluntary sectors.

Our members will often experience each through their working lives – as will
their partners, friends and family.

Good occupational pension schemes are important wherever you work.

Most pensioners are reliant on the basic state pension for the majority of their
income in retirement, but it pays below the government’s own poverty line.

Disgracefully today there are 2.5 million pensioners living in poverty in the UK.

Only one in three private sector workers is now a member of an employer-sponsored
pension scheme, public sector pensions are under threat, and the state pension
is now worth just 15% of average male earnings.

On the other hand a quarter of all tax relief on pensions, amounting to more
than £10bn annually, goes to the richest 1% in the country.

We hear about
gold-plated public sector pensions, yet the real gilded pensions are to be found
in the boardrooms of private companies that have abandoned provision for
their workforces.

There is a crisis of pensions in the UK but it’s not that we’re living too long or
that pensions are unaffordable; it’s a crisis of fairness.

In retirement, as in working life, we are highly unequal. UK pensioner poverty is among the worst in Europe –
only Cyprus, Latvia and Estonia abandon their pensioners to a greater degree.

Action is needed to secure decent state pensions as the foundation for pensioner
income and decent employer-sponsored pension provision for all workers in all
employment sectors.

Please join our campaign for ‘Fair pensions for all’.

Introduction: a crisis of fairness

Mark Serwotka
PCS General Secretary

Christine Blower
NUT General Secretary

Dot Gibson
National Pensioners Convention

Sally Hunt
UCU General Secretary

150
74 Education- Cost of Electricals on Standby
Updated: 11 Nov 2011

How much does it cost to leave household appliances on?

By This Is Money, Ask The Experts

Last updated at 1:47 PM on 9th November 2011

How much does it cost to leave household appliances on?
 
For example, when my daughter leaves the TV on standby.

Plugged in: How much does it cost to leave electrical appliances on standby compared with using them?

A home energy expert, from not-for-profit energy group Ebico, replies:

The best way to look at this is that any appliance that is using more electricity than it needs to – even what might seem like a relatively small amount each hour –  does add up on your electricity bill over the course of a year.

So getting a handle on what these costs are can save you money in the long run.

Ultimately, understanding how much it costs to run various appliances around the house, and using them smartly, will save you money on your energy bills.

However, each appliance works in a different way, meaning that the energy demand for each varies.

The table below highlights how much energy in watts (on average) most common household appliances use when both ‘switched on’ and when on 'standby':

How much energy do household appliances use?

ApplianceWhen on (watts)Standby (watts)
Stereo 22 12
TV 100 10
Video recorder 13 1
DVD recorder 12 7
Digital top box 6 5
Computer + peripherals 130 15
Computer monitor 70 11
Laptop computer 29 2
Broadband modem 14 14
Answering machine 3 3
Battery charger 14 1
Mobile phone charger 5 2
Total 418 83

Source: http://www.sustainable-girton.org.uk/articles/standby.html


As you can see, if you were to keep all these appliances on standby they would add up to 83 watts, which if left on standby for say 18 hours a day, 365 days a year works out at roughly £76 added to your annual energy bill – not a small figure by any means.

To help you work out your appliance energy use, look on the back of the appliance, (often on a sticker), where it will specify the electricity demand figure in watts (W) or kilo watts (kW). If it is in watts, divide by 1,000 to get the kW.

Then multiply the kW figure by the rate of electricity you are currently paying in pennies. You can then multiply that by the true amount of hours you have your appliances on standby to give a better reflection on your annual saving, if you were to turn everything off at the mains.

Consequently, switching your appliances off at the mains once you’re finished using them, instead of leaving on standby, is a great way to reduce your energy bills, ensuring that appliances are not using any more energy than they need to be.

Home Energy Expert is a free energy advice service from Ebico, the UK’s only not-for-profit energy company and National Energy Action, the UK’s leading fuel poverty charity, committed to improving the quality of life of low income households and campaigning for warm homes.

Home Energy Expert has teamed up with This is Money to answer any burning questions about energy in your home. If you want to improve your energy efficiency and save money then email your question with Home Energy Expert in the subject line to: editor@thisismoney.co.uk="">editor@thisismoney.co.uk
For more information click on to: www.ebico.org.uk



Read more: http://www.thisismoney.co.uk/money/experts/article-2057727/How-does-cost-leave-household-appliances-standby.html#ixzz1dNx8BGpY

209
75 Education- Experience creates a wiser brain on older shoulders
Updated: 03 Nov 2011

Years of Experience Creates a Wiser Brain in Older Age

Older people have been found to use their brains in a more effective way than their younger counterparts, research has found, and use just certain parts of their brains just at the exact moment when needed.

Moreover, they are better at decision making than are younger people and are often not bothered by making mistakes on the way to completing tasks.

These findings directly contradict earlier assumptions that our brains deteriorate with age and that older people grow increasingly unable to make sound decisions.


The new evidence form part of the conclusions from a study undertaken by Canadian researchers.
 
They studied 24 young people aged 18 to 35 and a group of ten older people aged 55 to 75.
All the participants were working people.
 
 In the study they were given a special matching task to perform, in which the rules changed as the game progressed.
 
They would be given a heading for different sets of words and then asked to pair them up.
 
 At the same time neuroimaging scans were taken of the participants' brains and these showed that old and young brains produced different reactions when told they had made a mistake.

What happened was that younger participants showed that parts of their brains reacted in various parts while the older people demonstrated that they were not bothered by any mistakes they had made and went immediately to the next task where they made use of the same areas.
 
The older group had benefited by all the past experience they had acquired over their lifetimes and this helped them to be more calm and efficient in completing the set tasks.

Research writer Dr Oury Monchi from the University Geriatrics Institute of Montreal said: "The older brain has experience and knows that nothing is gained by jumping the gun.
 
It was already known that aging is not necessarily associated with a significant loss in cognitive function."

The scientist explained that as a person gets older he or she is more adept at making more efficient use of the brain and that the research gave neurobiological evidence that people develop greater wisdom as they age.

He compared the difference in performance between the older and younger people to the hare and the tortoise in the well known fable: "Being able to run fast does not always win the race - you have to know how to best use your abilities.
 
This adage is a defining characteristic of aging.
 
It is as though the older brain is more impervious to criticism and more confident than the young brain."
190
76 Education-Looking back 100 years
Updated: 31 Oct 2011


THE  YEAR IS 1911-

Remember the Model T Ford ?

This  will boggle your mind, I know it did mine!

************  ********* ***********

The  year is 1911  --- One hundred years ago.
What a difference  a century makes!
Here are some statistics for the Year  1911:

************  ********* ************

The  average life expectancy for men was 47 years.
 

Fuel  for this car was sold in drug stores only.

Only  14 percent of the homes had a bathtub.

Only  8 percent of the homes had a telephone.

There  were only 8,000 cars and only 144 miles of paved  roads.

The  maximum speed limit in most cities was 10 mph.

The  tallest structure in the world was the  Eiffel Tower   !

The  average US wage in 1910 was 22 cents per hour.

The  average  US  worker made between $200 and $400 per year  .

A  competent accountant could expect to earn $2000 per year, a dentist  $2,500 per year,
a  veterinarian between $1,500 and $4,000 per year, and a mechanical  engineer about $5,000 per year.


More  than 95 percent of all births took place at home .

Ninety  percent of all Doctors had NO COLLEGE EDUCATION!
Instead,  they attended so-called medical schools, many of which were  condemned in the press AND the government as  "substandard."


Sugar  cost four cents a pound.

Eggs  were fourteen cents a dozen.

Coffee  was fifteen cents a pound.

Most  women only washed their hair once a month, and used Borax or egg  yolks for shampoo.

Canada  passed a law that prohibited poor people from entering into their  country for any reason.

The  Five leading causes of death were:

1.  Pneumonia and influenza
2. Tuberculosis
3. Diarrhea
4.  Heart disease
5. Stroke


The  American flag had 45 stars...

The  population of  Las Vegas ,  Nevada , was only  30!!!

Crossword  puzzles, canned beer, and iced tea hadn't been invented  yet.

There  was neither a Mother's Day nor a Father's Day.

Two  out of every 10 adults couldn't read or write and only 6 percent of  all Americans had graduated from high school.

Marijuana,  heroin, and morphine were all available over the counter at the  local corner drugstores.

Back  then pharmacists said, "Heroin clears the complexion, gives buoyancy  to the mind, Regulates the stomach and bowels, and is, in fact, a  perfect guardian of health!"

 (  Shocking? )

Eighteen  percent of households had at least one full-time servant or domestic  help .......

There  were about 230 reported murders in the ENTIRE  U.S.A.   ! p

I  am now going to forward this to someone else without typing it  myself.

From  there, it will be sent to others all over the WORLD - all in a  matter of seconds!


Try  to imagine what it may be like in another 100 years

139
77 Education- Students make a Legal challenge over the increase in University fees
Updated: 28 Oct 2011

Cable challenged over uni fees rise

Thursday 27 October 2011
Two students bringing a legal challenge against the increase in tuition fees will take their case to the High Court next week.

Sixth-form students Callum Hurley and Katy Moore are disputing the lawfulness of the coalition government's policy of increasing the upper limit of fees in England to £9,000 per annum.

If the legal challenge succeeds Vince Cable, who introduced the rise, would have to scrap the measure and go back to the drawing board.

The claimants, who are represented by human rights firm Public Interest Lawyers, lodged their claim on March 18.

They argued that the regulations raising the maximum fee to £9,000 breaches the right to education protected by the Human Rights Act 1999.

The European Court of Human Rights has previously indicated that where a state sets up higher education institutions the right of access must be "effective" and not theoretical or illusory.

Mr Hurley and Ms Moore said that the fear of debt in excess of £50,000 will render the right of access illusory, particularly among students from poorer backgrounds.

They claim that the right to education must be read in light of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, which requires states to work progressively towards free higher education.

Britain is a signatory.

A third plank of their argument is that in the rush of Mr Cable to pass the regulations "he did not discharge his duty to give due regard to issues of equality."

Mr Justice Collins granted permission in June for the claim to proceed to a full hearing.

Justice Collins said it was "arguable" that "there has been insufficient regard paid to the question of participation and to the likelihood (a possibility recognised by the defendant) that fewer low-income potential students will want to take the financial risk."

The case is to be heard by two judges in the High Court on November 1 and 2.

158
78 Education- Chinese Numerology
Updated: 27 Oct 2011
 Isn't this interesting..
 
 It's not the money but the observations.  

 Chinese numerology

Chinese numerology and Feng Shui for 2011
 
This year we are going to experience four unusual dates: 1/1/11, 1/11/11, 11/1/11, 11/11/11, and that's not all;
 
Take the last two digits of the year you were born and the age you will be this year and the result will add up to 111 for everyone!!!!
 
This is the year of MONEY.
 
 Also, this year, October will have 5 Sundays, 5 Mondays & 5 Saturdays.
 
This happens only once every 823 years.
 
These particular years are known as Moneybag years.
 
The proverb goes that if you send this to eight good friends, money will appear in the next four days, as is explained in the Chinese feng shui.
 
Those who don't continue the chain, won't receive.
 
It's a mystery, but it's worth a try.
 
Good luck to you.
 
This only happens once in 800 years.
183
79 Education- Hands off our Working Class History, Starkey
Updated: 20 Oct 2011

Hands off our history!

 

Wednesday 19 October 2011
We need to talk about David. We've all grown wearily used to Dr Starkey's pantomime baddie routine, twirling his imaginary moustache while he cuts people down to size with his acerbic soundbites.

Until he decided to branch out into racism on Newsnight after the riots in August, sexism was Starkey's thing.

Female historians were wrecking history, making it unbearably girly.

They lacked Starkey's intellectual rigour, signally failing to make endless programmes about Henry VIII and insisting on talking about - yuck - women, instead.

And of course they only got where they were by using their "usually quite pretty" looks.

I can't better curator Lucy Worsley's own riposte to that -

"If it wasn't insulting and degrading to judge historians by their looks, I would point out that Dr Starkey looks like a cross owl in the pictures on his own book covers."

Indeed. And ironic that, precisely because of Starkey's beloved sexism, a female "cross owl" would never get on to prime-time telly in the first place, let alone for the eye-watering sums Starkey commands - £75,000 an hour, according to some estimates.

What Starkey wants, it seems, is no women on TV at all.

Though no-one below royalty seems worthy of his historical attentions, even royal chicks get on his wick.

The current Queen is too thick for him, Princess Di was "hysterical," Mary Queen of Scots was "a whore and a trollop" - and don't ask me what the difference is, Starkey's the expert on women round here.

And on history itself - he can sum up the whole of European history in one line.

Beat this, National Theatre of Brent: "If you are to do a proper history of Europe before the last five minutes, it is a history of white males because they were the power players, and to pretend anything else is to falsify."

Surprising, really, that Starkey could be bothered to knock out books about such minor players as, oh, Elizabeth I, say.

The problem for him is not just female historians' gender but their insistence on "feminising" history - turning it into "historical Mills and Boon."

Well, quite.

Who can forget the gushy romanticism of Sheila Rowbotham's Women, Resistance and Revolution or that pink, sparkly cover on Hidden From History: 300 Years Of Women's Oppression?

Again, Starkey is being hypocritical at best.

He made his own name with a very gossipy Channel 4 look at Henry the - you guessed it - VIII, and the famously numerous wives thereof.

Yet all this not-so-casual misogyny didn't ruin Starkey's career. Far from it.

Sexism is rarely considered a serious flaw in a man - more a mark of character. If anything, Starkey's poisonous sniping made him.

He himself told friends that his "rudest man in Britain" tag was worth "at least £100,000 a year." Nice work if you can get it.

The media played along. Interviewers fawned - a reporter for the Independent called him the "dream dinner date," and seemed to think it simply adorable when, asked if history was important, Starkey replied:

"As a good, free-market Thatcherite, if you can make a good living out of it, then it must."

That appals me. But it would - I'm not only a woman but also a historian and a feminist.

That's three strikes against Starkey and me ever being best buds and it also means I am by definition humourless and overly earnest.

My sense of humour failure extends to taking misogyny as seriously as, say, racism.

And to seeing history as vitally important, not least in understanding where such ghastly prejudices come from.

But it wasn't until Starkey went all Enoch Powell on us that he was seriously condemned.

After his disgraceful comments on Newsnight, fellow guest Owen Jones, author and sometime writer for this paper, said: "At other times, those comments would be inflammatory, but this blatant racism is downright dangerous in the current climate.

I fear that some people will now say that David Starkey is right, and you could already see some of them on Twitter.

I am worried about a backlash from the right and he will give legitimacy to those views in the minds of some."

I sincerely hope Jones is right about Starkey's latest outburst being "career-ending" - having a man who is the EDL's dream come true as the face of British history can't be a good thing.

Because if Starkey sees history as merely a vehicle for his ego and means of filling his bank account, most of us know that it's more important than that.

Despite what most history programming would have us believe, the history of women, migrants and the working class is the true history of Britain.

We would never have become the first industrial nation without the labour of working-class women, working in appalling, life-shortening conditions for poverty wages.

The Victorians rewarded them by asserting that "respectable" women didn't work, and comparing those who had to - the majority - to prostitutes.

In fact, it was the rising Victorian middle class, which made its money from female labour, that most condemned it as unsuitable for decent women.

And at least some of these were among the men who condemned female immorality in public but paid for it in private. Go figure.

It was working-class, Irish, poor women, the matchmakers of Bryant & May, who laid the foundations for the entire modern labour movement - and yet it took me years to separate the truth about their strike from historical obfuscation.

Because prejudice like Starkey's is self-perpetuating and powerful.

An insistence that history should be exclusively by and about the "male, stale and pale" harms us all.

That's not just theory, but fact.

It's been proved that the exclusion of women from history, incorporated into the education system, has directly affected the way women today feel about themselves and their abilities.

In a study by clinical psychologists, male and female students were given articles to read, about either a man or woman who had succeeded in their field.

Afterwards, female students who'd read about successful women rated themselves more highly than those who had read about a man.

There was no such division among male students.

It's not just women who are largely ignored by history, of course.

Despite decades of attempts to foreground working-class and black and ethnic historiographies, we seem to be back to endless kings and queens and the heritage agenda, in which rosy-cheeked rustics are jolly happy with their lot, the aristocracy is kindly, everyone knows their place and there's no need for any of that nasty politics - for "politics," read anything vaguely left-wing or working-class.

Consider the fate of the Women Chainmakers' Festival.

Cradley Heath in the Black Country was the centre of chainmaking in England.

The work, often carried out in sheds behind the women's own homes, was hard and dangerous.

A woman had to hammer up to 5,000 links a week to earn the equivalent of 25p.

Robert Sherard, in his White Slaves Of England, saw women trying to make the best of things, talking and singing as they worked.

"At first, the sign of this sociability makes one overlook the misery which, however, is all too visible... in the foul rags the women wear, in their haggard faces and the faces of the frightened infants hanging to their mother's breasts, as these ply the hammer, or sprawling in the mire on the floor, amidst the showers of fiery sparks."

The son of a chainmaker later talked to a local historian about his own birth.

His mother had made chains from 6am to 6pm before crossing the yard to give birth, returning immediately afterwards to her anvil, where she worked until 10pm.

In 1909, legislation required an increase in wages in some of the most exploitative trades, including chainmaking.

Employers instead tried to trick workers, many of whom couldn't read, into signing forms opting out of the minimum rates.

Those who refused were told there was no work for them.

The National Federation of Women Workers called a strike, and the so-called "Cradley Heath lockout" began in August 1910.

Backed by Mary Macarthur, Labour MPs and ministers, donations to the strike fund poured in. Pathe news showed film in 600 theatres of the women marching and singing protest songs.

But not until October did the last of the employers cease their machinations and agree to be bound by the new rates of pay.

After the women's victory, there was still sufficient in the strike fund to build a Workers' Institute, a two-storey building known as the "Tute."

In 2006 thanks to a lottery grant of £1.5 million, this was moved brick by brick to the Black Country Living Museum.

The museum began to hold an annual Chainmakers' Festival, which became increasingly popular, featuring national speakers and entertainers, including recreations of the marches and speeches of the strike in period costume.

In 2009 the museum asserted the importance of the event.

"The festival ensures that this historic episode is celebrated by the local community and trade unionists from all over the country."

But by 2011 the festival was banned by the museum as "too political."

New director Andrew Lovett was behind the ban, supposedly based on complaints he had received.

And so it came to pass that in September, a brave audience had to settle for being bellowed at through a microphone by yours truly, in a field in Cradley Heath in the rain.

The organisers did a sterling job of rearranging at the last minute, but it all fell on a few shoulders.

Those who were there noted that the chainmakers also had to hold meetings in fields in uncertain autumn weather and that at least the festival was now back home in Cradley Heath.

But they were understandably angry too. I was told that the supposed "complaints" might have amounted to no more than one, from a prominent local Conservative who is, coincidentally, a friend of the new director.

I have been unable to confirm this, as the museum has not responded to my phone calls, but obviously that wouldn't be "political" at all.

This attack on working-class history has largely gone unnoticed. The TUC has not, as far as I'm aware, condemned it.

Lovett proposes a jolly alternative festival on October 22, featuring a Punch and Judy stall among other attractions. I vote we not only boycott his Disneyfied version of working history, but email info@bclm.com, asking Lovett to provide proof of the "complaints" and demanding that he reinstate the trade union festival. And, ideally, resign.

I have nothing against the museum - I'm a fan, in fact, and have spoken there twice. But I can recognise the tip of a nasty iceberg when I see one.

The right seems to have its hands all over our history.

Historian Niall Ferguson, interviewed in the Guardian, struggled to say what he loved about Britain beyond its public schools, and has left our shores for LA - I think we'll get over it. But this doesn't stop him banging on about how marvellous the British empire was.

I'm well aware that, like Starkey, Ferguson likes to provoke. He says the left "love to be enraged" by him - it makes us feel better about our lives, apparently. Ah, Niall, if only it were that simple and you really were the Prozac of the left - goodness knows, we need it.

But the effects of watching him recently, calling the key features of Western civilisation its "killer apps" like a trendy vicar trying to be down with da kids, was more emetic than cheering, I felt.

This does not mean we should just ignore him or, easy and irresistible though it seems, treat his wafflings as a joke.

Ridiculousness does not equal harmlessness - look, if you can bear to, at Boris Johnson.

If we allow the right to define their ideology as neutral and only ours as negatively "political," we are allowing them to set the agenda for future generations.

We can see through their rhetoric - but will our children?

They should be challenged at every turn.

Hands off our history.

Louise Raw is the author of Striking A Light: The Bryant & May Matchwomen (Continuum Press). She will be giving the Gilda O'Neill Memorial lecture at the WriteIdea Festival, Whitechapel Ideas Store on November 11 at 7pm

161
80 Education- peopleinhistory.co.uk and A People's History of England
Updated: 14 Oct 2011

Peopleinhistory.co.uk

The Pocket Version of A People’s History of England by A. L. Morton

with additions is now fully uploaded on www.peopleinhistory.co.uk.

All 95 sections offer the reader an insight into history

as it affected the common people.

Click on the flag and choose where in history you will go today.

167
81 SCIENCE MATTERS-BUT SO DO PRIORITIES-EDUCATION
Updated: 23 Sep 2011

Science Matters - But So Do Priorities: Two Steps Forward, Three Steps Back?





Published in the Deccan Herald on 10/4/2011

Whatever happened to the brave new future that science had once promised?

During the European Age of Enlightenment in the 17th and 18th centuries, people hoped that science and rationality would triumph over superstition and myth and deliver us from the tyranny of kings, autocratic rule and religious dogma.

Despite such hope, however, today the world faces many deep seated problems that science has arguably often fuelled. Has science taken over from where former tyrannies left off? Indeed, has science itself become the new mythology?

In order to justify the invasion and occupation of Afghanistan to the public, politicians and the media in the West expressed moral outrage about the 'barbaric' laws of Afghanistan - women denied access to education, a lack of freedom of thought and death by stoning.

After that, it was a case of ‘quick, follow the compass, send in the troops, and let's teach those barbarians how things should be done’. Not the magnetic compass, but the dodgy one of morality - the people of science and rationality versus the people of darkness and ignorance.

Well, that’s how moral crusader Tony Blair and tub thumping George Bush and his cronies tried to sell their geo-political exploits to us all.

After all, we in the West have seen the light. We found it through the lens of a microscope and at the bottom of a test tube and were blinded with it as we discovered the marvels of nuclear fission and all manner of technological delights. We found the answer. We found the truth. Or did we?

‘The truth' is a tricky thing to pin down, even in science. It is built on shaky stilts that rest on shifting foundations.

Science historian Thomas Kuhn wrote about the revolutionary paradigm shifts in scientific thought, whereby established theoretical perspectives can play the role of theology, albeit a secular type, and can serve as a barrier to the advancement of knowledge, until the weight of evidence and pressure from proponents of a new theoretical paradigm is overwhelming.

Then, at least according to Kuhn, the old faith gives way and a new truth emerges. From Newton to Einstein, theoretical paradigms have come and gone.

Philosopher Paul Feyerabend also argued that science is not an 'exact science'. The manufacture of scientific knowledge involves a process driven by various sociological, methodological and epistemological conflicts and compromises, both inside the laboratory and beyond.

Despite the nature of this negotiated order, however, much of the modern world still tends to bow down to science as the giver of hard truth.

Whatever its merits or shortcomings as a discipline, it is the way in which science is used by powerful groups that is the real issue.

US sociologist Robert Merton highlighted the underlying norms of science as involving research that is not warped by vested interests, the common ownership of scientific discoveries and subjecting findings to organised, rigorous scrutiny within the scientific community.

How science is funded, used and manipulated by fund providers and other vested interests quite often runs counter to and debases such lofty ideals.

Cloak something in the vestiges of science and it takes on an almost mythical character that is not to be questioned, no matter how poor the underlying scientific research may have been.

In many respects, science and technology have in fact become the new mythology. In this day and age, a highly placed lobby group or expensively funded campaign targeted at the press, TV or social networking media can convince almost anyone that some incredulous outlook is scientific truth.

I refer you to the anti-global warming brigade or the sometimes spurious claims forwarded by big pharmaceutical or agribusiness companies. When is science not science? When studies are funded and designed to secure predetermined outcomes, or findings are cherry picked to justify a stance.

Science has undoubtedly led to technological advances and has improved life for millions. It would be foolish to suggest otherwise.

But what does it say about us as a species when people can sit and watch a probe going to the moon but turn a blind eye to millions a couple of hundred kilometres away living in the direst situations imaginable?

Where is the 'progress' and 'age of reason' in a world where people use sophisticated weaponry to kill in the name of peace or destroy the ecology for the sake of profit? Science matters. But so do priorities.

The radical German writer Herbert Marcuse summed up the problem facing us by saying that the capabilities, both intellectual and technological, of contemporary society are immeasurably greater than before, which means that the scope of society’s domination over the individual is also immeasurably greater than ever before.

Whether it's religious faith or secular reason, both have promised us versions of nirvana, yet the world now faces major problems. Religion and science have a history of colluding with the powerful to help produce the mess they claim to have the remedy for.

Did we become closer to god and goodness when religion ruled? Did we find the light when the scientists ended up in the pay of governments and wealthy corporations? Or did we become blinded by warped morality?

The ability to genetically modify foods and convince farmers to ditch centuries' old tried and tested methods of crop production accounts for little when it results in death, starvation and fear of the future.

Patent your product and foist it on some hapless farmer, or patent another and make it too costly for the common person to treat his or her life threatening disease. The result is the will of god, or should I say the actions of profiteers and some cost-benefit analyst who worked it all out on a spreadsheet?

But god is watching. No, wait a minute, it's not god, it's the CCTV cameras and the security agencies. God was kicked out of the building and was replaced with technology long ago. Hold on though, I just found him under lock and key in the store cupboard to be brought out occasionally in an attempt to inject a bit of morality into the expediency of it all.

So where is humankind heading? We’ve achieved much in a relatively short space of time. Anatomically modern appearing humans originated in Africa about 200,000 years ago, and we reached full behavioural modernity around 50,000 years ago.

To put things in perspective, dinosaurs were on the Earth for 250 million years.

Just think of what has been achieved during our time here - jet and space travel, steel and glass megacities, literature and philosophy, medical, genetic and scientific advances, computer technology, mass communications, etc. It's very impressive. But our achievements must be placed into context.

Rulers and politicians have spilled rivers of blood and continue to do so just to become temporary masters of some or other part of the planet, and endless cruelties have been visited by the inhabitants of one corner of the globe upon inhabitants elsewhere.

In the name of progress, we have driven many animals to the point of extinction, treat the planet as a garbage dump, pollute the air, melt the ice caps and continue to rape the land of its natural resources. You don't have to revisit the effects of last year's oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico to appreciate our impact, but it helps.

As dolphins, sea birds and whales lay dying in the oil-soaked sea, a finger had to be pointed at the sheer arrogance of it all. No effective contingency plans were put in place for such deep-sea drilling. As long as profits were guaranteed, the risks were worth taking.

Tony Hayward, the then CEO of BP, argued that the responsibility for safety on the drilling rig was Transocean's because it was their rig, their equipment, their people, their systems, their safety processes. Obama blamed BP, the US people blame BP and Obama, BP tried to wriggle free by blaming others. Lax regulations were sought by the oil-rich lobby, and it got what it wanted. It's clear that many had their snouts in this unholy mess.

If we wish to save ourselves and all other living things, we must rethink how we organise ourselves on this planet. The international system of trade and finance has allowed capital and finance to be shifted around the globe at ease, resulting in big profits and huge oils spills, easy money and cheap labour, private profit and public havoc.

Commodity and financial speculators can plunge millions into poverty and hunger, yet all of this is done according to the warped rationale of the market, supported by economic dogma and propaganda masquerading as science. Today, food prices and people are subject to the whims of speculators, tomorrow it could be water.

There is much talk of 'saving the planet', but the planet was around a long time before humans emerged, and it will still be here a long time after we have departed the scene. Even if we do our worst, many millenia down the line the planet will recover.

We don't necessarily need to save the planet. We must save us from ourselves. Our impact on this planet has been immeasurable, but our timescale of existence might well turn out to be a small fraction when compared with that of the dinosaurs.

Humankind now stands at a fork in the road. One option is to carry on down our current path by accepting the status quo and all which that entails - diminishing democracy, the increasing influence of international financial institutions and consequent destruction of local economies, science pressed into the service of a worldwide arms industry, endless conflict over finite resources, mass suffering and even eventual oblivion for the species.

 However, there is the alternative route, and many individuals and organisations across the world (and even countries, such as Bhutan or Costa Rica) have already chosen it. This path involves debunking the myth that the endless pursuit of high GDP growth on the back of deregulation and increased power for the market, speculators and corporations is how we measure progress.

The choice is ours because, as the physicist and astronomer Carl Sagan once said, there is no hint that help will come from out there in the cosmos, from god or anyone else, to save us from ourselves.

 If we don't help ourselves, who will?

We have to because, just like the oil-soaked sea creatures in the Gulf of Mexico, there is nowhere else to run.

170
82 UNDERSTANDING A SOCIALIST MARKET ECONOMY- EDUCATION
Updated: 22 Sep 2011

A SOCIALIST MARKET ECONOMY

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

This article is about the current economic system in the People's Republic of China. For the former socialist political ideology of the Kuomintang in the Republic of China, see Chinese socialism. For the Western European system,.

The socialist market economy or socialist market economy with Chinese characteristics is the official term used to refer to the economic system of the People's Republic of China after the reforms of Deng Xiaoping. It is also referred to as socialism with Chinese characteristics. Similar though much less extensive reforms were undertaken in Vietnam, where the economic system is called the Đổi Mới (lit. "New Age", trans. "Renovation"), respectively. It consists of a mixture of economic planning with a market economy.

Description

Deng Xiaoping, after the failure of the Great Leap Forward, was willing to consider capitalist methods of economic growth so as to revitalise China's economy. However, in doing so, he remained committed to centralized control and the one-party state.

The socialist market economy is a concept first proposed by Deng Xiaoping in order to incorporate the market into the then planned economy in the People's Republic of China, then Đổi Mới in Vietnam.[1] Following its implementation, this economic system has supplemented the centrally planned economy in the People's Republic of China, and the high growth rates in GDP during the past decades have been attributed to it. Within this model, privately owned enterprises are a major component of the economic system, along with the central state-owned enterprises and collective / township village enterprises.

However, the fundamental distinction between the Chinese and Western mixed-market economy models lies less in the implementation of the mixed economic model but rather in the underlying authoritarian political philosophy, which eschews Western notions of democracy, individual rights, and the rule of law.[2]

The private sector

Most of the economic growth in China is attributed to the private sector,[3] which grows at twice the official rate of increase and is continually expanding.[citation needed] However, the size of the private sector is notoriously difficult to pin down as the private sector is likely underestimated by state officials in calculation of GDP because of its propensity to ignore small entrepreneurs and private enterprises being not registered.

In addition, private entrepreneurs have a propensity to claim to be collectives and under-report the size of their business.[3] The private sector generated approximately 70%[4] of GDP in 2005, a figure that might be even greater considering the Chengbao system, in which entrepreneurs operate assets which nominally belong to the government. The state retains control of some strategic industries.[5]

Numerous sectors such as health care and education that were previously run by the state were privatised during the formation of China's current market economy.[6][7] The growth of the private sector is indeed phenomenal, as shown by this quote below:

What is more, if the analysis is restricted to companies that regularly produce statistical reports (those with annual sales of over 5 million Chinese yuans), then the private sector's share of value added has risen from 28 per cent to 52 per cent between 1998 and 2003. Further, in 1998, the private sector contributed a larger share of value added in only 5 out of 23 "non-core" manufacturing industries. By 2003, this had risen to cover all 23 of these industries. In half of those industries, private firms produced more than three-quarters of output. Overall in these 23 industries, the private sector is estimated to employ two-thirds of the labour-force, contribute two-thirds of valued added, and is responsible for over 90 per cent of their exports. To top it all, over a quarter of all industrial output is now reportedly produced by private foreign-owned companies.[8]

The state sector

By 2005 the market-oriented reforms, including privatisation, was virtually halted and partially reversed.[9] In 2006, the Chinese government announced that the armaments, power generation and distribution, oil and petrochemicals, telecommunications, coal, aviation and shipping industries had to remain under "absolute state control" and public ownership by law.[10] The state retains indirect control in directing the non-state economy through the financial system, which lends according to state priorities. Liberalization continues to be rolled back in the state-sector by the consolidation of state enterprises into large "national champions" with the goal of consolidating efforts and creating internationally-competitive national industries.[11] By 2009 the government considered a state insurance scheme to expand healthcare coverage.[12]

The state sector is concentrated in the 'commanding heights' of the economy with a growing private sector engaged primarily in commodity production and light industry. Centralized directive planning based on mandatory output requirements and production quotas has been superseded by the free-market mechanism for most of the economy and directive planning in large state industries.[13] A major difference from the old planned economy is the restructuring of state companies along a commercial basis, with the exception of 150 large state-owned enterprises that remain and report directly to the central government, most having a number of subsidiaries.[14]

These state enterprises have high autonomy in that they can choose their own CEO's, keep their own profits, but differ from the private firms in that they get a bailout if anything goes wrong. By 2008, these state-owned corporations have became increasingly dynamic largely contributing to the increase in revenue for the state.[15][16] The state-sector led the economic recovery process and increased economic growth in 2009 after the financial crises, due to the fact that most of the Chinese stimulus package was directed towards these state owned firms.[17]

This type of economic system is defended from a Stalinist perspective which states that a socialist planned economy can only be possible after first establishing the necessary comprehensive commodity market economy, letting it fully develop until it exhausts its historical stage and gradually transforms itself into a planned economy (the Stalinist Two-Stage theory of revolution).[18] Proponents of this model distinguish themselves from market socialists, who believe that economic planning is unattainable, undesirable or ineffective at distributing goods, viewing the market as the solution rather than a temporary phase in development of a socialist planned economy.

History

Main article: Chinese economic reform

The transition to a socialist market economy began in 1978 when Deng Xiaoping introduced his program of "Socialism with Chinese characteristics". Initial reforms in decollectivising agriculture and allowing private businesses and foreign investment in the late 1970s and early 1980s later led to large-scale radical reforms, consisting of privatisation of the state sector, liberalisation of trade and prices, and dismantling the welfare state in the late 1990s. Since the beginning of Deng Xiaoping's reforms, China's GDP rose from some 150 billion USD to more than 1.6 trillion USD, with an annual increase of 9.4 percent.[19] As of 2004, 50% of the remaining state-owned enterprises have been transformed into joint-stock companies.[19]

The private sector's share of the GDP rose from less than 1% in 1978 to 70% by 2005, a figure that is still increasing. Due to the poor performance of traditional state enterprises in the market economy, China embarked on a massive restructuring program of privatisation. Under this scheme, the state retains ownership and control of large enterprises but the central government has little direct control over the operations of state-owned enterprises.[20] Recently the Conservative Hu-Wen Administration rolled back many of Deng's reforms, leaving observers dubbing 2008 the "third anniversary of the end of reform.[21]

Controversy

Despite the official stance of socialism, the "socialist market economy" is often described as one hybrid type of both free market and socialism by economic observers.[22] This criticism also comes from orthodox Marxists, who criticise it on the grounds that the socialist market economy restores capitalist commodity relations and production while further dis-empowering the working class, leading to a sharp increase in social inequality and the formation of a growing capitalist class.[23] The political ideology term itself have often been mentioned for scapegoating bearing other issue like currency, energy, fair trade and environment change caused during economic and technology development.[24]

Orthodox Marxists believe a socialist commodity economy is contradictory. Other socialists believe the Chinese have embraced many elements of market capitalism, specifically commodity production, resulting in a capitalist economic system.[25]

While some industries remain under state ownership, its scope has been reduced substantially in recent years due to the privatisation program since the late 1990s.[20] As a result, output of the Chinese economy has increased between 1989 and 2001;[5] the privatisation program continues.[7] While the free-market has largely supplemented central economic planning in the Chinese economy, the Chinese government still guides overall national economic development through "indicative planning".[26]

Proponents of the socialist market economy compare it to the New Economic Policy in Soviet Russia that introduced market-oriented reforms while maintaining state-ownership of the 'commanding heights' of the economy. The reforms are justified through the belief that changing conditions necessitate new strategies for socialist development.[27] According to Li Rongrong in 2003, chairman of the State-Owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council,

Public ownership, as the foundation of the socialist economic system, is a basic force of the state to guide and promote economic and social development and a major guarantee for realising the fundamental interests and the common prosperity of the majority of the people… The state owned economy has taken a dominant place in major trades that have a close bearing on the country’s economic lifeline and key areas, and has propped-up, guided and brought along the development of the entire socio-economy. The influence and control capacity of SOEs have further increased. State owned economy has played an irreplaceable role in China’s socialist modernisation drive

363
83 ARE HUMANS NATURALLY GREEDY ? - EDUCATION
Updated: 19 Sep 2011

Are humans naturally greedy?

By Hillel Cohen
Published Feb 19, 2006 7:55 PM

Are human beings “naturally” greedy? Is greed so much a part of human biology that it will always shape human social life?

This age-old question came up once again in an article circulated by Bloom berg News, the big business news service. (bloomberg.com)

The article highlights the work of Stanford University psychology professor Brian Knutson who has used modern brain-imaging technology to try to associate regions of the brain with specific behaviors.

In experiments by Knutson and colleagues, volunteers pretend to buy and sell stocks while the imaging machine called a functional MRI (FMRI) records the brain areas activated.

The findings suggest a connection bet ween activity in “pleasure center” areas of the brain and the action of making a profitable stock sale and even risk-taking behavior in anticipation or hope of gain, such as gambling.

(Brain areas considered pleasure centers have been linked to activities such as sexual orgasm and cocaine use.)

In the experiments, losses and fear of loss activated a different area of the brain— one that has been associated with painful experiences.

The researchers believe their findings may help explain why investors, like gamblers, often take irrational risks in the same way that people will often carry out what they know is risky and even dangerous behavior for a pleasurable high from sex or drugs.

The Bloomberg business editor commented: “At a neurological level, our species’ desire for money may resemble our desire for sex…” and “our brains lust after money, just like they crave sex.”

In this interpretation, capitalist greed is biological—-“hard-wired” by our brains neural circuits.

But this view is just a high-tech version of the very old, and mistaken, notion that greed is part of “human nature.”

A scientific basis for solidarity

Human beings are able to experience pleasure and pain, and for the most part, we pursue activities that give pleasure or lead us to anticipate pleasure, and we avoid activities that give pain or fear of pain.

But we must separate the question of how we feel pleasure and pain (the biology of the brain) from the question of what stimulates those feelings.

Burn your finger with a match and you’ll feel pain. Pleasure can come from a drink when you’re thirsty or food when you’re hungry.

But under capitalism people learn that money can buy almost anything.

Making money can become associated with pleasure just as surely as a bell can make a dog salivate, once the dog has learned that the bell means dinner.

For the big capitalists, greed—the desire for more and more wealth beyond the necessities of life—is what made them capitalists in the first place.

If that did not drive them, then they would not have succeeded as capitalists, or they might pursue some more useful occupation.

Under a different social system that valued equality rather than inequality, getting satisfaction from accumulating more wealth than one person could ever use would be considered a sickness—something like kleptomania.

The scientific finding that greed (under current social conditions) can stimulate feelings of pleasure similar to sex or drugs does help explain why capitalists seem to actually lust after profit and power, and why this lust will lead them to seek short-term gratification even if the long-term results of their action may be disastrous.

The experiments by Knutson offer one explanation for corporate opposition to environmental controls, as the tycoons of oil industry and other capitalists risk global warming and the long-term destruction of human life on earth rather than give up even a portion of their current profits.

Seeking pleasure and avoiding pain is a biological part of human nature. Greed is not. But seeking pleasure and avoiding pain are not uniquely human.

This behavior is shared by all living things that can experience the sensations of pain and pleasure.

Are there, then, any characteristics of human biology that let us behave in a way that is substantially different from other animals? That perhaps give us hope for human solidarity?

About 10 years ago, neuroscientists discovered a type of neuron (nerve cell) in the brains of monkeys that the scientists labeled “mirror neurons.”

These specialized neurons activated the very same way whether a monkey did something itself or simply saw another monkey do it.

In other words, these specialized nerve cells allowed monkeys to imitate others and even to share the experiences of others.

With further study, scientists found that humans have even more highly developed mirror neurons than monkeys.

These cells help humans learn by watching others—an enormously useful ability that enables human social interaction.

Even more importantly, these cells may be the biological basis of human empathy, of the ability to experience someone else’s emotions, including pain or pleasure, as if the emotions were one’s own.

Human language and other social and cultural tools appear to depend on these neurons.

It may turn out that the number and sophistication of human mirror neurons are an evolutionary development—along with an opposable thumb—that has enabled humans to develop a social and cultural life far beyond our closest animal relatives.

If so, then the truly essential biological part of human nature is the capacity to experience the feelings of others as much as our own feelings.

Rather than greed, this capacity for solidarity may be what makes us distinctly human.


271
84 EDUCATION- WHAT'S ON AT THE SCIENCE MUSEUM- WATER WARS- FIGHT THE FOOD CRISIS
Updated: 19 Sep 2011
Science Museum - What's On
  Share this Share this on Twitter Share this on Facebook Forward to a friend
Science Museum - What's On
NEW! Water Wars: fight the food crisis

Water Wars: fight the food crisis investigates how engineers are developing technologies to secure enough water to prevent a global food crisis.

Our population is rising at a staggering rate, and climate change is making matters worse... we need to act fast to secure enough water – and food – for the future.

228
85 EDUCATION- WHAT IS THE MEANING OF SOCIAL JUSTICE ?
Updated: 16 Sep 2011

Social Justice

Social Justice is a concept that has fascinated philosophers ever since Plato in The Republic formalized the argument that an ideal state would rest on four virtues wisdom, courage, moderation, and justice.

The addition of the word social is to clearly distinguish Social Justice from the concept of Justice as applied in the law- state-administered systems, which label behavior as unacceptable and enforce a formal mechanism of control, may produce results that do not match the philosophical definitions of social justice - and from more informal concepts of justice embedded in systems of public policy and morality and which differ from culture to culture and therefore lack universality.

Social justice is also used to refer to the overall fairness of a society in its divisions and distributions of rewards and burdens and, as such, the phrase has been adopted by political parties with a redistributive agenda.

Social Justice derives its authority from the codes of morality prevailing in each culture.

By gathering together into bands and communities, humans seek to gain strength and to address their vulnerabilities which, in turn, creates the potential to develop into more complex and evolving civilisations.

If simple survival is to be transformed into long-term security, something more than co-ordinating the contribution of everyone's skills will be required.

A social organisation will be needed to resolve disputes and offer physical security against attack.

The achievement of community aims will depend upon the co-ordination of many functional specializations (such as farmers for food, soldiers for protection and rulers for resource management) and a willingness of community members to sacrifice some personal freedom for the greater good.

So, would defining or administering justice become one of these specializations and, as such, be the exclusive responsibility of any one class of citizens?

People will not accept the surrender of any of their freedoms unless they perceive real benefits flowing from their decisions.

The key factor is likely to be the emergence of a consensus that the society is working in a fair way, i.e., both that individuals are allowed as much freedom as possible given the role they have within the society and that the rewards compensate adequately for any loss of freedom.

Hence, true social justice is attained only through the harmonious co-operative effort of the citizens who, in their own self-interest, accept the current norms of morality as the price of membership in the community.

The next major impetus for the development of the concept came from Christianity.

Thomas Aquinas (1225-1274) says, "Justice is a certain rectitude of mind whereby a man does what he ought to do in the circumstances confronting him."

As a theologian, Aquinas believed that justice is a form of natural duty owed by one person to another and not enforced by any human-made law.

This reflects the Christian view that, before God, all people are equal and must treat each other with respect.

Hence, the framework of the argument shifts to require obedience to natural principles of morality to satisfy a duty owed to God, and the outcome of social justice is driven by the tenets of morality embedded in the religion.

John Locke (1632-1704), an early theologist Utilitarain argued that people have innate natural goodness and beauty, and so, in the long run, if individuals rationally pursue their private happiness and pleasure, the interests of the society or the general welfare will be looked after fairly.

Locke characterised most of Christianity as utilitarian since believers see utility in rewards in the afterlife for their actions on Earth.

Immanuel Kant (1724-1804) believed that actions are morally right if they are motivated by duty without regard to any personal goal, desire, motive, or self-interest.

Kant's moral theory is, therefore, deontological and based on the concept of abject selflessness. In his view, the only relevant feature of moral law is its universalisability.

In the latter part of the twentieth century, the concept of Social Justice has largely been associated with the political philosopher John Rawls (1921-2002) who draws on the utilitarian insights of Bentham and Mill, the social contract ideas of Locke, and the categorical imperative ideas of Kant.

His first statement of principle was made in A Theory of Justice (1971) where he proposed that, "Each person possesses an inviolability founded on justice that even the welfare of society as a whole cannot override.

For this reason justice denies that the loss of freedom for some is made right by a greater good shared by others."

 His views are definitively restated in Political Liberalism (1993), where society is seen, "as a fair system of co-operation over time, from one generation to the next."

All societies have a basic structure of social, economic, and political institutions, both formal and informal.

In testing how well these elements fit and work together, Rawls based a key test of legitimacy on the theories of social contract.

To determine whether any particular system of collectively enforced social arrangements is legitimate he argued that one must look for agreement by the people who are subject to it.

Obviously, not every citizen can be asked to participate in a poll to determine his or her consent to every proposal in which some degree of coercion is involved, so we have to assume that all citizens are reasonable .

Rawls constructed an argument for a two-stage process to determine a citizen's hypothetical agreement:

  • the citizen agrees to be represented by X for certain purposes; to that extent, X holds these powers as a trustee for the citizen;
  • X agrees that a use of enforcement in a particular social context is legitimate; the citizen, therefore, is bound by this decision because it is the function of the trustee to represent the citizen in this way.

This applies to one person representing a small group (e.g. to the organiser of a social event setting a dress code) as equally as it does to national governments which are the ultimate trustees, holding representative powers for the benefit of all citizens within their territorial boundaries, and if those governments fail to provide for the welfare of their citizens according to the principles of justice, they are not legitimate.

To emphasise the general principle that justice should rise from the people and not be dictated by the law-making powers of governments, Rawls asserted that, "There is . . . a general presumption against imposing legal and other restrictions on conduct without sufficient reason.

But this presumption creates no special priority for any particular liberty."

This is support for an unranked set of liberties that reasonable citizens in all states should respect and uphold - to some extent, the list proposed by Rawls matches the normative human rights that have international recognition and direct enforcement in some nation states where the citizens need encouragement to act in a more objectively just way.

Social Justice as conceived by Rawls is an apolitical philosophical concept

The concept of social justice may hold some or all of the following beliefs:

  • Historical inequities insofar as they affect current injustices should be corrected until the actual inequities no longer exist or have been perceptively "negated".
  • The redistribution of wealth, power and status for the individual, community and societal good.
  • It is government's (or those who hold significant power) responsibility to ensure a basic quality of life for all its citizens.
284
86 EDUCATION- PEOPLE IN HISTORY- EDMUND BURKE (1729-1797) REFLECTIONS -ON REVOLUTIONARY FRANCE
Updated: 30 Aug 2011

Edmund Burke (1729-1797) Reflections On The Revolution In France (1790)

June 25th, 2011 Posted in Liberal Philosophy by Barry Stocker

Edmund Burke is often referred to as the founder of modern conservatism. 

#Nevertheless,  he certainly has a part in the history of liberal thought (as understood by classical  liberals and libertarians). 

How much is a matter of discussion.  Two of the reasons for  considering Burke in the liberal tradition are William Ewart Gladstone  and Friedrich Hayek.

Gladstone (1809-1898) one of Britain’s most distinguished Prime Ministers in four  terms adding upto 14 years, and the greatest political figure in nineteenth century British  liberalism. 

Gladstone was a life time reader of Burke from his early ultra-Tory years, to  his later years as a Liberal with a contempt for the Tory British establishment that it  returned. 

Gladstone’s progress can in part be traced to his belief that the aristocracy  pursued sectional interests, in betrayal of its legitimate role as provider of disinterested  national leadership. 

In some degree, Gladstone was the converse of the stereotypical  socialist whose view changes on encounter with harsh reality. 

He did not agree with  everything in Burke, seeing him as too resistant to political change, but did read him  frequently, maybe daily, for a large part of his life.

Hayek as in the economist and political thinker, who was probably the greatest figure in the twentieth century revival of classical liberalism. 

As we have seen in earlier posts, Hayek also had a highly appreciative view of John Rawls, the political philosopher often associated with  left liberalism and social democracy. 

One lesson here is that traditions of political thought overlap and interpenetrate, so that we cannot, and should not, try to isolate liberalism as an immaculate doctrine with a completely self-contained existence.

The issues on which Gladstone disagreed with Burke included the French Revolution. 

Burke was a fierce opponent of the French Revolution, which began in 1789, passed through its most radical  phase in the years 1792 to ’94 , and came to an end with Napoleon Bonaparte’s rise to power in 1798 (or maybe Bonaparte’s coronation as Emperor in 1804). 

Burke’s opposition came as a surprise to many, and alienated him from the more radical Whigs in Parliament, like Charles Fox and the playwright Richard Brinsley Sheridan, with whom he had been associated. 

 Whig refers to the more parliamentary of the two main political forces of the time, along with the Tories.

Burke himself, like Sheridan, came from Ireland, spending his adult life in England.  He made a name as a writer early on, particularly for his 1757 book on aesthetics, A Philosophical Enquiry into the Origin of Our Ideas of the Sublime and the Beautiful

The connection between that book and his political ideas is that Burke, like many Enlightenment thinkers, including his friends David Hume and Adam Smith, thought of a taste for beauty and for the sublime, as growing in history, in conjunction with the growth of commerce, law, and civil society. 

Burke moved to England and became one of the great parliamentarians of British history, though more for the content of his speeches than any capacity for exciting delivery. 

He was often on the most radical side in parliament, most famously with regard to the treatment of Ireland, India and the American colonies. 

Nevertheless, this did not extend to a wish to change the aristocratically dominated  political system, or challenge national traditions.  This became clear in his reaction to the French Revolution. 

Though he claimed to be still a Whig, he was closer to the Tories now than to his old Whig associates, or the radicals, republicans, and liberty lovers of the time, who were often what we would now call classical liberals.

Burke’s attitude to the French Revolution surprised many, but also came to seem prophetic. 

Burke might be taken to have exaggerated the violence of the first three years of the Revolution, but the Jacobin Terror of 1792 to ’94 and the rise of the young army officer Bonaparte to absolute power, also made Burke seem like a seer, who grasped the violent forces that the Revolution was unleashing. 

 Burke encountered ridicule when he famously lamented the failure of French men to follow medieval traditions of chivalry in defending Queen Marie Antoinette, but also correctly perceived that the Revolution would brutally crush any royal, or aristocratic opposition, and that of the most humble people whose rights it claimed to advance.

Burke explained that he thought liberty must be an ordered liberty, which requires the rule of law, and that the rule of law requires respect for traditional institutions, and authority. 

The state needs to be restrained from exercising absolute power, through the plurality of dispersed, and localised, institutions and customs, which grow over time. 

Those restraining forms also required deference from the lower classes, and a sense of mystique, to reinforce intellectual and moral respect.

Burke claimed that the radicalism and violence of the French Revolution was in contrast with British history, where even revolutions came in legal forms respectful of legal traditions, and which reflected the understanding of most people of all classes about rights and authority. 

This claim of continuity, and unity, in British history certainly does not command universal assent.

All the horrors that Burke identifies in the French Revolution have equivalents in British history, from Henry VIII’s confiscation of church lands (1536-41), through the Civil War (1642-51), the Glorious Revolution (1688), the crushing of the 1745 Jacobite Rebellion, and so on. 

Where Burke refers to such events, he goes to implausible lengths to describe them as legal, and as continuous with time worn traditions.

Whether we think these thoughts belong more to the liberal or conservative tradition, Burke certainly had an impact on liberal thinking. 

 He ought to be read by anyone who cares for the use of good English literary style in presenting political ideas, the history of political ideas, and a rounded understanding of liberal thought.

273
87 EDUCATION- CAPITALISM'S CRISIS CONTINUES
Updated: 24 Aug 2011

World economy:

Capitalists unable to stop the turmoil

Clare Doyle, International Secretariat of the CWI
SOCIALIST PARTY ARTICLE

As their system continues to slide further into its worst crisis since the 1930s, the frantic efforts of world capitalist leaders to reverse the process are farcical, contradictory and ineffective.

"Financial markets at their wits' end", was the headline in the Financial Times.

In a matter of weeks, trillions of dollars have been wiped from equity market values worldwide. The rush out of equities (shares in companies, banks etc) to alleged 'safe havens' of gold is now greater than at the time of the collapse of Lehman Brothers in 2008.

This indicates the depth of the present crisis which threatens to become a prolonged slump.

The credit-worthiness of the USA, the most powerful economy in the world, has been questioned. Eurozone leaders are stumbling from one summit to another without being able to solve the crisis.

On Friday 5 August, the credit rating agency Standard and Poor (S&P), downgraded US government bonds from AAA to AA+.

This, they said, was due to the debacle between Democrats and Republicans over the debt ceiling for the US - now standing at $14 trillion, the highest in the world.

These are the very same 'experts' who gave an AAA rating to the sub-prime lending spree in the first place which helped to lay the basis for the present crisis.

Big investors in US 'treasuries', including the Chinese government, are still not likely to move out significantly, but China's official People's Daily newspaper took the opportunity of the S&P assessment to chide the US government with its own interests in mind.

It should not "become blind to the great risks that a weak greenback could pose to the world's fragile economic recovery by lifting dollar-denominated commodities prices", it wrote.

Double-dip recession

The S&P found the sums on which it based its assessment were wrong - by $2 trillion - but, pessimistic as they are about growth prospects, they still believed that lenders would have doubts about buying US government bonds.

The latest figures for January to July show the US economy already crawling along at a rate of just 0.8%.

The US economy is now almost certainly facing a 'double dip' recession.

There are legitimate fears, now widespread, that the austerity measures being imposed in the US and many other countries to tackle high levels of debt, will actually stifle their already weak economic recoveries and plunge them further into crisis.

This is behind the renewed expectations that the US Federal Reserve will announce a new round of 'quantitative easing' (QE - printing money) in response to forecasts of the US having a 50-50 chance of entering recession before the end of the year.

But QE1 and QE2 have not solved the problems and it remains to be seen whether a new 'stimulus package' will be sufficient to stem the crisis.

Fears about the future of the world economy have been reflected in the price of gold and oil.

Gold - not 'paper value' but a store of real value - is always a favourite 'investment' in uncertain times. Its price has jumped to new nominal records well over $1,720 an ounce and could, in some estimates, go as high as $2,500 by the end of the year.

Another 'safe haven' for investors - the Swiss Franc - has reached in the last month record highs against the euro and the dollar.

The 'Swissie' has now moved into negative interest rate territory, which means investors paying the banks to hold their assets safe!

On the other hand, the price of oil has considerably declined.

This is because of the grave concerns about downturns in growth leading to a fall in demand.

As the CWI has explained on many occasions, the very feeble recovery in most countries has not been accompanied by any sizeable growth in total output.

Apart from some notable exceptions, it did not bring jobs for the tens of millions of unemployed, nor stem what seems like a war on the poor - massive cuts in public spending.

Further cutbacks and downturns in the prospects for young people lie behind the outbursts of anger recently seen on the streets of England.

Seriously prepared strikes and general strikes are urgently needed in a series of countries now to stem the attacks on pension rights.

Without the trade union leaders giving a clear lead in the struggle against cuts across Europe and in other countries, clashes with police and attacks on property could erupt in the most deprived urban areas.

A programme of jobs and homes for all has to be accompanied by a struggle for the nationalisation, under democratic workers' control and management, of the banks and big monopolies.

This can channel all the anger and frustration of youth and workers against the system.

Crisis measures

On 21 July a special meeting of Eurozone finance ministers agreed another bailout for the Greek government.

But within days it was clear this would not solve Greece's underlying problems or prevent a default of its national debt.

Before the 21 July agreement can even come into force, it has to be ratified by all of the Eurozone governments, mostly through their parliaments which are not in session during August.

Only two weeks after this, under pressure from the Eurozone leaders, especially Merkel and Sarkozy, the European Central Bank (ECB) was forced to announce new measures to try and prevent the stock markets going into a tail-spin after Friday's news from America!

Its previous policy of not buying Italian and Spanish bonds on the open market was reversed.

This reduced, at least temporarily, the rates on these countries' borrowings.

However, stock markets remain volatile, reflecting investors' doubts over effective EU measures to solve the eurozone sovereign debt crisis.

Other discussions have taken place about expanding the powers to intervene by using the €440 billion in the European Financial Stability Fund but they are hampered by the need for unanimity across the zone.

Italy and Spain's governments alone need to find an extra €840 billion over the coming 18 months - more than the total of bailouts already found for Greece, Ireland and Portugal.

The ECB measure will ease the situation in relation to the debts of Italy and Spain but the strings attached will bring them into head-on confrontation with their populations.

Italy's prime minister, Silvio Berlusconi, has tried to give the impression there is no major problem in Italy.

But his country has one of the biggest debts as a percentage of GDP (nearly 120%) and an economy which has failed to grow more than a fraction of 1% for the past two decades.

He has now agreed, with his government, to bring forward the deadline by which budget cuts will balance the state books - from the original 2014 (well after the next general election) to 2013 (still after the next election is due!).

Extra austerity measures, nearly double those already announced, have been put through the cabinet by decree.

Already, even in a summer period, opposition is mounting.

Berlusconi has said he will not stand next time round, but he desperately needs a government in power that will not allow three major court cases against him to proceed.

Spain's prime minister, José Luis Rodríguez Zapatero, has also declared he will not stand in November's election, sensing the widespread dissatisfaction with his inability to get Spain's economy back into healthy growth.

He has nevertheless agreed to increase austerity measures as a condition of the new loans.

The massive level of youth unemployment in Spain and a feeling of utter neglect by politicians have been behind the mass movement of the 'indignados' - young people disillusioned with political parties and looking for radical, even revolutionary solutions.

Richard Hunter, a broker from Hargreaves Lansdown, said: "The markets are looking for a concrete plan out of Europe and the US in terms of how they are going to deal with their deficits."

But because of private ownership and the states' role in defending the national interests of their own capitalists, a clear plan is something that capitalism, by its very nature, can never provide.

Capitalist anarchy

Trying to control an anarchic and blind system, none of the measures they take seems to stem the downward spiral into the worst crisis since the 1930s.

The measures they take to try and rescue their system will mean yet more cuts and austerity, yet more suffering and anguish for the vast majority of the world's population.

The accumulating crises - economic and political - of the last few weeks, have only served to underline the chaotic and wasteful way in which capitalism works or fails to work.

Only 58.1% of Americans of working age now have a real job.

 Tens of millions of people worldwide are on the scrapheap when they could be producing goods and providing services.

On the basis of public ownership and democratic planning, all the human and physical resources of society could be harnessed for the benefit of the vast majority instead of the increasingly rich minority.

The stranglehold of the banks and capitalist politicians over the lives of millions, in fact, billions, has to be broken.

Mass movements, including general strikes, will show the power that the working class can wield in society.

Linked with the energy and anger of the youth, new mass workers' parties can be rapidly built.

Confidence in the idea of a socialist alternative to capitalism can and must be renewed without delay.

309
88 EDUCATION- UNDERSTANDING CAPITALISM- AND YOUR THERE !
Updated: 22 Aug 2011

Capitalism

The socio-economic system where social relations are based on commodities for exchange, in particular private ownership of the means of production and on the exploitation of wage labour.

Wage labour is the labour process in capitalist society: the owners of the means of production (the bourgeoisie) buy the labour power of those who do not own the means of production (the proletariat), and use it to increase the value of their property (capital).

In pre-capitalist societies, the labour of the producers was rendered to the ruling class by traditional obligations or sheer force, rather than as a “free” act of purchase and sale as in capitalist society.

Value is increased through the appropriation of surplus value from wage labour. In societies which produce beyond the necessary level of subsistence, there is a social surplus, i.e. people produce more than they need for immediate reproduction.

In capitalism, surplus value is appropriated by the capitalist class by extending the working day beyond necessary labour time.

That extra labour is used by the capitalist for profit; used in whatever ways they choose.

The main classes under capitalism are the proletariat (the sellers of labour power) and the bourgeoisie (the buyers of labour power).

The value of every product is divided between wages and profit, and there is an irreconcilable class struggle over the division of this product.

Capitalism is one of a series of socio-economics systems, each of which are characterised by quite different class relations: tribal society, also referred to as “primitive communism” and feudalism.

 It is the breakdown of all traditional relationships, and the subordination of relations to the “cash nexus” which characterises capitalism.

The transcendence of the class antgonisms of capitalism, replacing the domination of the market by planned, cooperative labour, leads to socialism and communism.

Historical Development: Capitalism develops through various stages.

Since capital is both a pre-condition and outcome of capitalism, a period of primitive accumulation marks the beginning of capitalism; this may involve outright theft and plunder, and in particular the creation of a class of people who no longer own any means of production – a proletariat.

By freeing the labour process from traditional forms and expanding labour cooperation through world trade, capitalism initiates a rapid transformation in the labour process and promotes the development of science and technology.

Meanwhile, religion and kinship ties are continuously undermined.

Capital is built up in a few countries at the expense of other countries which are used as sources of cheap labour and raw materials.

The competition between millions of small-scale producers which was characteristic of the early days of capitalism, leads to the concentration of capital in the hands of just a few as a more efficient means of production.

At a certain point (the beginning of the 20th-century), the entire globe had been divided up between a few great powers.

Thus begins the final stage in the development of capitalism, imperialism, characterised by the domination of the banks, the formation of large multi-national corporations, by war and revolution.

The free market that had been envisioned by Adam Smith was shown impossible by the late 19th and early 20th century, when monopolies dominated nations causing massive Economic collapses in the 1890s, a world production crisis during World War I, and the worldwide depression in the 1930s.

Thereafter national, and later international, regulation of the capitalist marketplace became necessary (SEC, International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, etc.); while the growth of militarization remains a necessity to expend excess production.

For example, the United States having overspent the Soviet Union in militarization, in the last decade of the 20th century continued to create wars throughout the world – Panama, Iraq, Bosnia, etc. – unleashing double and triple the firepower in all of World War II.

After the incredible expenditure of vast munitions and weapons (over $300 billion per year), the subjugated and destroyed nations are then offered contracts and infiltrated by capitalist business for the process of "rebuilding".

The Destruction of Capitalism: In capitalist society the working-class continues to grow, and ownership over the means of production continually dwindles into fewer and fewer hands.

One example of this is the stock market, where the finance banks emphasize that "all workers" can own a piece of various companies. In fact, through offering "ownership" of these companies to more people, financial oligarchies are able to gain greater control over these companies by diluting the ownership amongst an unorganized group while also extracting capital from this large group for further investment.

For example, a bank need only own 10 or 15 percent of a certain company to have an enormous controlling interest over that company, so long as the vast majority of stocks in that company are owned by thousands and tens of thousands of different people, people who do not have the time to attend shareholder meetings and are not united and unorganized on how to exert control over the company.

Furthermore in capitalist society, the value of labour increases while labourers continually receive a smaller portion of that value they create.

The selling of labour itself is continually reduced from something that is sold on a monthly or yearly basis to something that is sold day by day, and hour by hour, piecemeal or in short term contracts.

As a result, the income gap grows continually larger.

For example in the United States, from 1988-1998, income for the poorest 20 percent of the population rose a meager $110 to $12,990.

For the richest 20 percent it increased by $17,870 to $137,480. (Data according to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities and the Economic Policy Institute, checked with U.S. Census data; January, 1999).

Capitalist ideology attempts to refute Marxism on the basis that the biggest class in capitalist society is the "middle-class".

This class conception however is based purely on economic wealth (two cars in the garage, an income of x amount of dollars, etc.) and not on that person's actual relations to the means of production (See definition on class).

The enormous majority of the population in a capitalist society is proletarian – however through imperialism some highly specialized proletarians (from executive officers to autoworkers, information technology workers to industrial foremen, etc.) are paid very well (not by the full value of what they actually produce, but by a higher percentage of that value when compared to unskilled workers and workers in nations subjugated to imperialist exploitation).

In order for capitalism to function correctly, the petty-bourgeois class must be in existence.

This is one of the great contradictions in capitalist society, because on the one hand while capitalist production continually pushes small-business people out of the market (for example, the owner of the general store, vegetable shop, small grocery store owner – all are wiped out by corporations who establish enormous shopping centers to meet a large variety of consumer needs, with products of higher quality at a cheaper price); while on the other hand capitalism cannot survive without a class of people establishing new businesses to fill new consumer needs; and from a very select few of those businesses to recruit new bourgeois, forming large corporations (in United States this is referred to as the "American dream").

The ultimate failure of capitalism is brought about by capitalist production itself – the further technology advances, the more expensive and powerful are the machines needed for production, while at the same time, as a result of technological advances, products produced by more efficient machines become cheaper and cheaper.

This has the effect of firstly driving the petty-bourgeoisie into extinction (who cannot afford to constantly upgrade their productive forces, while their products continually become cheaper (the reason they are heavily subsidized by advanced capitalist governments); and further the creation of larger corporations, which in turn must not only shrink internally to maintain "efficiency", but must also merge with other companies, forming multinational conglomerates, etc.

The further this process continues, production becomes increasingly centralized, and when controlled by the capitalist, the more oppressive and backward production becomes (Microsoft at the end of the 20th century).

These technological advances will inevitably lead to either the common destruction of humanity (a third world war) or socialist revolution, a democratic society where the means of production and distribution will be controlled by the majority.

Further Reading: For a detailed description of the fundamentals and early development of capitalism see: Marx, Wage labour and Capital, and Capital Volume 1 & Volume 2 – on the Process of Production, Circulation and of Capital respectively), Capital Volume 3 on capitalist production in whole.

For a detailed description of the beginning of the later stage of development of capitalism, see: Lenin, Imperialism: the Highest Stage of Capitalism.

Casualisation

Casualisation is the practice of replacing the employment of workers on continuing contracts with the hire of workers on an hourly basis with no guarantee of continued employment or acceptance of any commitment to paying rates related to the cost of living or conditions of employment which constitute a reasonable basis for life.

The advantage to employers is that it enables them to turn the tap on and off as required to meet fluctuating demand, and even more importantly, it enables the employer to threaten every worker every hour with termination of their employment.

Casualisation is thus a method for forcing the price of labour-power down to its minimum.

The terms ‘casualisation’ was coined by a government enquiry into dock labour practices in Britain in 1920, where casual labour was becoming the norm for unskilled workers.

It was in the fight against those conditions that the first great unions of unskilled workers were built, including the British dockworkers and the I.W.W. in the early 20th century, and in the 1930s, the U.S. Teamsters Union.

 

 

Cause & Effect

Understanding of Cause and Effect is a basic mode of scientific investigation, the discovery of the specific causes of phenomena and the complete cause: “When all the conditions of a fact are present, it enters into Existence”.

 However, the fixed opposition between cause and effect is limited, since every effect is also a partial cause of its own conditions of existence.

The concept of reciprocity arises from an understanding of the whole network of cause-effect leading to an understanding of "complete cause".

Scepticism says that Causality is simply a subjective construction, which flies in the face of the obvious successes of industry and natural science.

However, the limitation of the standpoint of Causality is shown in the inability to conceive the world and humanity's part in it as a single whole.

319
89 EDUCATION- UNDERSTANDING CAPITAL, LABOUR, PROFIT, SURPLUS AND COMMODITIES
Updated: 22 Aug 2011

Capital

Capital is in the first place an accumulation of money and cannot make its appearance in history until the circulation of commodities has given rise to the money relation.

Secondly, the distinction between money which is capital, and money which is money only, arises from the difference in their form of circulation.

Money which is acquired in order to buy something is just money, facilitating the exchange of commodities.

 [Marx represent this as C - M - C or Commodity - Money - Commodity.]

On the other hand, capital is money which is used to buy something only in order to sell it again. [Marx represented this as M - C - M.]

This means that capital exists only within the process of buying and selling, as money advanced only in order to get it back again.

Thirdly, money is only capital if it buys a good whose consumption brings about an increase in the value of the commodity, realised in selling it for a Profit [or M - C - M'].

The word “capital” was first used in its current meaning in England around 1611, derived from “capital grant,” meaning a grant of land from the King – i.e. the head – which would be the basis of a new estate, and so meaning ”original” funds, thus carrying in its genealogy a mirror of the changing sources and origins of power, with the rise of the bourgeois revolution in England.

“The simple circulation of commodities – selling in order to buy – is a means of carrying out a purpose unconnected with circulation, namely, the appropriation of use-values, the satisfaction of wants.

The circulation of money as capital is, on the contrary, an end in itself, for the expansion of value takes place only within this constantly renewed movement.

The circulation of capital has therefore no limits.” [Capital, Chapter 4]

Capital is a Social Relation

Capital is not just wealth, but wealth in a specific historically developed form: wealth that grows through the process of circulation.

As an aside, it should be noted that wealth itself is a social relation, not just an accumulation of things.

For example, if you owe someone a favour, then that is something personal between the two of you; if your debt is determined by a third party or by some social ritual such as a birthday, then that is a social relation.

Wealth is a social relation in the same sense, and its various historically developed forms are social relations.

The issue is to understand exactly what kind of social relation is capital and where it leads.

Contradictions in Capital

The contradiction within capital is this: capital arises only in and through the exchange of commodities, but on average commodities are exchanged at their value, so no new value can arise simply by the exchange of commodities for one another.

So neither the purchase (M - C), nor the sale (C' - M'), can realise a new value. In order to expand, capital must purchase a commodity, the consumption of which creates new value (C - C').

This commodity is labour-power, and the consumption of labour power is the labour process.

“In order to be able to extract value from the consumption of a commodity, our friend, Moneybags, must be so lucky as to find, within the sphere of circulation, in the market, a commodity, whose use-value possesses the peculiar property of being a source of value, whose actual consumption, therefore, is itself an embodiment of labour, and, consequently, a creation of value.

The possessor of money does find on the market such a special commodity in capacity for labour or labour-power.” [Capital, Chapter 6]

Wage Labour and Capital

Thus capital can make a profit because people can produce more in a day than they need to live, or to put it another way, the value of labour power is less than a full day’s labour.

The whole trick reduces to the problem: how to get the workers to work longer than needed to earn the equivalent of their own needs and then get hold of that surplus labour.

The secret of this trick lies in wage labour.

Further, wealth does not become capital until certain historical conditions pertain:

in the first place, the development of forces of production must be such that people can produce more than they need to live, so people have surplus labour left over after they have produced all that they need in order to live;

secondly, there must be a class of free labourers who have nothing to sell but their capacity to work and no other means of livelihood, who can be forced to work for the capitalist (the proletariat);

thirdly, a class of people who own the means of production as their personal property (the bourgeoisie).

The Rate of Profit

The two factors involved in the labour process are the means of production – materials, fuel, land and so on,– and the labour power of the workers.

The first component Marx calls “constant capital” and the wages used to pay for the workers’ labour power, “variable capital”.

These terms reflect the fact that the value of the constant component is recovered when the product is sold but its value is constant, whereas when the capitalist uses the workers’ labour power, new value is created.

The capitalist must measure the profit made in producing a given commodity in proportion to the total capital invested – the rate of profit; the workers, on the other hand, will measure the proportion of surplus labour time, to the time necessary to work to produce what they need to live – the rate of surplus value.

The ratio of constant to variable capital Marx called the “organic composition of capital”. The higher the organic composition of capital, the lower would be the rate of profit.

General Rate of Profit

It follows that the rate of profit would be different from one industry to the other, according to the organic composition of capital normal in the given industry.

 For example, labour intensive service industries would be expected to provide a high rate of profit while capital intensive industries like the railways would generate a low rate of profit.

However, this contradicts the empirical fact that in any given society there is a general rate of profit across all industries.

Marx showed that the formation of a general rate of profit is a result of “supply-and-demand” pressures which draws capital into areas where the rate of profit is high and forces the rate of profit down again.

Falling Rate of Profit

The rate of surplus value may increase over time, either by increasing the working day and extracting more and more surplus labour time from the working class (absolute surplus value), or because the necessary labour time is reduced as a result of increases in the general level of productivity (relative surplus value).

However, the total amount of materials and machinery consumed in the production process, relative to wages, greatly increases over time, and so the organic composition of capital rises.

Marx asserted that despite possible increases in rate of surplus value, the increasing organic composition of capital meant there is an historical tendency for the rate of profit to fall.

This, Marx showed, would bring about a crisis in capitalism, as it became more and more difficult for capitalists to realise their profits.

The problems of realisation of profits are exacerbated by the increasing scale of investment required to keep up with technology.

Also, if the capitalists keep their profits high by keeping wages at starvation level, how are they going to be able to sell their products?

These kind of problems would lead, according to Marx, to imbalances between “Department I” – production of the means of production, and “Department II” – production of the basic consumer goods and luxuries.

Conflicts within the Capitalist Class

As changes take place in the productive forces, capital flows from one industry to another, generating political conflicts between the the various sections of capital.

For example, manufacturing capital might pressure for reductions in tariffs, thus threatening agriculture.

The resulting political conflict which breaks out though, might take the form of a fight between two political parties, one of which has its base in the countryside.

Thus changes in capital are important in undertsanding conflicts which break out from time to time ‘on the surface’ in the form of political and social movements and social change generally.

Concentration of Capital

One of the most important of these conflicts which arise from the dynamics of capital is the way big capital constantly drives smaller competitors to the wall.

The resulting concentration of capital was seen by Marx as one of the main axes along which capital would eventually arrive at an historic crisis, with a handful of immensely wealthy capitalists confronted by a vast mass of proletarians, with nothing in between.

 

Modern bourgeois economics literature uses a number of new terms which are foreign to Marxism, such as “Natural Capital”, “Social Capital”, “Cultural Capital” and “Human Capital”.

Marx showed that capital is a social relation; for the bourgeoisie, social relations are a form of capital.

Natural Capital

“Natural Capital” is the term used by economists to refer to those aspects of Nature which have the potential to be subsumed under capital, such as forests which are in national parks and can be converted into private property and harvested.

The term “Natural Capital” is sometimes also used to indicate Nature as the “externality” which provides necessary inputs for capitalist production (raw materials, land, air, water, etc.) without payment, and absorbs costs of production without recompense (waste materials, pollution).

This extension makes sense in as much as Nature is the fundamental condition for production, and insofar as it is destroyed or ‘used up’, although it therefore fails to be subsumed under capital, capital must in some way make expenditure to compensate for having destroyed the natural conditions of its own existence.

So for example, clean air may not be “Natural Capital” in the sense that it can be converted into private property; nevertheless, if it is destroyed by capital, or in order to prevent its destruction, capital must make an outlay (for example, install filters, reduce energy consumption, plant trees, etc.).

“Natural Capital” is thus Nature, taken as an “externality” for capital, making inputs and absorbing outputs without payment. Economists widely believe that private production is always destructive of public goods which are “externals”, and “Natural Capital” is one such “external” liable to be destroyed by Capital.

Social Capital

Like “Natural Capital”, “Social Capital” is a term used by bourgeois economists to refer to an “externality” which supplies inputs to capital, absorbs outputs from capital, and is capable of being destroyed by capital and/or subsumed under capital.

In contrast to “Natural Capital” however, “Social Capital” refers to those factors of production and human life in general which exist in social relations presently not subsumed under capital.

Frequently, “Social Capital” is used to refer to those externalities other than the conditions for capital accumulation provided by the state, in what bourgeois economists refer to as “Civil Society”.

The point is that “Social Capital” is not capital at all; it is those creative, productive and life-giving relations between people which have the potential to be converted into capital, but are presently external to capital, i.e., not capital at all.

The term was first used in an ironic sense by Jane Jacobs in her 1961 book The Death and Life of Great American Cities, and more recently popularised by James Coleman, Robert Putnam and Francis Fukuyama.

For bourgeois economics, the term is important for the purpose of drawing the attention of capitalists to the potential for capitalist development contained in society generally, which can be converted into private production with minimal expenditure (for example, the skills and networks workers have before they are hired or ‘trained’ by the firm, people's capacity to provide information and ideas from their informal networks), and conversely to draw attention to the social capacities which are providing these inputs and absorbing outputs and are capable of being used up and destroyed by capitalist industry (for example, family ties supporting overworked or injured workers, trust and loyalty which allows business to be done without a team of lawyers and policemen to enforce contracts).

Bourgois economics, however, distinguishes between ‘good’ and ‘bad’ social capital; such a distinction is necessary to deal with the problem of why trade unions are not social relations providing inputs and absorbing costs of capital, while a professional association, for example, is, why one needs to be destroyed, the other exploited.

This kind of distinction is generally made in an apologetic way, because bourgeois economists do not accept the idea that capital is itself a social relation, and the concept of ‘subsumption’ under capital is not acceptable within the framework of bourgeois economics.

Likewise, some writers make a distinction between ‘horizontal’ and ‘vertical’ social capital; ‘horizontal’ social capital is good and ‘vertical’ social capital (called “political capital” by some) is bad.

So for example, networks of support and exchange of information provide unpaid inputs to capital, and can be subsumed under capital, but organisations which build a strong sense of collective identity, elect delegates and representatives resist subsumption under capital, and such relations have to be destroyed before the “Social Capital” can be subsumed under capital.

The most profitable kind of “Social Capital” are networks of person-to-person relations which lacks any collective consciousness.

Human Capital

“Human Capital” is slightly different from “natural capital” and “social capital” inasmuch as it is generally used in bourgeois economics to refer to human capacities which are subsumed under capital: the skills and knowledge of employees, the trust between employees and the effectiveness of the division of labour within the workforce employed by a given capital, which can be used to make profit. In other words, all those values which are commanded by a given capital, but which cannot be property because they are human.

“Human capital” thus fails to be capital because all its elements remain the ‘property’ of the individual workers whose intellectual and physical powers constitute it, and these workers may choose whether or not to contibute these assets, and take them with them when they resign; on the other hand, “human capital” is subsumed under capital to the extent that the given capital brings together such a concentration and combination of human capacities that the ‘whole is greater than the sum of the parts’.

 Thus, “human capital” is contained within the workforce employed by the capital, but its ownership and value-form is contained in the ability of a company to retain and utilise the skills of its employees.

Note that that knowledge and skill of employees which are not or cannot be used for profit (e.g., the employees' union-organising, their hobbies, sporting skills, interests in music and literature, etc.) are not “human capital”.

“Human capital” differs from “labour power” because labour power is the use of much the same human capacities indicated by “human capital”, and is measured by the hour.

“Human capital” also includes those capacities which arise from the collectivity brought about by bringing a number of workers together in one productive enterprise. See also Human Capital.

 

.

365
90 EDUCATION-WANTED ARTICLES- ROTTEN BRITAIN-"IF YOU'RE LOOKING FOR JUSTICE YOU'RE IN THE WRONG PLACE"
Updated: 23 Aug 2011

A SERIES ON ROTTEN BRITAIN

 

THE RADICAL INVITES READERS TO SUBMIT AN ARTICLE ON THE FOLLOWING :-

 

IF YOU'RE LOOKING FOR JUSTICE YOU'RE IN THE WRONG PLACE

425
91 EDUCATION- GOVERNING FOR PEOPLE: NOT FOR PROPERTY AND PROFIT
Updated: 22 Aug 2011

Governing for people; not property and profit

 Robin Thorpe

Aug 2011

LABOUR UNCUT

In December last year, Neal Lawson and John Harrison presented an outline of their proposal for new socialism.

With many European nations still circling the edge of the economic abyss and people starving to death in Africa is now a pertinent time to look again at the way in which we organise our world?

Each generation seemingly gets a chance to make a paradigm shift in the way in which their brand of civilisation is governed.

Apart from a very few cases, they opt for evolution in the place of revolution.

The consequence of this evolution is that despite the diminishing role of aristocracy and landed wealth, most world nations remain capitalist economies.

For the majority of the so-called civilised nations, the primary objective of governance has for centuries been as an enabler in the pursuit of profit and the expansion of capital.

Historically this was because the ruler and the ruler’s peers were the primary holders of capital.

More recently, because the professional political class are the acolytes of the wealthy and the preservers of the capitalist economy (particularly in the USA where election depends on the size of your marketing budget).

Even our celebrated legal system only exists because of our forebear’s predilection to the preservation of private property rights.

The people of Greece, Spain, Italy, Ireland and to some extent the other European and North American nations are being asked to submit to severe austerity programmes.

Austerity measures that could be described as being designed to protect the investments of bankers and venture capitalists (often illustrated by the expression “socialise the risk and privatise the profit”).

Although they are justified with vague notions of national interest they are not specifically for the benefit of the citizens of any individual nation.

Outside Europe famine has once again brought death to Africa.

The saddest thing about famine, in any part of the world, is that the globe provides enough nutrition to support the entire world population; it is not, however, equitably distributed.

Unfortunately for the Somalians, “the markets” do not see fit to provide them with enough food and water to live.

A market economy based on private ownership does not seem to me to be able to solve any of the social or political challenges that have emerged in the last century.

Indeed the financial crisis was entirely created by the issue of private ownership; more specifically the debt created to finance private home ownership.

Why then do more people not question the very nature of the economy?

A global conversion to socialism with major countries abandoning the all pervasive markets isn’t likely.

But why is an economy based on the private ownership of capital and the religion of market efficiency, held up as an untouchable panacea?

Chomsky describes this as the ‘Muashar doctrine’ after a quote from Carnegie endowment Middle East specialist Marwan Muashar, formerly a high official of the Jordanian government: “There is nothing wrong, everything is under control”.

In a speech in Amsterdam, in March 2011, Chomsky pointed out that a greater danger yet could occur if short-term profit is given a greater priority than the environment.

The fate of the species could be threatened (the US congress has already cut funding for measures that could mitigate environmental catastrophe).

He concludes that, “All of this, and much more, can proceed as long as the Muashar doctrine prevails.

As long as the general population is passive, apathetic, diverted to consumerism or hatred of the vulnerable, then the powerful can do as they please, and those who survive will be left to contemplate the outcome”.

If there is to be any potential for change, then meaningful leadership must be forthcoming.

But meaningful must meant more than merely populist: idealist.

Across the Western world, the political leaders are, without exception, intelligent and well-educated, but in the search for electoral success they follow only populist motions, always seeking to control the enigmatic middle-ground to ensure their power.

It must be accepted that contemporary voters load politicians with paradoxical demands; both reviling the political system and expecting political leaders to solve all their woes.

However this does not mean that these leaders should hide from the bigger challenges by debating only the scandalous and the provincial.

Democratic leadership should not be predicated on marketing strategy or research, but on strongly held beliefs and a vision in securing a brighter future.

 Leadership, in any field, is categorized by the ability to helicopter over the field of reference, make decisive strategic decisions where it matters and the ability to inspire a greater collective response than that provided by the sum of the individuals.

The markets, whoever they are, cannot provide the answers to any of the questions on equality, justice, environmental preservation and security that are important to millions of people across the world.

Only people can provide these answers.

And no doctrine that promotes the importance of the individual and of private property over the collective society will ever come close to resolving these challenges.

523
92 EDUCATION- THE CPUSA EXPLAIN WHY SOCIALISM IS THE BEST REPLACEMENT FOR A CAPITALIST SYSTEM
Updated: 22 Aug 2011

Socialism USA

by: Gus Hall 

We Communists believe that socialism is the very best replacement for a capitalist system that has served its purpose, but no longer meets the needs and requirements of the great majority of our people.

We believe that socialism USA will be built according to the traditions, history, culture and conditions of the United States. Thus, it will be different from any other socialist society in the world. It will be uniquely American.

What will be the goals of our socialist society?

  1. A life free of exploitation, insecurity, poverty; an end to unemployment, hunger and homelessness.
  2. An end to racism, national oppression, anti-Semitism, all forms of discrimination, prejudice and bigotry. An end to the unequal status of women.
  3. Renewal and extension of democracy; an end to the rule of corporate America and private ownership of the wealth of our nation. Creation of a truly humane and rationally planned society that will stimulate the fullest flowering of the human personality, creativity and talent.

The advocates and ideologues of capitalism hold that such goals are utopian; that human beings are inherently selfish and evil. Others argue that these goals can be fully realized under capitalism.

We are confident, however, that such goals can be realized, but only through a socialist society.

Why Socialism?

Since its inception capitalism has been fatally flawed. Its inherent laws - to maximize profit on the backs of the working class - give rise to the class struggle.

History is a continuous story of people rising up against those who exploit and oppress them, to demand what's theirs. Our own country's historic beginning was revolutionary. The ideals of justice and equality have inspired peoples for centuries.

Up until the time of Karl Marx, those that advocated socialism were 'utopians', that is, motivated by ideals only. It was Marx and his longtime friend and collaborator, Frederick Engels, who uncovered the inner laws of capitalism, where profit comes from and how societies develop. They transformed wishful thinking for socialism into socialism with a scientific, materialist basis.

Communists say that capitalism won't be around forever. Just like previous societies weren't around forever either. Slavery gave rise to feudalism and feudalism to capitalism. So, too, capitalism gives rise to socialism.

The Foundations of Socialism

Political power would be in the hands of working people. Socialism starts with nationalization of the main means of production - the plants, factories, agri-business farms and everything necessary to produce what society needs. The large monopoly corporations and banks come under public ownership, that is, under the collective ownership of the entire working class and people, who have the leading role in building socialism.

Socialism also means public ownership of the energy industry and all the natural resources. It eliminates forever the power of the capitalist class to exploit and oppress the majority.

A socialist government draws up plans covering the entire economy. They are drawn up with maximum participation of the people, from the shop level on up. Such plans are achieved because they harmonize the interests of all, because there are no conflicts arising from exploitation of workers and no dog-eat-dog competition.

Production increases much faster than under capitalism, with a planned economy, advancement of science and technology, and the protection and preservation of our environment and natural resources.

A socialist government is based on all-around democracy, starting with economic democracy. The more people participate in running their own economy, the more firmly people's power is established, the more successful a socialist America will be.

Trade unions in a socialist USA will insure a fair balance between what workers produce and what they receive. They will have decisive power to enforce safety and health provisions, prevent speedup, and guarantee good transportation, working conditions and plant facilities.

Public services - schools, hospitals, utilities, transit, parks, roads - are crumbling under capitalism. And now corporations are 'privatizing' government-run, publicly-owned institutions for private profit.

Under socialism public services and housing will be vastly improved and expanded. They will be broadened in their scope beyond anything dreamed of under capitalism.

The U.S. will become a vast construction site. Homes, schools, hospitals, places of recreation will be built to end shortages, replace substandard infrastructures and public facilities.

Jobs and Education for All

Full employment will be quickly achieved as production is expanded to satisfy the needs of people. Automation at the service of the working people will lead to both reduced hours of work and higher living standards, with no layoffs. There will be no danger of over-production since production will be planned and people's incomes will increase in line with the rising output of consumer goods and services.

Poverty will be ended quickly with the recovery of the vast resources now wasted in war production, corporate profits and the extravagent lifestyles of the filthy rich.

All education will be tuition-free. Every person will have access to unlimited medical and health care without charge. These rights will be realized as rapidly as facilities can be built and the personnel trained.

With capitalism gone, crime will also begin to disappear, for it is the vicious profit system that corrupts people and breeds crime.

To Each According to Their Work

Some ask whether guaranteeing basic necessities, free education, low-cost housing and health care will encourage people to avoid working, or doing their best. The principle of socialism is: From each according to his/her ability, to each according to his/her work.

Socialism provides incentives for working better, producing more and higher quality goods, acquiring advanced skills. It does NOT equalize wages. Wages vary according to occupation and efficiency, although everyone is guaranteed a liveable wage.

Under capitalism, improvements in skill, organization and technology are rightly feared by the worker, since they threaten jobs. Under socialism, they offer the chance to make the job more interesting and rewarding, as well as to improve living standards.

Socialism provides moral incentives because the fruits of labor benefit all. No person robs others of the profits from their labor; when social goals are adopted by the majority, people will want to work for these goals. Work will seem less a burden, more and more a creative activity, where everyone is his/her neighbor's helper instead of rival.

It is true socialism will nationalize or socialize all large-scale production, property and real estate. But socialism does not abolish ALL privately-owned business. It does not require nationalization of those small businesses owned by people who work for themselves and do not hire others to make a profit. Personal property - private homes, automobiles, etc., - will remain just that, personal property.

In highly mechanized U.S. agriculture there will still be a place for the family farmer. But the farm family will be relieved of the pressure of agribusiness monopolies.

There will be rapid abolition of racism and national oppression. Socialism will bring complete equality for all racially and nationally oppressed. There will be no compromise with racism, for there will no longer exist a capitalist class which profits from it. Racism, national oppression, anti-Semitism, sexism, anti-immigrant discrimination and all forms of prejudice and bigotry will be banned by law, with strict measures of enforcement. Affirmative action will be expanded immediately to undo and make up for hundreds of years of the ravages of racism. Full equality will be one of the main priorities of the new society.

War propaganda will be outlawed.

The only privileged sectors will be the children and seniors, who have earned the right to a healthy, happy, secure retirement.

The children will reap all the benefits of socialist child care, free nurseries and schools with the very best facilities and teachers. Children will have wonderful recreational and sports facilities. They will have the option to choose whatever career they wish, and the free education and training to achieve it.

Socialism provides the economic foundation for effective democracy for the masses of people. To carry through the socialist economic and social transformation requires political rule by the working class - a government of, by and for the working people.

Socialism USA

Socialism USA will benefit from the experiences, the mistakes and succesess of the countries who built and are building socialism. But mainly it will reflect the distinctive features of U.S. development and environment.

Unique historical advantages, like the unequalled natural resources, fertile soil and perfect weather, coupled with the contributions of generations of working people, enabled U.S. capitalism to achieve higher productive levels and living standards than capitalism in other countries. So, too, the development of socialism here will have some distinct advantages.

  1. We have a highly developed industrial society with a highly trained and educated work force.
  2. Free from foreign intervention, socialism will not have to divert human and economic resources to defend itself.
  3. Socialism USA will avoid the terrible problems of extreme poverty, illiteracy, civil wars, wars of intervention and world wars.
  4. Socialism USA will extend democracy to its fullest, taking as its starting point the democratic traditions and institutions of the American people.

Path to Socialism

We say that it may be possible in the U.S. to bring socialism through peaceful means. Perhaps through the ballot box. One thing is clear, there won't be socialism in the U.S. until the majority of the American people want it.

I like to say that when workers enter the corporate board rooms to take over and the ruling class says: O.K. you're right, we made a mess of things and now you should run it all. Well then there won't be any trouble. But if the ruling class says: Forget it! And call out the army and the police and the national guard, then that is how revolutions become violent. It starts with the ruling class. Workers and their allies have to defend themselves and to fight for what is rightfully theirs.

We believe and advocate that a socialist society in our country will guarantee all the liberties defined in the Bill of Rights but never fully realized. These include the right of people to express themselves fully and freely through organizations of their choice and competing candidates who respect and are guided by the concept of building socialism.

Indeed, the freedoms in the Bill of Rights will take on far greater meaning for the great majority, who will now own the meeting halls, press, radio and TV, and will be able to exercise that freedom effectively.

That's why we call ours Bill of Rights Socialism, USA.

Socialism is our vision for America's future. It is a vision we are winning more and more people to because it is logical - really a great - replacement for capitalism. And because it is the next inevitable step up the ladder of human civilization.

471
93 EDUCATION- AN AMERICAN DILEMMA: 2011
Updated: 16 Aug 2011

An American Dilemma: 2011 

Original source: Diary of a Heartland Radical

Common threads run throughout America's history from the revolution to 2011.

Class and race are particularly enduring features of the life of the nation.

Perhaps we need to examine our history and contemporary plight using class analysis and the fundamental interconnections of class and race to better understand why American society is in crisis today and what can be done about it.

First, it is undeniable that America is a class society.

The dominant class owns the factories, the businesses, the entertainment and information industries, and the financial institutions that control investment, trade, debt, and speculation.

As the capitalist economy has changed, the ruling class has changed also.

But in each historical period the ruling class has acted on the basis of its interests and ideology.

Since the 1970s, the economic ruling class, while diverse, has been dominated by finance capital.

Second, it is important to remember that concentrated economic wealth is usually complemented by centralized political power. In our own day, for example, Wall Street financial interests dominate the political process.

In the increasingly desperate pursuit of increased rates of profit since the 1970s, financiers have been pressuring political elites to institutionalize policies that cut government programs, deregulate the economy, reduce workers rights, and shift societal wealth from the poor and working people to the wealthy.

The deal being brokered to "solve the deficit ceiling" problem is the most current of examples.

Third, set against the economic ruling class in every age is a broad array of sectors of the working class, some employed, some not, who have little wealth and power.

During exceptional periods they rise up angry, challenge myths about what the economy needs, and demand policies to further the shift of wealth from the few to the many.

Since the 1980s, with brief exceptional periods, wealth and income has shifted more to the few.

This model of an economic ruling class and a vast working class is largely an accurate framework for understanding American history, from the revolution of 1776 to the deficit crisis of 2011.

But the model needs to be refined based upon the particular interests, organizations, economic activities and ideologies of the two basic classes, the ruling class and the working class.

For example, even within the two classes there are "fractions" or segments that do not share precisely the interests of other fractions within the class.

For example, since the 1970s, more and more wealth has been invested in finance and less and less in manufacturing and agriculture, the traditional backbones of a capitalist economy.

It became clear to the financiers that government regulations, social safety nets, and public institutions of all kinds had become impediments to the free flow of money capital.

Thus we saw the dawn of the Reagan "revolution," which consisted of policies designed to replace the New Deal policies of mixed government and the private sector that favored manufacturing and workers in industry.

Over the last thirty years, the United States economy, and more or less all of the wealthy capitalist economies, has shifted its priorities to making money via financial speculation.

Government has helped by adopting free market, market fundamentalist, and what people around the world call neo-liberal economic policies.

Introduced selectively during the presidency of Jimmy Carter and promoted full blown in the Reagan era, United States economic policy has been driven by the downsizing of government (except the military) and deregulation.

Today, most Democrats and Republicans are fighting over how to cut government spending and which people-oriented programs to eliminate.

They are not fighting about whether to cut government, but rather in what ways it should be cut.

In sum, if we label political actors, the neo-liberal monster has two heads, Democrats and Republicans.

The current context is made even more complicated by the so-called Tea Party.

The Tea Party was created by a small fraction of the wealthy economic class and sectors of the monopoly controlled media.

Its membership consists of a vast array of disenchanted, alienated increasingly marginalized business and professional elites who claim to be motivated by the need to challenge intrusive government.

While it has its roots in fractions of the economic ruling class it has used its resources to appeal to a base of supporters from the working class.

Many Tea Party activists have used the historic and institutionalized racism in the United States as a tool to expand their support.

Tea Party enthusiasts have made it clear that their real motivation is to destabilize and destroy the United States government which happens to be led by the first African- American president.

Senator Mitch McConnell, in a desperate attempt to co-opt this political fraction, spoke frankly when he declared that the number one priority of the Republican Party is to insure that Barack Obama is a one-term president.

This simple and frank declaration parallels the constant racist stereotypes of Obama that find their way into main stream media and are staples of Fox News, and the reactionary radio chorus.

And to generalize, the Tea Party and much of the Republican Party express their racism against Islamic and Latino targets as well.

Furthermore, the racist ideology that is just below the surface of political discourse has escalated as the gaps in wealth and income between whites and people of color have expanded over the last thirty years.

In fact, the assault on government programs, and the vast majority of workers, has been at the same time an assault on African Americans, Latinos, and all other so-called minorities, who by 2050 will be the new majority of Americans.

In short, the deficit struggle may be seen as a conflict between two fractions of the economic elite, represented by most of their Democratic and Republican allies, over the shape of the neo-liberal policies to be adopted as public policy AND the Tea Party political fraction, from the ruling and working class, who are driven as much by racism as by any idea of doing what is best for the economy.

The ideology of racism used by some of those who promote the neo-liberal agenda is paralleled by the real mal-distribution of wealth and income that has been exacerbated in recent years and will be a center-piece of any deficit reduction deal in the future.

But as Marx said, all history is the history of class struggle.

The working class, varied as it has been over time, continues to resist the efforts of the wealthy and powerful to appropriate more and more of society's resources.

In fact, what may be called the Progressive Majority is a coalition of workers, women, people of color, environmentalists, health care activists and others who will refuse to accept neo-liberal and Tea Party policies.

For them the struggle is not over. It is just beginning.

In some ways, the impending deficit deal that leaders of the two political parties are consummating clarifies the task the progressive majority faces.

The American Dilemma of 2011 requires mobilizing on two interconnected fronts.

First, progressives must adopt a campaign to increase government support for the vast majority of Americans and to do so by taxing the rich. In other words, progressives must say "no" to neo-liberalism.

Second, progressives must incorporate a 21st century anti-racism platform in their economic program.

Demographically, people of color will constitute a majority of the voting age population by 2050, a disquieting realization for Tea Party supporters and their neo-liberal representatives who want to return to an era of Jim Crow economically and politically.

A useful guide for this progressive agenda is
The People's Budget proposed recently by the Congressional Progressive Caucus which calls for a massive jobs program, the construction of a fairer more equitable tax system, real health care reform, tax reforms to safeguard the social security trust fund, and dramatic cuts to military spending.

The People's Budget clearly would address issues of government spending by shifting to policies of fairness that benefit the vast majority of the country's population.

So the task of the progressive majority is clear whatever final form the deficit compromise takes.

Joe Hill is still right: 'Don't Mourn, Organize!"

649
94 EDUCATION- THE WEEK THAT MADE BRITAIN SIT UP AND THINK
Updated: 16 Aug 2011

MARTIN O'DONNELL:

The week that made Britain

sit up and think

Print E-mail

If Britain is to learn from the events of last week argues sociologist and union activist lecturer, Dr Martin O'Donnell, then

"The social and economic direction we’ve been going in since the 1980s has got to be abandoned."

Since last Tuesday a lot has been said about the reasons for the riots with numerous commentators choosing the most simple explanations.

The most common being ‘criminality’.

Which, aside from anything else, is not causation.

This is an easy and lazy explanation which is used to distract from the real failings of political leaders to create genuine social cohesion and genuine economic opportunity.

Those who have attempted to explore the complex social and economic causes have been dismissed as making excuses for criminality.

Rather than excuses this piece attempts to untangle the deep-rooted social causes.

 The reality is that events unfolded for differing reasons in different areas.

Whilst the focus in Clapham and Ealing was looting, the focus in Nottingham was the police with five separate police stations being attacked but almost no shops.

In Tottenham the violence was motivated by the police reaction to a peaceful protest over the, as yet unexplained, police shooting of Mark Duggan.

The causative factors at play in each area are also manifold, ranging from policing, marginalisation, inequality, gang culture, status frustration, rampant consumerism, issues of masculinity (99% of those arrested were male) and wider societal factors such as individualism, materialism and the virtual disappearance of social mobility.

 For many who work in public sector professions such as youth workers, social workers, police officers and teachers, the existence of a disaffected youth embracing subcultural values such as hostility to authority and rejection of education is something we’ve been aware of for years.

For many youngsters this rejection of mainstream values manifests itself in displays of masculine dominance, violence and thrill seeking which involve experimenting with alcohol, with drugs and with sex.

The thrill seeking and immediate gratification that was on display during the riots is something that those of us who work with many inner city youngsters are all too familiar with.

 The feeling that amongst those at the bottom of society’s structure that they’re the forgotten failures is also exacerbated by a media dominated by the middle classes.

TV schedules seem to be full of shows in which middle class people have their homes made over or conduct cooking in their expensive kitchens or buy and sell antiques or buy properties abroad.

Current affairs programmes are dominated by journalists and politicians discussing the political issues that seem to matter to them such as interest rates, share values and the more sensational crimes.

When do they discuss the casualisation of labour, job insecurity and the deterioration of the public housing stock?

Small wonder that turnout in elections is consistently lowest in the poorest constituencies.

The poorest in society are simply ignored and forgotten.

They are a problem; a problem that no one in power wants to tackle until it literally blows up in these displays of violence.

Martin Luther King accurately pointed out that ‘the riot is the voice of the unheard’.

When the media do look at the poorest in society they are often simply demonised and displayed like something from a freak show as in the Trisha Goddard Show or the Jeremy Kyle Show.

Labelling and stigmatising those who have ‘under-achieved’, as Howard Becker, Stan Cohen and others have repeatedly proven, often only backfires as the label is embraced e.g. chavs, hoodies, white trash and the, thankfully now abolished, ASBOs which often just became badges of honour.

 

What the media is also doing, which adds to the desire for immediate gratification as witnessed in the looting during the riots, is acquiescing in the retail corporations’ deliberate plan to create an acquisitive culture.

Every newspaper, every commercial channel and, of course, the internet is filled with advertising.

We are endlessly encouraged to spend, to purchase and to simply have the right brand or the latest gadget.

Is it really so surprising that so many youngsters headed to the stores that hold the very goods their tempted with every day.

American criminologist Robert Merton argued over eighty years ago that when too much emphasis is placed on a goal and not enough on the legitimate means of attaining it, then the risk is increased of individuals trying to achieve the goal by deviant or criminal means.

We were warned of the dangers of this rampant consumerism with the ‘Ikea riot’ of 2007 which took place in none other than Edmonton, scene of one of last Monday’s riots.

Our identities are often defined not by what we are but by what we have and what we have and own is restricted by our economic ability to consume.

In the aftermath of the riots, Zygmunt Bauman (Britain’s most respected sociologist) identified this as the single most important problem “so grows the wrath, humiliation, spite and grudge aroused by not having them – as well as the urge to destroy what you can’t have.

Looting shops and setting them on fire derive from the same impulsion and gratify the same longing.”

 The wider structural problems with Britain’s society also have to be included to gain a fuller understanding of the riots.

The growing middle class which dominates society has been convincing itself and tries to convince all sections of society that it’s position is theirs on merit. Meritocracy is a myth.

We are seeing less social mobility today than at any time in the post-war period.

As a result of the promotion of individualistic culture, the myth has been created that a person’s socio-economic position is entirely the result of their individual effort.

The reality is that the economic structure needs a class of low paid manual labour and below that a pool of workless labour to keep wages down.

The individual effort argument must conclude that, if everybody made the effort, we could all be lawyers, teachers, business consultants and journalists.

But then who would fill their supermarket shelves, serve their drinks, manufacture their convenient foods and clean their offices?

Hence the introduction of tuition fees and student loans; we can’t have too many graduates thinking they can enter the middle classes.

The system must produce educational failures.

It has to legitimise differential educational attainment in order to justify and provide this army of low paid, low skilled service sector workers.

 Below the working class is that large body of workless poor.

Described by the Right as the underclass and identified by many as having provided so many of the inner city rioters.

The creation of this class, about which so much has been written describing their dependency culture, their deviant values and their lack of any stake in society, is also the result of the socio-economic structure.

In the 1960s Harold Wilson talked of the ‘white heat of technology’ ushering in the ‘leisure age’.

But rather than ushering the age of leisure it ushered in the age of unemployment. Rather than technology reducing hours of work it simply reduced the numbers a company had to employ.

Shareholders love the news of redundancies. It does wonders for share values. And so hundreds of thousands sit and claim benefits with little hope of work.

They watch others get richer and richer, they watch footballers being paid thousands a week, they read of bankers being paid enormous bonuses, they read of journalists paying the police for stories that invade the privacy of the most vulnerable and they read of politicians with their snouts in the trough as exposed by the MPs expenses scandal.

Yet those same politicians and journalists condemn this forgotten class as ‘scroungers’.

No wonder there’s simmering resentment.

 Mainstream, middle class dominated, discourse tries not to blame the market for this. Instead the media contrive to blame the individual claiming benefits rather than the economy that cannot offer that individual gainful employment.

Britain has simply learned to live with mass unemployment and has done so for so long that it seems normal. In the 1960s unemployment was not even an issue; it ran into thousands.

When it hit one million in January 1972 there was uproar with demonstrations outside Parliament.

But since that date unemployment has not once dipped below a million and has averaged out at almost two million.

It’s now accepted as normal. It’s explained away as the result of lazy, work-shy individuals greedily claiming those ‘lavish’ benefits.

But for some reason these people didn’t exist in the 1950s or 60s; they just seemed to suddenly appear in about 1981.

This misguided individualist explanation is then used to explain the rioting as individual choice.

The most profoundly consequential choice was that taken by those who chose to abandon the goal of full employment and abandon generation after generation to a wasted workless life.

 These socio-economic inequalities are the root cause of the social malaise that resulted in the inner city riots.

When Camila Batmanghelidjh asked on the BBC’s Question Time following the riots, “Why doesn’t Sweden have this problem?

Why doesn’t Norway have this problem?” former Met Chief Brian Paddick replied “because there’s a more egalitarian society there”.

There followed a stony silence.

There is mounting evidence that every criteria for assessing a country’s social stability such as educational achievement, crime rates, levels of mental health, numbers of prisoners, levels of life expectancy and social mobility; is better in countries that have the smallest gap between their richest and their poorest.

Those countries whose social structure stretches from the super rich down to a dispossessed underclass, such as Britain and the US have by far the worst social problems.

By contrast, Japan is one of the most economically equal of all the developed countries; it has an exceptionally low crime rate, minimal drug use and high social mobility.

And yet foreign journalists talked of their astonishment at the lack of looting following the earthquake of March 2011.

It wasn’t astonishing to those who were aware of the impact of economic equality on a country’s social cohesion.

 There has been a lot of moralising since the riots.

The suffering that people whose businesses have been ruined and whose homes and premises have been destroyed will be immense.

But to get the wider picture into perspective, the suffering that is resulting from the bank bail out of 2008 will be further reaching, far more widespread and will be felt for perhaps a generation or more.

Those that are responsible have not been castigated, denounced or punished in anything like the way the rioters have.

While a looter was given six months in prison for stealing bottled water (itself an iconic symbol of the consumer age) those who led Northern Rock, HBOS, Lloyds TSB and RBS into a disaster that has cost us £billions are pensioned off and the bonus culture continues.

Over £7billion has been paid out in bank bonuses over the last year alone.

Meanwhile the UK’s richest thousand people saw their total wealth increase from £256.2billion in 2009 to £395.8billion this year.

This amounts to a 54.5% increase in just two years and that’s according to the Sunday Times rich list this year.

There’s a rapacious culture at the top.

Small wonder such rapacious behaviour was witnessed during the rioting.

 If we as a society want to avoid a repeat of the horrors of the rioting and looting that took place across this country, then the social and economic direction we’ve been going in since the 1980s has got to be abandoned.

Putting hundreds if not thousands more in prison will not resolve this country’s deep-rooted social problems.

Neither will bringing in Bill Bratton or any other so-called ‘super cop’ to oversee increased repression in the inner cities.

Beginning now to redistribute this country’s vast wealth via progressive taxation, investing in training and jobs, restoring the EMA, reversing the tuition fee increases, re-creating the opportunity for real social mobility and re-building a genuine sense of community will.

 

14 August 2011

702
95 EDUCATION- WILL CAPITALISM EAT ITSELF ?
Updated: 16 Aug 2011